CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO.

19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

GOVERNMENT OF RAJASTHAN
PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (RAJASTHAN)

Tender Document for

Execution of work of Pokaran Falsoond Balotra Siwana Water Supply

Project Part-4A Cluster Distribution, internal village pipe distribution and
Geo-Tagging along with construction of CWR and Pumping Stations and
providing FHTCs in 180 villages of District Barmer etc. complete job
including one year defect liability Period followed by Operation and
Maintenance for 10 years of facilities executed up to Village Transfer
Chambers under Jal Jeevan Mission.

NIT No. 19/2021-22

Estimated Cost: Rs. 188.44 Cr

VOLUME - II
(SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS)

Chief Engineer Project

Public Health Engineering Department,
Jodhpur (Rajasthan)
Tel: 0291-2651700 Email: rj_cejod@[Link]

1
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

SCOPE OF WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS

CHAPTER-1
1. PROJECT IN BRIEF
1.1. POKARAN FALSOOND BALOTRA SIWANA (PFBS) WATER SUPPLY PROJECT
PFBS Project was sanctioned for coverage of 177 villages & one town Pokaran
of Jaisalmer district and 386 villages & 2 towns (Balotra & Siwana) of Barmer
district, i.e., overall coverage is 563 villages and 3 towns in Policy Planning
Committee of RWSSMB in its 162nd Meeting held on 29.03.2005. The Source
for this Project is IGMC outlet at Nachana.

1.1.1. LOCATION OF PROJECT AREA

Barmer district is located between latitudes 24 58’ to 26 32’ north and
longitudes 70 05’ to 72 52’ east, bounded in the north by Jaisalmer and
Jodhpur districts, in the south east by Jalore district, in the east by Jodhpur and
Pali district and in the west by Tharparkar district of Pakistan (neighbor
country).The project area of this PFBS Part 4A is covering 242 villages of
Barmer District but 62 village is separately taken under Other than Major
Project (OTMP) hence project area of this PFBS Part 4A project under JJM is
total 180 villages (MH) and its 824 Other Habitations of Barmer district.

1.1.2. SANCTION OF COMPLETE PROJECT POKARAN FALSOOND BALOTRA SIWANA

• A&F was issued by the Policy Planning Committee of RWSSMB in its 162nd
Meeting held on 29.03.2005 for Rs 966.77 Cr. for design year 2038.
• Revised A&F sanction was issued in the 187th meeting of PPC held on
27.09.2011 for Rs 1454.20 Cr. for design year 2038.
• Second revised A&F sanction was issued in 201th meeting of PPC held on
5.12.2017 for Rs. 2034.62 Cr
• PFBS Project has provision of works for coverage of 177 villages & one town
Pokaran of Jaisalmer district and 386 villages & 2 towns (Balotra & Siwana)
of Barmer district, i.e., overall coverage is 563 villages and 3 towns. The
Project was divided into 7 major packages for ease in execution. Main
features of packages are as detailed below: -

2
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Package-1: (Infrastructures from Nachana to Biliya)

This package covers offtake from IGMC 1253.5 RD, two RWRs at Nachanaof283 ML cap.
and at Ajasar of 122 ML cap., Raw water Pump houses at Nachana and Ajasar. Raw
water Rising main of 1528 mm MS from Nachana to Biliya HW. The Work order issued
to SPML on 23.07.2008 for Rs 318.00 Cr. Work was completed in May 2014 and water
supply started to Pokaran city, Military establishments and Reliance power project.
Presently it is under O&M.

Package-2A: (Infrastructure from Biliya to SantraBhakri)

This package covers only Infra as Gravity main GRP, BLWS& MS from Biliya to Santra
Bhakri 113.62 km long. Work order issued to SPML on 14.09.2012 for Rs 230.98 Cr. Only
part Work was done by firm and incomplete work was rescinded and alloted to M/s
GVPREL, Hyderabad vide order dtd. 1.06.2017 for Rs 157.34 Cr. This work was
completed in October 2019. Water supply to all 234 villages of the PFBS Package 4A of
Barmer district and 90 villages (out of 106) of the PFBS Package 3A of Jaisalmer district
is being done from this line.

Package-2B: (Trunk Main from Santra Bhakri to Siwana)

This package covers only Gravity main MS, DI & BWSC pipe lines from Santra Bhakri to
Siwana and Sindhari for supply to downstream packages for distribution of water to 152
villages and 2 towns of Barmer district.

Package-3A:(Cluster Pkg. for Villages of Jaisalmer Distt. From Biliya to Falsund offtakes)
This package covers only the distribution network of water supply for 106 villages of the
District Jaisalmer from different offtake points of the infra gravity main.

Package-3B: (Cluster Pkg. for Villages of Jaisalmer Distt. From Ajasar and Biliya offtakes)
This package covers only the distribution network of water supply for 71 villages of the
District Jaisalmer from different offtake points of the infra pumping main laid in
package SPR-01 as above. This work was completed in July 2019. Water supply to
villages is being done at present and the package is under O&M for 10 years.

3
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Package-4A: (Cluster Pkg. for Villages of Barmer Distt. From Bhikorai to Santra Bhakri
offtakes)
This package covers only the distribution network of water supply for 234 villages of the
District Barmer from different offtake points of the infra gravity main laid in package 2A
above. Work order issued to M/s L&T on 24.08.2012. This work was completed in 31-
10-19. Water supply to 234 villages is being done at present and the package is under
O&M for 10 years.
Package-4B: (Cluster Pkg. for Villages of Barmer Distt. from Santra Bhakri to Siwana
Samdari offtakes)
This package covers only the distribution network of water supply for 152 villages of the
District Barmer from different offtake points of the infra gravity main laid/being laid in
package 2B. The work is under progress.
Package-5:It is related to construction of RWR of Cap. 6000 ML (210 MCFT) at Biliya as
deposit work being executed by WRD Deptt.
Package-6: It is related to Survey work of the PFBS project works.
Package-7: It is related to IEC activities in the PFBS project.
Details of Packages are summarized as below:
Table 2-1: Details of Packages
WO
Package Amount
Details TC Reference WO date Amount Completetion date
No. Cr Rs
Cr Rs
01 Nachana to Biliya Infra 436th 220.40 23.07.2008 318.00 May 2014
25.04.2007
02 A Biliya onward gravity 517th 449.33 14.09.2012 230.98 Oct 2019
pipeline 21.04.2011
02 B 14.09.2012 187.01 WUP
03 A 106 Village &PokaranDist 569th 126.27 20.07.2013 143.50 UP, 90 MH comm.
Jaisalmer cluster package 27.01.2013 WUP
03 B 71 Village Dist Jaisalmer 533 116.94 24.08.2012 111.95 comm. July 19
cluster package 8.9.11
04 A 234 Village DistBarmer 580th 278.52 18.09.2013 295.00 234 MH comm. Oct
cluster package 21.05.2013 19
04 B 152 Village + 2 City 582th 369.96 18.09.2013 392.66 WUP
DistBarmer cluster package 18.06.2013
05 Deposit work RWR WRD/ 193.61 14.02.2018 149.13 Work is under
27.10.2017 progress with WRD
dept.
06 Survey work - - - -
07 IEC activity - - - -

4
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

1.1.3. PFBS Package - 4A:

To provide benefits to 234 villages of Barmer District, total area covered is divided in 40
clusters. Out of these 40 clusters, 34 clusters are fed by ESRs and remaining 6 clusters
are fed by GSRs. Out of 34 ESRs, three ESRs are fed by pumping for which one pumping
station cum flow & pressure monitoring station (FPMS) is constructed at Undoo head
works. Clear water pumps of 1 working + 1 stand-by are installed at clear water
pumping stations at Undoo HW. In addition to this one clear water reservoir is also
there at Undoo head works.

In the clear water gravity main between Biliya to Santra Bhakri off-takes are located at
Bandhewa, Hire Ki Dhani, Gira and Santra Bhakri.

Provision for supply of water up to CWT/PSP in the villages was executed in the project.
6 new revenue villages declared after the 2001 census (in census 2011) and 174 existing
villages in total 180 villages and their 824 other habitations are to be covered in the
current JJM project. 2 NRVs and 60 villages have been sanctioned/proposed under
OTMP.

1.2. Main Components of Project executed in the package 4A

The main components of the executed project PFBS Package No. 4A are as under:
• Detail of Off-take Wise Transmission Mains: There are 4 off-takes
namely - BANDHEWA, HKD, GIRA and SANTRA BHAKHRI. Pipe sizes are
ranging from 100 mm DI to 250 mm DI and 250 mm BWSC to 900 mm
BWSC. Total length is 338.098 KM.
No. of Type of pipe at
Chainage
SN Location RL in M connected tapping point &
in M
villages size in mm

1 Bhikhodai/ 55625 238 63 GRP 1700

Bandhewa

2 Heera ki dhani 84325 194 109 GRP 1500

3 Gida 101000 162 17 BWSC 1300

4 SantraBhakri 113625 202 45 MS 1200

5
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

 The PFBS package 4A was sanctioned for 234 villages of Barmer district for the
population of 2001 census.
 The water demand was calculated adopting following parameters:
• Design Period : 30 years
• Existing Base year : 2008
• Design year : 2038
• Water Supply for Rural areas : 70 LPCD
• Losses in Pipelines : 15 %

1.2.1. Water Treatment Plant

A Rapid Gravity Water Treatment Plant (WTP) of has been constructed as detailed
below:

Location Particulars Capacity Remark

Biliya Existing 119 MLD PKG 1

Water from this WTP is available through gravity transmission main (package 2A) to 37
ESRs/ GSRs and with Pumping to 3 ESRs from Undoo Pump House.

1.2.2. Clear Water Reservoir

Clear Water Reservoirs (CWR) has been constructed at Undo Head Works as detailed
below for pumping water to 3 clusters: -
Location Capacity Level
Undoo 1275 KL 233.625

1.2.3. Details of Pipe Lines from Off-takes to ESR's:

The details of Transmission Mains laid from Off-take point to Reservoirs under the
original Project package 4-A, are as under:
Pipe Line details
Name of
SN Pipe Line Type From To Size
offtake Type Length (m)
(mm)
1 Bandhewa Transmission Kanor FPMS Panwara FPMS 250 BWSC 5720
Line
2 Bandhewa Transmission Sahar - JN Kheenpar FPMS 250 BWSC 7249
Line
3 Bandhewa PHED Old Line Sahar Jn Old CWR 200 DI 61.4
4 Bandhewa Pumping Main Undoo - CWR Undoo JN 250 DI 2100
5 Bandhewa Pumping Main Undoo JN Undoo ESR 150 DI 106
6 Bandhewa Pumping Main Undoo JN Rajbera FPMS 250 DI 7208
7 Bandhewa Pumping Main Rajbera FPMS Rajbera ESR 100 DI 128

6
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Pipe Line details

Name of
SN Pipe Line Type From To Size
offtake Type Length (m)
(mm)
8 Bandhewa Pumping Main Rajbera FPMS Kesumbula ESR 200 DI 10304
9 Bandhewa Transmission Undoo PH JN Undoo - CWR 300 BWSC 121
Line
10 Bandhewa Transmission Kerlinadi JN Kerlinadi ESR 100 DI 1527
Line
11 Bandhewa Transmission Rateu JN Rateu ESR 300 BWSC 48.2
Line
12 Bandhewa Transmission Kanor FPMS Kanor ESR 100 DI 48.4
Line
13 Bandhewa Transmission Kerlinadi JN Kanor FPMS 300 BWSC 7120
Line
14 Bandhewa Transmission Panwara FPMS Panwara GSR 150 DI 2452
Line
15 Bandhewa Transmission Sahar JN Kerlinadi JN 350 BWSC 5300
Line
16 Bandhewa Transmission Rateu JN Sahar JN 600 BWSC 10262
Line
17 Bandhewa Transmission Sahar JN Sahar ESR 200 DI 50
Line
18 Bandhewa Transmission Undoo PH JN Rateu JN 800 BWSC 7748
Line
19 Bandhewa Transmission BandhewaOffteke Undoo PH JN 900 BWSC 13340
Line
20 Bandhewa Transmission Panwara FPMS Akdhara ESR 200 DI 9708
Line
21 Bandhewa Transmission Kheenpar FPMS Kheenper ESR 200 DI 1084
Line
22 Bandhewa Transmission Kheenpar FPMS Maylon Ki Dhani ESR 200 DI 7356
Line
23 HKD Transmission Pareu Jn Pareu 250 BWSC 708
Line
24 HKD Transmission KalewaPhata Jn towards kalewa 250 BWSC 1900
Line FPMS
25 HKD Transmission Kalewa Jn Kalewadhora 100 DI 864
Line
26 HKD Transmission Kokhar Jn Khokhar 300 BWSC 1044
Line
27 HKD Transmission Kokhar Jn Khokhar East 300 BWSC 1478
Line
28 HKD Transmission Offtake Point Old CWR 200 DI 166
Line
29 HKD Transmission HKD Offtake Jakhara 150 DI 3758
Line
30 HKD Transmission HKD Jn Hira Ki Dhani GSR 150 DI 993
Line
31 HKD Transmission HKD Offtake JP1(a) 200 DI 100
Line

7
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Pipe Line details

Name of
SN Pipe Line Type From To Size
offtake Type Length (m)
(mm)
32 HKD Transmission HKD Jn Sawpadam Singh Jn 350 BWSC 15543
Line
33 HKD Transmission Suntala Jn SawauMoolraj 150 DI 2510
Line
34 HKD Transmission Sawpadam Singh SawauPadamSingh 250 BWSC 50
Line Jn
35 HKD Transmission SawpadamSingh Jajwa 150 DI 11580
Line Jn
36 HKD Transmission Pareu Jn LapundraDhora 150 DI 13519
Line
37 HKD Transmission Kumpaliya Jn KalewaPhataFpms 300 BWSC 9352
Line
38 HKD Transmission Kumpaliya Jn Kumpaliya 150 DI 244
Line
39 HKD Transmission Pareu Jn Kumpaliya Jn 350 BWSC 6178
Line
40 HKD Transmission MalasarPhata Pareu Jn 400 BWSC 6490
Line
41 HKD Transmission Kokhar Jn MalasarPhata 450 BWSC 6763
Line
42 HKD Transmission HKD Offtake Kokhar Jn 500 BWSC 12883
Line
43 HKD Transmission Kokhar Jn KhardaDhora 200 DI 7605
Line
44 HKD Transmission Methiberi FPMS SajiyaliMoolraj 150 DI 5314
Line
45 HKD Transmission KalewaPhataFpms Patodi Jn 300 BWSC 9380
Line
46 HKD Transmission Patodi Jn Rencholi FPMS 250 BWSC 3336
Line
47 HKD Transmission Rencholi FPMS Champaberi 100 DI 6310
Line
48 HKD Transmission Rencholi FPMS Koduka Jn 250 BWSC 4080
Line
49 HKD Transmission Koduka Jn Koduka SR 100 DI 34.9
Line
50 HKD Transmission Koduka Jn Raseshwar Nagar 200 DI 13597
Line FPMS
51 HKD Transmission Raseshwar Nagar Rajpura 100 DI 6131
Line FPMS
52 HKD Transmission Raseshwar Nagar RewaraJetmalan 150 DI 1145
Line FPMS
53 HKD Transmission Jn towards kalewa Methiberi FPMS 200 DI 6219
Line
54 HKD Transmission Methiberi FPMS PatiyalDhora 200 DI 5404
Line
55 GIRA Transmission GIRA Offteke Gira ESR 100 DI 71.1

8
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Pipe Line details

Name of
SN Pipe Line Type From To Size
offtake Type Length (m)
(mm)
Line
56 GIRA Transmission JP1 SoharaDhora ESR 150 DI 4567
Line
57 GIRA Transmission JP1 LapundraTarilDhora 150 DI 7574
Line
58 GIRA Transmission GIRA Offteke JP1 200 DI 57.5
Line
59 SantraBhakhari Transmission SantraOffTake Offtake Connection 200 DI 110
Line
60 SantraBhakhari Transmission SantraOffTake Santra ESR 250 DI 343
Line
61 SantraBhakhari Transmission SantraOffTake JP1 (A) 250 DI 1060
Line
62 SantraBhakhari Transmission JP1 (A) Cheebi JN 250 BWSC 2400
Line
63 SantraBhakhari Transmission Cheebi JN Towards SR-37- 150 DI 2601
Line Cheebi
64 SantraBhakhari Transmission Towards SR-37- SR-37-Cheebi 100 DI 997
Line Cheebi
65 SantraBhakhari Transmission Kharphar JN SR-36-Kharper 100 DI 6676
Line
66 SantraBhakhari Transmission cheebi JN Khattu JN 250 BWSC 1331
Line
67 SantraBhakhari Transmission Khattu JN SR 34-Chiriya 150 DI 5912
Line
68 SantraBhakhari Transmission Khattu JN towards kattoo 150 DI 7700
Line
69 SantraBhakhari Transmission towards kattoo SR 35-Khatoo 100 DI 1339
Line
70 SantraBhakhari Transmission SantraOffTake Doodwa FPMS 200 DI 15531
Line
71 SantraBhakhari Transmission Doodwa FPMS SR 38 - Dhoodhwa 100 DI 1559
Line
72 SantraBhakhari Transmission Doodwa FPMS Gol Station (A) 150 DI 1828
Line
73 SantraBhakhari Transmission Gol Station (A) SR 39- Gol Station 100 DI 4551
Line
74 SantraBhakhari Transmission Doodwa FPMS SR 40- Bagundi 100 DI 8171
Line
Total 338098.5

9
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

1.2.4. Elevated Service Reservoirs /GSR’s and Details of

Existing Clusters
RCC ESR’s have been constructed for each existing cluster at a location from where
water can be supplied to all the villages of that cluster techno-economically. The
details of existing ESR’s /GSR’s and details of the existing cluster are as below:

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

1 Akdara AKADARA 1210

HEMJI KA PANA 716

SUJANIA NADIA 620

THAKNO KI DHANI 453

OHSR 1025KL/20m
BHADHASAR 488

GULJI KA PANA 854

KHOTHON KI DHANI 839

LADHANIYO KI DHANI 768

2 Bagundi BAGUNDI 1333

OHSR 225KL/20m
SODHON KI DHANI 283

3 Bheemarlai BEJAWAS 900

BHEEMARLAI 1081

KHAR KI DHANI 613

OHSR 650KL/20m
CHAUKARIYO KI DHANI 971

GOL SODA 714

GOL STATION 924

4 Champa Beri Dhora CHANDIYON KI DHANI 941

BAGIYA CHARNAN OHSR 225KL/20m 27

CHAMPA BERI 737

5 CheebiDhora KERALIYA 354

LORETI 451

MALWA CHARNAN OHSR 575KL/20m 671

RAJBERI MALWA 386

GOOGRI 739

10
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

CHIBI 620

MALWA GOYLAN 643

SHRAN NADI 563

6 Chidiya CHIDIYA 1205

KERALA 423

LOPALI OHSR 575KL/20m 538

SAKARI 690

CHAK SANTRA 834

7 DoodhwaDhora BARLA 750KL/12m 561

DOODHWA 759

DOODHWA DER 769

DOODHWA MALINATH OHSR 583

LACHHAR 587

NIMBLI 569

ROOPADEVI 1101

8 Gida CHAK UTARNI 233

GIDA OHSR 35KL/20m 803

SHIVE PURA 883

9 Heera Ki Dhani CHAK NIMBA KI DHANI 332

HADONIYO KI DHANI 414

HEERA KI DHANI 1610

KHOTHON KI DHANI 839

PANCHA KI DHANI 1540

GSR 1375KL/GSR
SAUON KA BASS 252

SIVLO KI DHANI(Siyon KD) 331

KHOKASAR WEST 838

LEGO KI DHANI 948

NIMBA KI DHANI 711

11
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

10 Jajava BHIM GAON 607

DAVE PURA 576

EKLAVYA NAGAR 412

FATEH NAGAR 609

JAJWA OHSR 725KL/12 m 503

JAJWA AI JEE 700

PANAWAS PURA 557

RAJPURA 469

SARDAR PURA 812

11 Jakhra DANPURA 1365

OHSR 650KL/20m
JAKHRA 2134

12 KalewaDhora GANGANION KI DHANI 656

KALEWA 888

KANWARLI 1268

KYAR CHARNAN 741

RAWLI DHANI 380

OHSR 850KL/12m
WAGTANION KI DHANI 519

GOLIA VIDA 328

SAJIYALI
220
ROOPJI(KANTHWARA)

MEETHI BERI 597

13 Kanod CHELA NADI 658

GODARO KI DHANI 615

KANOD 827

KHARTHANIYON KA TALA OHSR 725KL/20m 874

MEGWALO KI BASTEE 854

MOHABTANI KA TALA 589

NAGANA TALA 814

12
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

14 KeraliNadi KUKNO KI DHANI 598

NIMBANIO KI DHANI OHSR 425 KL/12m 632

PUNIYON KA TALA 653

15 KesumblaBhatiyan JORNIYO KI DHANI 846

KESUMBLA BHATIYAN 977

KESUMBLA CHARNAN 245

KESUMBLA HARCHAND 1141

KESUMBLA MAHECHAN 589

OHSR 1250KL/20m
KESUMBLA PHANTA 579

KESUMBLA SARDAR SINGH 301

SUJANIYO KI DHANI 927

HERJANIYO KI DHANI 1029

MANDO KI DHANI 1971

16 Kharapar JHALAMALIYA 777

KHARAPAR 504
OHSR 300KL/20m
PANA DEORA 272

POBOLAI 412

17 KhardaDhora HANUMAN PURA 261

KHARDA BHARAT SINGH 1775

KHARDA CHARNAN OHSR 900KL/12m 971

MALASAR 706

SIMARKHIYA 1052

18 KhatooDhora BHEEMARLAI STATION 1268

OHSR 675KL/20m
KHATTOO 3470

19 Khimsar JONGUO KI DHANI 1055

KHIMPSAR 1171
OHSR 700KL/20m
RAMSARIYA 935

RIDHUSAR 660

13
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

20 Khokhsar BAGHTHAL 751

CHABAWAS (NRV 2011) 168

DAHANDUPURA 795

KHOKHSAR OHSR 675KL/12 m 1021

BERADPURA 472

KHOKHSAR SOUTH 839

MAHING PURA 773

21 Khokhsar East KANKOL GARH 1004

GSR 500KL/GSR
KHOKHSAR EAST 2646

22 Koduka IKADANI 469

KODUKA 1046

KARNISAR OHSR 675KL/20m 690

MEDIWASAN 460

REENCHHOLI 1993

23 Kumpaliya CHIMONIYO KI DHANI 995

DUNGRA NADA 633

GODARO KI DHANI 615

OHSR 650KL/20m
JHEEMPONIYO KI DHANI 673

JONDUO KI DHANI 767

KUMPLIYAN 814

24 LapundraDhora MALWA PATAWATAN 645

DARJIYO KA BERA 993

DOLI NADI GSR 625KL/GSR 317

LAPOONDRA BARTHAN 1039

LAPUNDRA CHOUHAN 742

25 LapundraTarali AMBEDKAR NAGAR 596

HOLONI OHSR 425KL/20m 604

LEGO KI DHANI 948

14
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

LAPOONDRA TARLEE 750

SUTHARO KI DHANI 314

26 Maylo ki Dhani MAYLON KI DHANI 797

OHSR 200KL/22m
THALECHO KI DHANI 528

27 PanawaraDhora BANDI DHORA 813

MADRUPONIO KI DHANI 703

MITHIYA SAR GSR 525KL/GSR 706

PAWARA 932

SANYON KI DHANI 463

28 Pareu BENIWALO KI DHANI 498

JAGARAM KI DHANI 591

JASNATH PURA 532

JASODO KE BERI 1051

OHSR 975KL/20m
MAHADEV MANDIR 1125

PAREU 1640

PEERANI SAI. KI DHANI 350

POONIYON KI BERI 684

29 PatiyalDhora AKARLI BAKSHIRAM 915

AKARLI SUTHARON KI DHANI 847

MAHADEV NAGAR 304

DAUKIYON KA TALA 448

HANUMANPURA 786

LUMBANIYA KI DHANI OHSR 750KL/12m 396

MERAJ KI BERI 896

PATIYAL 144

SAJIYALI MOOLRAJ-2 546

SAJIYALI ROOPJI RAJABERI 536

SARNON KI BERI 738

15
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

SONKARO KI BERI 697

30 Rajbera DHIRJI KI DHANI 1172

OHSR 425KL/20m
RAJBERA 1861

31 Rateu DALONIYO KI DHANI 506

FATUMBEYA NADI 685

PATALI NADI OHSR 700KL/20m 957

RATEU 1476

SAIYO KI DHANI 884

32 Rewara Jetmalan NEWAI 1012

MALIO KI DHANI 951

KANAWAS 51

REWARA BARTHAN 308

OHSR 800KL/20m
REWARA JETMALA 1113

REWARA MAIYA 830

REWARA NAYAPURA 960

REWARA SANDAYCHA 192

33 SajiyaliMoolrajDhora SAJIYALI MOOLRAJ (KYAR) 1267

SAJIYALI PADAMSIGH-2 1381

OHSR 475KL/20m
SAJIYALI
951
PADAMSINGH(KANTHWARA

34 SantraBhakhari BHEELO KI BASTEE 515

CHENPURA 525

PONDERI 828

UTARNEE 852
OHSR 1050KL/12m
DHOLU 618

JHUND 430

JUND DAKCIN 598

KERALA 423

16
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

RIDIA TALAR 969

SANTRA 1578

35 SawauMoolrajDhora RAMDERIYA 716

CHARNET 493

DHE TALAR GSR 1025KL/GSR 664

SAWAU MOOLRAJ 1046

SIYAGO KI DHANI 842

36 SawauPadamsingh SUNTLA 485

PITHONIYO KI DHANI 754

UDROMONIYO KI DHANI 1047

AMAR JI KI DHANI 657

BERI NADI OHSR 1100KL/10m 644

BHOMONIO KI DHANI 546

KHUMONI JAKHRO KI DHANI 573

SAWAU PADAM SINGH 1716

SHYAM PURA 1389

37 Shahar INDRANIYO KA TALA 1036

DUGRONIO KI DHANI 785

CHAURALIYA 758

DEEPONIYO KI DHANI OHSR 825KL/20m 709

GOGAJI KA MANDIR 685

SAHAR 1164

UGROMONIYO KI DHANI 543

38 SohraDhora LAGO KI DHANI 245

MALDETA 673

MANPURA KHARDA OHSR 1000KL/20m 1052

RAMPURA 989

SISODIA PANA 952

17
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

S Location of Cluster OHSR/ Cap KL/ Population

Villages Covered
No. ESR GLSR Stag in Mtr 2011

SOHRA 1231

DELUO KI DHANI 472

MEGWALO KI DHANI 1472

39 Undoo DHANANI MEGHWALO KI

1365
DHANI

HANUMANPURA 786

MOODHANON KI DHANI 851

OHSR 900KL/25 M
PANNWAS 934

PRAHLADPURA 1169

UNDOO 1596

40 Rajpura Rajpura 100 KL / 20

OHSR 469
M

Total 181240

1.2.5. VTC’s
In the executed Project, the 234 number of Village Transfer Chambers (VTC’s) has
been constructed.

1.2.6. Village distribution

• Detail of Existing internal Distribution System: Pipe sizes ranging from
63 mm to 90 mm dia uPVC are laid to provide water to 234 villages
through CWTs and PSPs.

1.2.7. Operation and Maintenance

The Project works are completed and commissioned on 31.10.2019 by the
Executing Contractor firm. Now the project is under O&M by the Contracting firm
for 10 years.

18
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

1.3. A & F Sanction for PFBS 4A project under Jal Jeevan

Mission:
The objective of this retrofitting project is to provide clean and potable drinking water
of prescribed quality and in adequate quantity @ 55 LPCD, to every household by 2024
through functional household tap connection (FHTC) on regular basis. The project aims
to cover 180 villages (MH) and its Other Habitations.
The Administrative and Financial sanction of the PFBS Part 4A under JJM (to provide
FHTC to every household) has been issued in the 27th SLSSC dated 03.09.2021 at agenda
item no. 25 for Rs 239.43 Crores. The Technical sanction to the proposal has been
issued by Technical Committee RWSSMB Jaipur in its 712th meeting dated 03.12.2021 at
agenda item no. 3 for Rs 189.00 Crores.
The project is to be designed and planned in conformation with guidelines issued by
GOI under Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM).

1.3.1. Design Periods for Various Components:

Design periods for various components of surface source based major water supply
projects are proposed to be adopted as given below:
SN Particulars Design Period
1 Pumping Station- Civil Works 30 years
2 Pumping Machinery and allied EMI 15 years
equipment’s
3 Raw water/ clear Water Pumping Mains 30 years
4 Village Cluster Distribution Pipelines 30 years
1.3.2. Population Forecast and water demand assessment
(a) The population projection of year 2023 has been done as per Circular no. 48
dated 14.06.2021, issued by the Chief Engineer (Technical) & TM RWSSMB
Jaipur.
(b) Forecast of population for future years has been done using the factors given
in JJM Guidelines, as below:

• Population for year 2038 = population of year 2023 x 1.18

• Population for year 2053 = population of year 2023 x 1.32

(c) As per JJM guidelines, the water demand is calculated adopting following
parameters:

• Design Period : 30 years

• Present (Base) year : 2023

• Design year : 2053

19
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

• Water Supply for Rural areas : 55 LPCD

• Institutional water demand : 10 %

• Losses in Pipelines : 15 %

1.3.3. Design Parameters to be adopted

Following Parameters are to be adopted for Design of various components of New
Schemes / Projects and review of design of existing schemes and proposing
infrastructure accordingly.

• Stand-by pumps : 100 %

• Interest rate : 10%

• Village Boosting Pump Selection Criteria: Solar Pump up to 3.7 KW,

Three phase Electric Pumps for more than 3.7 KW load

• Peak Factors for Distribution design : 6

• Minimum Size of Pipe Line : 75 mm dia

• CWR Capacity : One day demand of design year 2053

• Elevated Service Reservoir : Half day demand of design year 2053

• Minimum terminal pressure for design year 2053 & intermediate year
2038
Inlet of ESR / CWR : 2.0Mtr
Household : 7.0Mtr

1.3.4. PROJECT DETAILS

These are stipulated in various tables below:

20
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

TABLE 1 POPULATION PROJECTION AND WATER DEMAND

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DHANANI
DHANANI MEGHWALO KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA MEGHWALO KI MH 86877 382 497 586 656 35.37 41.71 46.69
DHANI
DHANI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA BHAIYO KI DHANI OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
SHER SINGH KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 123 160 189 211 11.39 13.45 15.02
DHANI
ALKHANI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 131 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
MUSLMAN
MANGALIYO KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 136 177 209 234 12.6 14.88 16.66
DHANI
ANAR SINGH KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 130 169 199 223 12.03 14.16 15.87
DHANI
BRAHMANO KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 68 89 105 117 6.33 7.47 8.33
DHANI
MEGHAWAL
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 204 266 314 351 18.93 22.35 24.98
BASTI
DHANANIYO KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 82 106 125 140 7.54 8.9 9.96
DHANI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA HANUMANPURA HANUMANPURA MH 86875 285 371 438 490 26.41 31.18 34.88
BRAHMANO KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 43 56 66 74 3.99 4.7 5.27
DHANI
THORIYO KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 74 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
DHANI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA MAIYO KI DHANI OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
1 UNDOO RAJBERA GHATO KI DHANI OH 180 235 277 310 16.73 19.72 22.06

21
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

MUSLMANO KI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA OH 53 69 81 91 4.91 5.77 6.48
DHANI
1 UNDOO RAJBERA SIYOLO KI DHANI OH 53 69 81 91 4.91 5.77 6.48
MOODHNON KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO MOODHANON KI DHANI MH 86872 229 298 352 393 21.21 25.05 27.97
DHANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO JOGI BASTI OH 100 130 153 172 9.25 10.89 12.24
1 UNDOO UNDOO SAIYO KI DHANI OH 103 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
JAKHARO KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 100 130 153 172 9.25 10.89 12.24
DHANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO BHEEL BASTI OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
1 UNDOO UNDOO SIYAGO KI DHANI OH 61 80 94 106 5.69 6.69 7.54
ISHARAMO KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
DHANI
MOONDHANO KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 100 130 153 172 9.25 10.89 12.24
DHANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO PANNWAS PANNAWAS MH 86878 277 361 426 477 25.69 30.32 33.95
MEGWALO KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 248 322 380 425 22.92 27.05 30.25
DHANI
GODARO KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
DAHNI
1 UNDOO UNDOO RAO KI DHANI OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
1 UNDOO UNDOO BHEELO KA PAR OH 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
1 UNDOO UNDOO SAIYO KI DHANI OH 132 171 202 226 12.17 14.38 16.09
1 UNDOO UNDOO BHEELO KI DHANI OH 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
1 UNDOO UNDOO PRAHLADPURA PRAHLADPURA MH 86871 465 606 715 800 43.13 50.89 56.94
1 UNDOO UNDOO DOODI BASTI OH 91 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1

22
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

1 UNDOO UNDOO SIGAGO KI DHANI OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32

AMEDANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 151 197 232 260 14.02 16.51 18.51
MEGWAL
1 UNDOO UNDOO DOLANI MEGWAL OH 140 183 216 242 13.03 15.37 17.22
ISHRAMON KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 170 221 261 292 15.73 18.58 20.78
DHANI
MUSLMANO KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
DHANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO UNDOO UNDOO MH 86876 500 650 767 858 46.26 54.59 61.07
CHOPANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO MUSALMAN OH 271 353 417 466 25.13 29.68 33.17
BASTI
1 UNDOO UNDOO BHEELO KI DHANI OH 163 212 250 280 15.09 17.79 19.93
1 UNDOO UNDOO SAIYO KI DHANI OH 135 176 208 232 12.53 14.8 16.51
RUKRANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO MUSALMAN OH 201 262 309 346 18.65 21.99 24.63
BASTI
THORI JAKHRO KI
1 UNDOO UNDOO OH 203 265 313 350 18.86 22.28 24.91
DHANI
1 UNDOO UNDOO GHATO KI DHANI OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
6701 8720 10289 11512 620.65 732.33 819.37
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA DHIRJI KI DHANI DHEERJI KI DHANI MH 86873 390 508 599 671 36.16 42.63 47.76
KANONI GODARA
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA OH 136 177 209 234 12.6 14.88 16.66
KI DHANI
MANONI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA GODARA KI OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
DHANI

23
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

MEGHAWALO KI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA OH 57 74 87 98 5.27 6.19 6.98
DHANI
MUSLMANO KI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA OH 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
BASTI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA SIYAGO KI BASTI OH 79 103 122 136 7.33 8.68 9.68
DARAMONI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA ISARAMO KI OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
DHANI
LALONI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA MEGHAWALO KI OH 256 333 393 440 23.7 27.97 31.32
DHANI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA RAJBERA RAJBERA MH 86874 362 471 556 622 33.52 39.57 44.27
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA HIRONI THORE OH 289 376 444 496 26.76 31.6 35.3
GENONIYO KI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA OH 243 316 373 417 22.49 26.55 29.68
DHANI
MOODHO KI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA OH 137 178 210 235 12.67 14.95 16.73
DHANI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA SIYOL BASTI OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA JASONITHORI OH 152 198 234 261 14.09 16.66 18.58
MEGHWALO KI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA OH 152 198 234 261 14.09 16.66 18.58
DHANI
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA KARN GARDH OH 152 198 234 261 14.09 16.66 18.58
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA SAUO KI DHANI OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
MUSALMAN
2 RAJBEERA RAJBERA OH 193 251 296 331 17.87 21.07 23.56
BASTI
3033 3949 4662 5213 281.08 331.82 371.07

24
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA JORANIYO KI

3 JORNIYO KI DHANI MH 86907 102 132 156 174 9.4 11.1 12.38
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 JATO KI DHANI OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA RAVATONYO KI
3 OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA VINIYALO KI
3 OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA GANGARAM KI
3 OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MUSALMANO KI
3 OH 111 144 170 190 10.25 12.1 13.52
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA POTALIYO KI
3 OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
SARNO &
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 BHATIYO KI OH 55 72 85 95 5.12 6.05 6.76
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 SAUOO KI DHANI OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MUGHJI BHATI KI
3 OH 104 135 159 178 9.61 11.32 12.67
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA KASOOMBLA
3 KESUMBLA BHATIYAN MH 86905 101 132 156 174 9.4 11.1 12.38
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN BHATIYA
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MEGWALO KI
3 OH 57 74 87 98 5.27 6.19 6.98
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI

25
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 SARNO KI DHANI OH 84 110 130 145 7.83 9.25 10.32
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA LOGONIYO KI
3 OH 91 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA RAWATONIYO KI
3 OH 64 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA THAKONO
3 OH 151 197 232 260 14.02 16.51 18.51
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN KIDHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 BHEYA KI DHANI OH 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
BASTONIYO
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 MEGWALO KI OH 266 346 408 457 24.63 29.04 32.53
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MEGWALO
3 OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN KIDHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA KASOOMBLA
3 KESUMBLA CHARNAN MH 86903 78 102 120 135 7.26 8.54 9.61
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN CHARNAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA SUTHARO KI
3 OH 167 217 256 286 15.45 18.22 20.36
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA KASOOMBLA
3 KESUMBLA HARCHAND MH 86920 239 311 367 411 22.14 26.12 29.25
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN HARCHAND
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MEGHWALO KI
3 OH 180 234 276 309 16.66 19.64 21.99
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA SUTHARO KI
3 OH 156 203 240 268 14.45 17.08 19.08
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI

26
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 CHARNET OH 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
PURKHONIYO
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 MEGHWALO KI OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 SAEYO KI DHANI OH 48 62 73 82 4.41 5.2 5.84
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MEHAK KHAN KI
3 OH 131 171 202 226 12.17 14.38 16.09
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA KHETE KHAN KI
3 OH 119 155 183 205 11.03 13.03 14.59
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA KASOOMBALA
3 KESUMBLA MAHECHAN MH 86902 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN MAHECHAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA GANGANIYO KI
3 OH 87 114 135 150 8.11 9.61 10.68
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MAHECHO KI
3 OH 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 NEHRO KI DHANI OH 109 141 166 186 10.04 11.82 13.24
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA GODARO KI
3 OH 109 141 166 186 10.04 11.82 13.24
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA JANIYON KI
3 OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA KASOOMBLA
3 KESUMBLA PHANTA MH 86906 120 157 185 207 11.17 13.17 14.73
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN FANTA

27
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 SARNO KI DHANI OH 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA SUTHARO KI
3 OH 79 103 122 136 7.33 8.68 9.68
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA BENIWALO KI
3 OH 63 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 JATO KI DHANI OH 56 72 85 95 5.12 6.05 6.76
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
SIKHSA KARMI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 VIDHYALYA OH 158 206 243 272 14.66 17.3 19.36
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
SHIVJI KI ANK
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA KASOOMBLA
3 KESUMBLA SARDAR SINGH MH 86921 73 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN SARDAR SINGH
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 JATO KI DHANI OH 43 56 66 74 3.99 4.7 5.27
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 PEHO KI DHANI OH 37 48 57 63 3.42 4.06 4.48
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA CHOTIYON KI
3 OH 34 45 53 59 3.2 3.77 4.2
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA HERAJANIYO KI
3 OH 113 147 173 194 10.46 12.31 13.81
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI (GODARA)
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA SUJANIYO KI
3 SUJANIYO KI DHANI MH 86904 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MUSALMANO KI
3 OH 291 379 447 500 26.98 31.82 35.59
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN SCHOOL

28
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA MANGLANIYO KI

3 OH 173 225 266 297 16.01 18.93 21.14
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA KASHUMBLA
3 DHRUO KI DHANI OH 265 345 407 455 24.56 28.97 32.39
BHATIYAN BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU HERJANIYO KI DHANI HERAJANIYO KD MH 86923 213 277 327 366 19.72 23.27 26.05
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA MODANI
3 RATEU OH 104 136 160 180 9.68 11.39 12.81
BHATIYAN MEGWALO KD
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU MEGWALO KD OH 182 237 280 313 16.87 19.93 22.28
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU KHATALO KD OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU BRAHMANO KD OH 88 114 135 150 8.11 9.61 10.68
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA NATHURAM
3 RATEU OH 184 240 283 317 17.08 20.14 22.56
BHATIYAN GODARA KD
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU MUSALMANO KD OH 189 245 289 323 17.44 20.57 22.99
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU MANDO KI DHANI MADO KI DHANI MH 86922 230 300 354 396 21.35 25.2 28.19
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA RAWATO KI
3 RATEU OH 217 283 334 374 20.14 23.77 26.62
BHATIYAN DHANI
KESUMBLA BHOORA
3 RATEU OH 112 146 172 193 10.39 12.24 13.74
BHATIYAN EMAMANI KD

29
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KESUMBLA MALA GODARA

3 RATEU OH 113 148 175 195 10.53 12.46 13.88
BHATIYAN KD
KESUMBLA BHELO &
3 RATEU OH 185 240 283 317 17.08 20.14 22.56
BHATIYAN MEGWALO KD
KESUMBLA BHERONI NAIYO
3 RATEU OH 103 134 158 177 9.54 11.25 12.6
BHATIYAN KD
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU JUGTONIYO KD OH 264 343 405 453 24.41 28.83 32.24
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU HERONIYO KD OH 165 215 254 284 15.3 18.08 20.21
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA
3 RATEU MUSALMANO KD OH 254 331 391 437 23.56 27.83 31.1
BHATIYAN
KESUMBLA VARIYAM KHAN
3 RATEU OH 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
BHATIYAN KD
KESUMBLA FAJARU MULOO
3 RATEU OH 142 184 217 243 13.1 15.45 17.3
BHATIYAN KD
8605 11202 13219 14789 797.35 940.88 1052.65
DALONIYO KI
4 RATEU RATEU DALONIYO KI DHANI MH 86925 239 311 367 411 22.14 26.12 29.25
DHANI
4 RATEU RATEU BERADO KD OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
JUNTHAN VALI
4 RATEU RATEU OH 53 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
DHANI
4 RATEU RATEU PANONIYO KD OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
DUNGARONIYO
4 RATEU RATEU OH 58 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
KD

30
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DHEERANIYON KI
4 RATEU RATEU DHIRANIO KI DHANI MH 86927 90 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1
DHANI
BAWALIYA
4 RATEU RATEU OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
DHORA KD
4 RATEU RATEU BERADO KD OH 104 136 160 180 9.68 11.39 12.81
4 RATEU RATEU GHAYALO KD OH 100 131 155 173 9.32 11.03 12.31
4 RATEU RATEU PERONIYON KD OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
FATUMBEYA
4 RATEU RATEU FATUMBEYA NADI MH 86929 114 148 175 195 10.53 12.46 13.88
NADI
4 RATEU RATEU GODARO KD OH 114 148 175 195 10.53 12.46 13.88
4 RATEU RATEU JAMONIYO KD OH 174 226 267 298 16.09 19 21.21
4 RATEU RATEU MEGWALO KD OH 166 216 255 285 15.37 18.15 20.29
4 RATEU RATEU SAUO KD OH 118 154 182 203 10.96 12.95 14.45
4 RATEU RATEU PATALI NADI PATALI NADI MH 86926 260 338 399 446 24.06 28.4 31.74
4 RATEU RATEU GODARO KD OH 115 150 177 198 10.68 12.6 14.09
JAWAHRARAM
4 RATEU RATEU OH 71 93 110 123 6.62 7.83 8.75
GODAR KD
MOOLARM BONA
4 RATEU RATEU OH 147 191 225 252 13.59 16.01 17.94
KD
BAGONI &
4 RATEU RATEU OH 185 241 284 318 17.15 20.21 22.63
SADEERO KD
4 RATEU RATEU SADHO KD OH 178 232 274 306 16.51 19.5 21.78
4 RATEU RATEU RATEU RATEU MH 86924 589 767 905 1012 54.59 64.41 72.03
RAEKO &
4 RATEU RATEU OH 175 228 269 301 16.23 19.15 21.42
KUMHAR KD
4 RATEU RATEU KHETPALO KA OH 120 157 185 207 11.17 13.17 14.73

31
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

THAN
4 RATEU RATEU [Link] OH 150 196 231 259 13.95 16.44 18.43
4 RATEU RATEU KUKANO KD OH 232 302 356 399 21.5 25.34 28.4
4 RATEU RATEU BERADOKD OH 209 272 321 359 19.36 22.85 25.55
4 RATEU RATEU SAIYO KI DHANI SAIYON KD MH 86928 289 377 445 498 26.83 31.67 35.45
MUSALMANO
4 RATEU RATEU OH 128 167 197 220 11.89 14.02 15.66
KD-II
CIROGONIYO
4 RATEU RATEU OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
MUSALMANO KD
4 RATEU RATEU MALANI NADI OH 54 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
4 RATEU RATEU HUDO KD OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
4 RATEU RATEU BRHMANO KD OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
4 RATEU RATEU GODARO KD OH 97 126 149 166 8.97 10.61 11.82
GOPU GODARA
4 RATEU RATEU OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
KD
5011 6522 7696 8608 464.21 547.78 612.67
INDRONIYON KA
5 Shahar KANODA INDRANIYO KA TALA MH 87019 138 179 211 236 12.74 15.02 16.8
TALA
5 Shahar KANODA BHATIYO KD OH 55 72 85 95 5.12 6.05 6.76
5 Shahar KANODA CHTIYO KD OH 69 89 105 117 6.33 7.47 8.33
5 Shahar KANODA KAJONIYO KD OH 69 89 105 117 6.33 7.47 8.33
SATONI
5 Shahar KANODA OH 166 216 255 285 15.37 18.15 20.29
MEGWALO KD
5 Shahar KANODA PEMANI KD OH 206 268 316 354 19.08 22.49 25.2
5 Shahar KANODA KHANJI KD OH 27 35 41 46 2.49 2.92 3.27

32
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

5 Shahar KANODA RADO KD OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74

5 Shahar KANODA KUNDUO KD OH 52 67 79 88 4.77 5.62 6.26
5 Shahar KANODA GODARO KD OH 42 54 64 71 3.84 4.56 5.05
RANA RAJPUTO
5 Shahar KANODA OH 117 153 181 202 10.89 12.88 14.38
KD
SAWAU
5 Shahar DUGRONIO KI DHANI DUNGRONIYO KD MH 87023 153 199 235 263 14.16 16.73 18.72
PADAMSINGH
SAWAU
5 Shahar GANFI SARNOKD OH 228 297 350 392 21.14 24.91 27.9
PADAMSINGH
SAWAU
5 Shahar GUMANARAN KD OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
PADAMSINGH
SAWAU
5 Shahar RAWO KD OH 63 82 97 108 5.84 6.9 7.69
PADAMSINGH
SAWAU AKHANI SARNO &
5 Shahar OH 127 165 195 218 11.74 13.88 15.52
PADAMSINGH GENO KD
SAWAU
5 Shahar JAKHADO KD OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
PADAMSINGH
SAWAU
5 Shahar KAKARO KD OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
PADAMSINGH
5 Shahar SHAHAR CHAURALIYA CHORALIYA MH 86934 109 141 166 186 10.04 11.82 13.24
5 Shahar SHAHAR BERADO KD OH 31 40 47 53 2.85 3.35 3.77
5 Shahar SHAHAR SARNO KD OH 42 55 65 73 3.91 4.63 5.2
KALI KHAN
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 84 109 129 144 7.76 9.18 10.25
BHUNKARO KD
5 Shahar SHAHAR SUTHARO KI OH 109 141 166 186 10.04 11.82 13.24

33
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

5 Shahar SHAHAR SARNO KD-II OH 109 141 166 186 10.04 11.82 13.24
5 Shahar SHAHAR GODARO KD OH 132 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
BENIWALO &
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
NAIYON KD
SARNO &
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 61 80 94 106 5.69 6.69 7.54
BRAHMANO KD
5 Shahar SHAHAR DEEPONIYO KI DHANI DEEPANIYO KD MH 86930 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61

5 Shahar SHAHAR ADONI SARNO KD OH 108 141 166 186 10.04 11.82 13.24
5 Shahar SHAHAR SARNO KD OH 91 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1
5 Shahar SHAHAR SARNO KD-II OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
5 Shahar SHAHAR KUMHARO KD OH 92 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
BHOPONI
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
BHABHUO KD
MOOLANI
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 84 109 129 144 7.76 9.18 10.25
BHABHUO KD
5 Shahar SHAHAR MEGWALO KD OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
5 Shahar SHAHAR BHELO KD OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
GOGAJI KA
5 Shahar SHAHAR GOGAJI KA MANDIR MH 86933 188 245 289 323 17.44 20.57 22.99
MANDIR
BRAHMANO KI
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 52 68 80 90 4.84 5.69 6.41
DHANI
5 Shahar SHAHAR MEGWALO KD OH 123 161 190 213 11.46 13.52 15.16
MEGWAL &
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 47 61 72 81 4.34 5.12 5.77
KUMHARO KD
SUTHARO &
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 124 162 191 214 11.53 13.59 15.23
BRAHMANO KD

34
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

5 Shahar SHAHAR GODARO KD OH 117 152 179 201 10.82 12.74 14.31
5 Shahar SHAHAR HUDO KD OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
5 Shahar SHAHAR SAHAR SAHAR MH 86931 493 642 758 847 45.7 53.95 60.29
5 Shahar SHAHAR MEGWALO KD OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
5 Shahar SHAHAR SARNO KD OH 170 221 261 292 15.73 18.58 20.78
5 Shahar SHAHAR BHELO KD OH 54 71 84 94 5.05 5.98 6.69
TARONI BHEEL
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 111 144 170 190 10.25 12.1 13.52
KD
5 Shahar SHAHAR CHOTIYO KD OH 79 102 120 135 7.26 8.54 9.61
LUMBAJI
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
MEGWAL KD
5 Shahar SHAHAR JEHAJI SARNO KD OH 54 71 84 94 5.05 5.98 6.69

5 Shahar SHAHAR UGROMONIYO KI DHANI UGARANIYO KD MH 86932 93 122 144 161 8.68 10.25 11.46

5 Shahar SHAHAR GODARO KD OH 63 82 97 108 5.84 6.9 7.69

5 Shahar SHAHAR BRAHMANO KD OH 47 62 73 82 4.41 5.2 5.84
MULANI
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 108 140 165 185 9.96 11.74 13.17
MEGWAL KD
5 Shahar SHAHAR BERADO KD OH 34 44 52 58 3.13 3.7 4.13
DHURODI SARNO
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 60 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
KD
JATO &
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 44 57 67 75 4.06 4.77 5.34
MEGWALO KD
DUDARAM
5 Shahar SHAHAR OH 93 122 144 161 8.68 10.25 11.46
SARAN KD
5680 7391 8721 9759 526.05 620.73 694.62

35
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR JONGUO KI DHANI JONGU KI DHANI MH 86937 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71

6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR RAIEKO KD OH 180 235 277 310 16.73 19.72 22.06
JONUORI DHANI-
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR OH 196 256 302 338 18.22 21.5 24.06
II
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR MEGWALO KD OH 262 342 404 451 24.34 28.76 32.1
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR KARWASARO KD OH 230 299 353 395 21.28 25.13 28.11
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR KHIMPSAR KHIPSAR MH 86936 381 495 584 653 35.23 41.57 46.48
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR MEGWALO KD OH 230 299 353 395 21.28 25.13 28.11
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR DARJIYO KD OH 216 282 333 372 20.07 23.7 26.48
JETHARAM JONU
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR OH 204 265 313 350 18.86 22.28 24.91
KD
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR KARWASAR KD OH 140 182 215 240 12.95 15.3 17.08
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR RAMSARIYA RAMSARIYA MH 86935 295 384 453 507 27.33 32.24 36.09
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR KARWASARO KD OH 347 451 532 595 32.1 37.87 42.35
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR SIYAGO KD OH 293 381 450 503 27.12 32.03 35.8
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR RIDHUSAR REDUSAR MH 86938 269 350 413 462 24.91 29.4 32.88
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR SIYAGO KD OH 234 304 359 401 21.64 25.55 28.54
LUKO &
6 KHEENPAR KHIPSAR OH 158 205 242 271 14.59 17.22 19.29
KHERADO KD
3821 4972 5869 6562 353.87 417.76 467.05

7 MAYLON JHAK MAYLON KI DHANI MAYLO KD MH 86943 158 205 242 271 14.59 17.22 19.29
MAYLO KD-
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 138 180 212 238 12.81 15.09 16.94
I(KUNDUO KD)
7 MAYLON JHAK JONIYO KD OH 107 139 164 183 9.89 11.67 13.03

36
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

RAMONIYO
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
BHAYLO KD-II
NAIYON &
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 141 184 217 243 13.1 15.45 17.3
KUKANO KD
MOTIYONI
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 83 109 129 144 7.76 9.18 10.25
MAYLO KD-II
ADONI
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 101 131 155 173 9.32 11.03 12.31
KARWASARO KD
THALESON KI
7 MAYLON JHAK THALECHO KI DHANI MH 86942 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
DHANI
MAYLO KD
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 100 130 153 172 9.25 10.89 12.24
(SAWROOPONI)
7 MAYLON JHAK MUNDWALO KD OH 47 61 72 81 4.34 5.12 5.77
7 MAYLON JHAK TEJONI LOLO KD OH 100 130 153 172 9.25 10.89 12.24
DAUKIYO KD
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
(NENIYA NAG)
UGRONI LOLO &
7 MAYLON JHAK OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
GODARO KD
1325 1726 2036 2280 122.84 144.9 162.29
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi KERLI NADI KERLI NADI MH 87022 383 498 588 657 35.45 41.85 46.76
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi SARAVO KD OH 53 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi BHATIYOKD OH 53 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi BHATIYO KD-II OH 80 104 123 137 7.4 8.75 9.75
TALA

37
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi SAIYO KD OH 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi BHELO KD OH 107 139 164 183 9.89 11.67 13.03
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi GENO KD OH 140 182 215 240 12.95 15.3 17.08
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi KUKNO KI DHANI KUKANO KD MH 87026 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi KUKANO KD-II OH 91 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
TALA
PUNIYO KA RANA RAJPUTO
8 Kerali Nadi OH 133 174 205 230 12.38 14.59 16.37
TALA KD
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi RADO KD OH 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
TALA
PUNIYO KA SUTHARO &
8 Kerali Nadi OH 128 167 197 220 11.89 14.02 15.66
TALA BHATIYA KD
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi NIMBANIO KI DHANI NIMBANIYO KD MH 87027 114 149 176 197 10.61 12.53 14.02
TALA
PUNIYO KA NIMBANIYA
8 Kerali Nadi OH 105 137 162 181 9.75 11.53 12.88
TALA SCHOOL
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi KHOTO KD OH 118 154 182 203 10.96 12.95 14.45
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi BANO KD OH 123 160 189 211 11.39 13.45 15.02
TALA

38
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi KUKAMO KD OH 172 223 263 294 15.87 18.72 20.93
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi PUNIYON KA TALA PUNIYO KA TALA MH 87021 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi PUNIYO KD OH 212 275 325 363 19.57 23.13 25.84
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi BERADO KD OH 132 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi JAKHARO KD OH 104 136 160 180 9.68 11.39 12.81
TALA
PUNIYO KA
8 Kerali Nadi BHAKRO KD OH 132 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
TALA
2801 3649 4308 4814 259.7 306.61 342.66
9 Kanod KANODA CHELA NADI CHILANADI MH 87013 117 153 181 202 10.89 12.88 14.38
9 Kanod KANODA SUTHARO KD OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
9 Kanod KANODA SAYALO KD OH 52 68 80 90 4.84 5.69 6.41
9 Kanod KANODA SUTHARO KD-II OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
9 Kanod KANODA CHOTIYO KD OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
9 Kanod KANODA GODAOR KD OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
9 Kanod KANODA RAJPUTO KD OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
9 Kanod KANODA BHEDIYO KD OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
9 Kanod KANODA AMARSINGH KD OH 137 178 210 235 12.67 14.95 16.73
GODARO KI
9 Kanod KANODA GODARO KI DHANI MH 87015 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
DHANI

39
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

9 Kanod KANODA BHELO KD OH 110 143 169 189 10.18 12.03 13.45
9 Kanod KANODA BERADO KD OH 108 140 165 185 9.96 11.74 13.17
9 Kanod KANODA ENDO KD OH 99 129 152 170 9.18 10.82 12.1
9 Kanod KANODA SARNO KD OH 90 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1
9 Kanod KANODA BHEDIYO KD OH 121 158 186 209 11.25 13.24 14.88
9 Kanod KANODA KANOD KANOR MH 87016 190 248 293 327 17.65 20.85 23.27
SANSI & JOGIYO
9 Kanod KANODA OH 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
KD
9 Kanod KANODA MADANIYO KD OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
9 Kanod KANODA PURGI KD OH 129 168 198 222 11.96 14.09 15.8
9 Kanod KANODA BHAKHARO KD OH 58 75 89 99 5.34 6.33 7.05
9 Kanod KANODA GORAKHANI KD OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
9 Kanod KANODA BHELO KD OH 127 165 195 218 11.74 13.88 15.52
9 Kanod KANODA RAHARO KD OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
KHARTANIYO KA
9 Kanod KANODA KHARTHANIYON KA TALA MH 87020 103 135 159 178 9.61 11.32 12.67
TALA
9 Kanod KANODA SARNO KD OH 18 23 27 30 1.64 1.92 2.14
9 Kanod KANODA MACHOR KD OH 64 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
9 Kanod KANODA DARJIYO KD OH 52 67 79 88 4.77 5.62 6.26
9 Kanod KANODA DUNGRO KD OH 258 335 395 442 23.84 28.11 31.46
9 Kanod KANODA RAMONIYO KD OH 116 151 178 199 10.75 12.67 14.16
9 Kanod KANODA JANIYO KD OH 116 151 178 199 10.75 12.67 14.16
9 Kanod KANODA SWAMIYO KD OH 147 191 225 252 13.59 16.01 17.94
MEGWALO KI
9 Kanod KANODA MEGWALO KI BASTEE MH 87017 230 299 353 395 21.28 25.13 28.11
BASTI

40
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

9 Kanod KANODA LACHANIYO KD OH 132 171 202 226 12.17 14.38 16.09
9 Kanod KANODA TUSHAJI KD OH 79 102 120 135 7.26 8.54 9.61
9 Kanod KANODA RATHORO KD OH 92 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
9 Kanod KANODA BHELO KD OH 59 77 91 102 5.48 6.48 7.26
9 Kanod KANODA GAJRIYA NADI OH 106 138 163 182 9.82 11.6 12.95
9 Kanod KANODA UTAMO JI KD OH 157 205 242 271 14.59 17.22 19.29
MOBTONIYO KA
9 Kanod KANODA MOHABTANI KA TALA MH 87018 200 260 307 343 18.51 21.85 24.41
TALA
9 Kanod KANODA MAGHANIYO KD OH 63 82 97 108 5.84 6.9 7.69
9 Kanod KANODA RAJPUTO KD OH 58 75 89 99 5.34 6.33 7.05
9 Kanod KANODA LEGARI DHANI OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
9 Kanod KANODA PUROHITO KD OH 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
9 Kanod KANODA VAGTANIYO KD OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
9 Kanod KANODA NAGANA TALA NAGONA TALA MH 87014 193 252 297 333 17.94 21.14 23.7
9 Kanod KANODA SUTHARO KD OH 137 179 211 236 12.74 15.02 16.8
9 Kanod KANODA JAWAR JI KD OH 85 111 131 147 7.9 9.32 10.46
JIYONI SUTHARO
9 Kanod KANODA OH 114 149 176 197 10.61 12.53 14.02
KD
9 Kanod KANODA GODARO KD OH 85 111 131 147 7.9 9.32 10.46
9 Kanod KANODA BHOPOJI KD OH 114 149 176 197 10.61 12.53 14.02
9 Kanod KANODA KUND & LEGO KD OH 85 111 131 147 7.9 9.32 10.46
5231 6811 8034 8994 484.79 571.79 640.18
Panawara
10 PANAWARA BANDI DHORA BANDIDHORA MH 87010 476 620 732 818 44.13 52.1 58.22
Dhora

41
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

BHERONI
Panawara
10 PANAWARA MEGWALO KI OH 106 138 163 182 9.82 11.6 12.95
Dhora
DHANI-II
Panawara MEGWALO KI
10 PANAWARA OH 45 59 70 78 4.2 4.98 5.55
Dhora DHANI-II
Panawara
10 PANAWARA HUDO KI DHANI OH 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
Dhora
Panawara MADRUPO KI
10 PANAWARA MADRUPONIO KI DHANI MH 87007 154 200 236 264 14.24 16.8 18.79
Dhora DHANI
Panawara MEGWALO KI
10 PANAWARA OH 80 104 123 137 7.4 8.75 9.75
Dhora DHANI
Panawara GODARO KI
10 PANAWARA OH 137 178 210 235 12.67 14.95 16.73
Dhora DHANI
Panawara AUNDANINYO KI
10 PANAWARA OH 85 111 131 147 7.9 9.32 10.46
Dhora DHANI
TALKHALA
Panawara
10 PANAWARA MEGWALO KI OH 110 143 169 189 10.18 12.03 13.45
Dhora
DHANI
Panawara
10 PANAWARA DELUO KI DHANI OH 137 178 210 235 12.67 14.95 16.73
Dhora
Panawara
10 PANAWARA MITHIYA SAR MITIYASARA MH 87011 433 563 664 743 40.07 47.26 52.88
Dhora
NAIYON &
Panawara
10 PANAWARA DARJIYON KI OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
Dhora
DHANI

42
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Panawara SUTHARO KI
10 PANAWARA OH 37 48 57 63 3.42 4.06 4.48
Dhora DHANI
Panawara MEGWALO KI
10 PANAWARA OH 127 166 196 219 11.82 13.95 15.59
Dhora DHANI
Panawara
10 PANAWARA PAWARA PANAWARA MH 87009 269 350 413 462 24.91 29.4 32.88
Dhora
Panawara MEGWALO KI
10 PANAWARA OH 246 320 378 422 22.78 26.9 30.04
Dhora DHANI
Panawara
10 PANAWARA BHEELO KI DHANI OH 215 280 330 370 19.93 23.49 26.34
Dhora
Panawara AMANI MEGWAL
10 PANAWARA OH 202 263 310 347 18.72 22.06 24.7
Dhora KI DHANI
Panawara JOGASAR SAIYON
10 PANAWARA PREMNAGAR (NRV 2011) MH 87012 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
Dhora KI DHANI
Panawara
10 PANAWARA KHODO KI DHANI OH 100 130 153 172 9.25 10.89 12.24
Dhora
Panawara BANANI GODARO
10 PANAWARA OH 209 273 322 360 19.43 22.92 25.62
Dhora KI DHANI
Panawara
10 PANAWARA SANYON KI DHANI SAIYON KI DHANI MH 87008 177 231 273 305 16.44 19.43 21.71
Dhora
Panawara JOGASAR SAIYON
10 PANAWARA OH 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3
Dhora KI DHANI-II
RAMANI
Panawara
10 PANAWARA SUTHARO KI OH 161 209 247 276 14.88 17.58 19.64
Dhora
DHANI

43
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

4009 5219 6160 6888 371.48 438.45 490.25

11 Akdara AKDARA AKADARA AKDARA MH 87142 335 435 513 574 30.96 36.51 40.86
11 Akdara AKDARA JATH OH 298 388 458 512 27.62 32.6 36.44
MEGWAL &
11 Akdara AKDARA OH 444 578 682 763 41.14 48.54 54.31
BHEEL
11 Akdara AKDARA RAIKA OH 133 173 204 228 12.31 14.52 16.23
11 Akdara AKDARA HEMJI KA PANA HEMJI KA PANA MH 87139 254 330 389 436 23.49 27.69 31.03
11 Akdara AKDARA HOODO BENIWAL OH 193 251 296 331 17.87 21.07 23.56
11 Akdara AKDARA MEGWAL OH 170 222 262 293 15.8 18.65 20.85
11 Akdara AKDARA MAKONI RAIKA OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
11 Akdara AKDARA HUDO KI DHANI HOODO KI DHANI MH 87141 400 521 615 688 37.08 43.77 48.97
11 Akdara AKDARA GODARA KD OH 133 174 205 230 12.38 14.59 16.37
11 Akdara AKDARA THAKNA KD OH 53 68 80 90 4.84 5.69 6.41
11 Akdara AKDARA KARWASARA OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
11 Akdara AKDARA SUJANIA NADIA SUJALIYANADA MH 87143 318 413 487 545 29.4 34.66 38.79
11 Akdara AKDARA KHICHAR OH 89 115 136 152 8.19 9.68 10.82
11 Akdara AKDARA MACHARA OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
BHADUO KI
11 Akdara AKDARA OH 105 137 162 181 9.75 11.53 12.88
DHANI
THAKNO KI
11 Akdara AKDARA THAKNO KI DHANI MH 87140 244 318 375 420 22.63 26.69 29.89
DHANI
11 Akdara AKDARA HOODA OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
11 Akdara AKDARA MEGWAL OH 58 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
11 Akdara AKDARA KARWASRA OH 80 104 123 137 7.4 8.75 9.75

44
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara BHADHASAR BHADASAR MH 87135 115 149 176 197 10.61 12.53 14.02
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara KHOTH OH 125 162 191 214 11.53 13.59 15.23
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara GODARA OH 106 138 163 182 9.82 11.6 12.95
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara BENIWAL OH 56 73 86 96 5.2 6.12 6.83
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara SIYOG OH 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara GULJI KA PANA GULJI KA PANA MH 87136 429 558 658 737 39.72 46.83 52.46
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara MEGWAL KD OH 97 126 149 166 8.97 10.61 11.82
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara RAJPUT KD OH 164 213 251 281 15.16 17.87 20
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara BERAD OH 165 215 254 284 15.3 18.08 20.21
DHANI
KHOTHON KI KHOTHO KI
11 Akdara KHOTHON KI DHANI MH 87138 648 843 995 1113 60 70.82 79.22
DHANI DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara MEGWAL & SAI OH 129 168 198 222 11.96 14.09 15.8
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara GODARA KD OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
DHANI

45
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KHOTHON KI LADHANIYO KI
11 Akdara LADHANIYO KI DHANI MH 87137 423 551 650 727 39.22 46.26 51.75
DHANI DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara BHAD DHANI OH 79 102 120 135 7.26 8.54 9.61
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara NAI & DARJI OH 133 173 204 228 12.31 14.52 16.23
DHANI
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara LADHANI JAKHAD OH 133 173 204 228 12.31 14.52 16.23
DHANI
KHOTHON KI JAKHAD
11 Akdara SAUON KI DHANI MH 87134 227 295 348 389 21 24.77 27.69
DHANI MEGWAL
KHOTHON KI RAWANA
11 Akdara OH 183 238 281 314 16.94 20 22.35
DHANI RAJPUTO KD
KHOTHON KI
11 Akdara SENWARO KD OH 190 248 293 327 17.65 20.85 23.27
DHANI
7215 9388 11078 12391 668 788 882
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj CHARNET CHARNET MH 86918 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU JODHARAM
12 Moolraj OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
MOOLRAJ SUTHAR KD
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj SUTHARO KD OH 45 59 70 78 4.2 4.98 5.55
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau SAWAU
12 RAJPUTO KD OH 29 38 45 50 2.7 3.2 3.56
Moolraj MOOLRAJ

46
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Dhora

Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj SARNO KD OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj MEGWALO KD OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj ASARIYO KD OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj KANKRALA NADA OH 75 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj DHE TALAR DHETASAR MH 86919 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU SHARANO
12 Moolraj OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
MOOLRAJ KIDHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj LATIYO KI DHANI OH 135 176 208 232 12.53 14.8 16.51
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU MEGWALO KI
12 Moolraj OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
MOOLRAJ DHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU KONAUIYO KI
12 Moolraj OH 68 88 104 116 6.26 7.4 8.26
MOOLRAJ DHANI
Dhora

47
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau MODANI
SAWAU
12 Moolraj MEGWALO KI OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau LUNA S/O BINJA
SAWAU
12 Moolraj MEGWAL KI OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj RAMDERIYA RAMDERIYA MH 86916 104 135 159 178 9.61 11.32 12.67
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU MANGALE KI
12 Moolraj OH 52 68 80 90 4.84 5.69 6.41
MOOLRAJ DHANI
Dhora
Sawau KATRANI
SAWAU
12 Moolraj MEGWALO KI OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau
SAWAU UMONIYO
12 Moolraj OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
MOOLRAJ SIYAGO KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU PURKHONI
12 Moolraj OH 90 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1
MOOLRAJ SIYAGO KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU JAGRAMANIYO KI
12 Moolraj OH 46 59 70 78 4.2 4.98 5.55
MOOLRAJ DHANI
Dhora
Sawau KIRTHARAM
SAWAU
12 Moolraj PNONIYO KI OH 58 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj SIYAGO KI DHANI OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
MOOLRAJ
Dhora

48
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau UGARANI
SAWAU
12 Moolraj JAKHADO KI OH 52 68 80 90 4.84 5.69 6.41
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau MUKANANI
SAWAU
12 Moolraj MEGWALO KI OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau
SAWAU SAWAU
12 Moolraj SAWAU MOOLRAJ MH 86917 164 213 251 281 15.16 17.87 20
MOOLRAJ MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU KIRPANI
12 Moolraj OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
MOOLRAJ MEGWALO KD
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj SIYOGO KD OH 174 226 267 298 16.09 19 21.21
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj SUTHRO KD OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj LAKHONIYO KD OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj KUBHARO KD OH 100 131 155 173 9.32 11.03 12.31
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU SAIRANI SARNO
12 Moolraj OH 99 129 152 170 9.18 10.82 12.1
MOOLRAJ KD
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj JAKHARO KD OH 149 194 229 256 13.81 16.3 18.22
MOOLRAJ
Dhora

49
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau
SAWAU BHANANI SARNO
12 Moolraj OH 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3
MOOLRAJ KD
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj SIYAGO KI DHANI SIYAGO KI DHANI MH 86915 168 218 257 288 15.52 18.29 20.5
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau TAJONI SIYAGO &
SAWAU
12 Moolraj MEGWALO KI OH 52 68 80 90 4.84 5.69 6.41
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau
SAWAU MOTONI SARNO
12 Moolraj OH 30 39 46 51 2.78 3.27 3.63
MOOLRAJ KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU AMEDANIYO
12 Moolraj OH 53 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
MOOLRAJ SIYAGO KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau REDAMALANI
SAWAU
12 Moolraj MEGWAL KI OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
MOOLRAJ
Dhora DHANI
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj SARNO KI DHANI OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU PATONI MEGWAL
12 Moolraj OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
MOOLRAJ KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU HANUMANSIYAG
12 Moolraj OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
MOOLRAJ KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau GIRDHRIRAM
SAWAU
12 Moolraj GODARA OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
MOOLRAJ
Dhora KIDHANI

50
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau
SAWAU TAKARANI
12 Moolraj OH 55 71 84 94 5.05 5.98 6.69
MOOLRAJ JAKARO KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU JEHONI SIYAGO
12 Moolraj OH 75 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
MOOLRAJ KI DHANI
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU
12 Moolraj NAIYON KA GALA OH 30 39 46 51 2.78 3.27 3.63
MOOLRAJ
Dhora
Sawau
SAWAU SABTANI
12 Moolraj OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
MOOLRAJ MEGWAL KD
Dhora
3761 4895 5776 6459 348.41 411.11 459.71
Sawau
13 GIDA SHYAM PURA SHYAMPURA MH 87083 323 420 496 554 29.89 35.3 39.43
Padamsingh
Sawau MADRUPONIY KI
13 GIDA OH 84 110 130 145 7.83 9.25 10.32
Padamsingh DHANI
Sawau SOLANKIYO KI
13 GIDA OH 91 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1
Padamsingh DHANI
Sawau JALANIYO KI
13 GIDA OH 258 336 396 444 23.92 28.19 31.6
Padamsingh DHANI
GAJESINGH
Sawau
13 GIDA DHADAL KI OH 48 62 73 82 4.41 5.2 5.84
Padamsingh
DHANI
Sawau MUSALMANO KI
13 GIDA OH 142 185 218 244 13.17 15.52 17.37
Padamsingh DHANI

51
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau MHENDRONIYO
13 GIDA OH 335 436 514 576 31.03 36.58 41
Padamsingh KI DHANI
Sawau RAMDAN KI
13 GIDA OH 44 57 67 75 4.06 4.77 5.34
Padamsingh DHANI
CHOONI
Sawau
13 GIDA MUSALMANO KI OH 39 51 60 67 3.63 4.27 4.77
Padamsingh
DHANI
Sawau BHOMIYA KA
13 GIDA OH 26 33 39 44 2.35 2.78 3.13
Padamsingh MANDIR
Sawau PUNIYO KA PITHOBIYO KI
13 PITHONIYO KI DHANI MH 87029 99 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
Padamsingh TALA DHANI
Sawau PUNIYO KA MEGWALONI
13 OH 163 212 250 280 15.09 17.79 19.93
Padamsingh TALA DHANI
Sawau PUNIYO KA BERADO KI
13 OH 99 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
Padamsingh TALA DHANI
KHETO &
Sawau PUNIYO KA
13 GODARO KI OH 184 240 283 317 17.08 20.14 22.56
Padamsingh TALA
DHANI
Sawau PUNIYO KA PERMANIYO KI
13 OH 108 141 166 186 10.04 11.82 13.24
Padamsingh TALA DHANI
BRAHMANO &
Sawau PUNIYO KA
13 SURTHRO OH 102 132 156 174 9.4 11.1 12.38
Padamsingh TALA
KIDHANI
Sawau PUNIYO KA
13 UDROMONIYO KI DHANI UDRAMANIYO KD MH 87030 332 432 510 570 30.75 36.3 40.57
Padamsingh TALA

52
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau PUNIYO KA
13 BANO KD OH 137 179 211 236 12.74 15.02 16.8
Padamsingh TALA
Sawau PUNIYO KA
13 KHECHADO KD OH 138 180 212 238 12.81 15.09 16.94
Padamsingh TALA
Sawau PUNIYO KA MANONI
13 OH 134 174 205 230 12.38 14.59 16.37
Padamsingh TALA MEGWALO KD
RAEKO JAKHARO
Sawau PUNIYO KA
13 & KARWASARO OH 161 210 248 277 14.95 17.65 19.72
Padamsingh TALA
KD
Sawau PUNIYO KA BHIKHONI
13 OH 145 188 222 248 13.38 15.8 17.65
Padamsingh TALA MEGWALO KD
Sawau SAWAU
13 SUNTLA SUNTALA MH 87033 77 100 118 132 7.12 8.4 9.4
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ
SHIVDANI
Sawau SAWAU
13 MAKADO KI OH 30 39 46 51 2.78 3.27 3.63
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ
DHANI
BHAMNI
Sawau SAWAU
13 SUTHARO KI OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ
DHANI
Sawau SAWAU
13 SAUO KI DHANI OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ
MUKANANI
Sawau SAWAU
13 SUTHARO KI OH 64 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ
DHANI
Sawau SAWAU
13 LEGO KI DHANI OH 77 100 118 132 7.12 8.4 9.4
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ

53
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau SAWAU MAKEDO KI

13 OH 51 66 78 87 4.7 5.55 6.19
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ DHANI
Sawau SAWAU SARNO & SIYAGO
13 OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
Padamsingh MOOLRAJ KI DHANI
Sawau SAWAU
13 AMAR JI KI DHANI AMERJI KD MH 87028 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU
13 SAHAR FANTA OH 71 93 110 123 6.62 7.83 8.75
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU RAMCHANDJKE
13 OH 85 111 131 147 7.9 9.32 10.46
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH KD
Sawau SAWAU
13 DARJIYO KD OH 242 314 371 414 22.35 26.41 29.47
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU AJARAM SARAN
13 OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH KD
Sawau SAWAU
13 MEGWALO KD OH 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU
13 BERI NADI BERINADI MH 87024 99 129 152 170 9.18 10.82 12.1
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU
13 SARNO KD OH 113 147 173 194 10.46 12.31 13.81
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU
13 BERADO KD OH 63 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU
13 JAKHARO KD OH 113 147 173 194 10.46 12.31 13.81
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH

54
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau SAWAU DHIRANI

13 OH 107 139 164 183 9.89 11.67 13.03
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH BHABMAKD
Sawau SAWAU VERAMARAM
13 OH 150 195 230 257 13.88 16.37 18.29
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH JAKHAR KD
Sawau SAWAU
13 BHOMONIO KI DHANI BHOMANIYO KD MH 87032 133 173 204 228 12.31 14.52 16.23
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU SUKHONI
13 OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH GODARO KD
Sawau SAWAU
13 MEGWALO KD OH 84 109 129 144 7.76 9.18 10.25
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU
13 ABHANIYO KD OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU ASHANI GODARO
13 OH 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH KD
Sawau SAWAU JIYOJI GODARO
13 OH 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH KD

Sawau SAWAU KHUMONI JAKHRO KI KHUMANIYON KI

13 MH 87031 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH DHANI DHANI

Sawau SAWAU SADULAN

13 OH 48 62 73 82 4.41 5.2 5.84
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH JAKHARO KD
Sawau SAWAU BAKHATANI
13 OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH JAKHARO KD

55
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sawau SAWAU SARNO &

13 OH 160 209 247 276 14.88 17.58 19.64
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH SURHARO KD
Sawau SAWAU
13 DAUKIYO KD OH 154 201 237 265 14.31 16.87 18.86
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU DHAKO &
13 OH 75 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH VALIRANO KD
Sawau SAWAU SAWAOU
13 SAWAU PADAM SINGH MH 87025 550 716 845 945 50.96 60.14 67.26
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU CHENANI
13 OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH MEGWALO KD
Sawau SAWAU MANJANI
13 OH 90 117 138 154 8.33 9.82 10.96
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH MEGWALO KD
Sawau SAWAU RAMDEEN
13 OH 22 29 34 38 2.06 2.42 2.7
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH MEGWALO KD
Sawau SAWAU
13 BHELO KD OH 316 411 485 543 29.25 34.52 38.65
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
Sawau SAWAU NENANI
13 OH 255 331 391 437 23.56 27.83 31.1
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH JAKHADO KD
Sawau SAWAU RANA RAJPUTO
13 OH 240 312 368 412 22.21 26.19 29.32
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH KI DHANI
Sawau SAWAU
13 NAIYO KD OH 183 239 282 315 17.01 20.07 22.42
Padamsingh PADAMSINGH
7811 10167 11995 13417 723.66 853.73 954.98
14 JAJWA JAJAVA BHIM GAON BHEEMGAM MH 87087 339 441 520 582 31.39 37.01 41.42

56
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

14 JAJWA JAJAVA KELNO KI DHANI OH 136 177 209 234 12.6 14.88 16.66
JETHONI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA MEGWALO KI OH 132 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
DHANI
DEVPURA
14 JAJWA JAJAVA DAVE PURA MH 87092 105 137 162 181 9.75 11.53 12.88
(GOGASAR)
GOGADIYO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 49 64 76 84 4.56 5.41 5.98
DHANI
SUTHARO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 49 64 76 84 4.56 5.41 5.98
DHANI
KHERADO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 40 52 61 69 3.7 4.34 4.91
DHANI
KARNOTAKO KA
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 81 106 125 140 7.54 8.9 9.96
VAS
KARNOTO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 40 52 61 69 3.7 4.34 4.91
DHANI
MANGAL SINGH
14 JAJWA JAJAVA BHATIYO KI OH 47 61 72 81 4.34 5.12 5.77
DHANI
NAIYON &
14 JAJWA JAJAVA JAICHANDO KI OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
DHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA NAIYON KI DHANI OH 49 64 76 84 4.56 5.41 5.98
PADAM SINGH
14 JAJWA JAJAVA BIATYON KI OH 49 64 76 84 4.56 5.41 5.98
DHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA EKLAVYA NAGAR EKLAVAY NAGAR MH 87085 329 428 505 565 30.46 35.94 40.21
14 JAJWA JAJAVA BHELO KI DHANI OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18

57
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

14 JAJWA JAJAVA FATEH NAGAR FATEH NAGAR MH 87090 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
RANA RAJPUTO
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 251 326 385 430 23.2 27.4 30.61
KI DHANI
MUSALMANO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
DHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA JAJWA JAJAVA MH 87091 231 300 354 396 21.35 25.2 28.19
14 JAJWA JAJAVA BHATIYO KI BAS OH 272 354 418 467 25.2 29.75 33.24
14 JAJWA JAJAVA JAJWA AI JEE JAJAVA AIJI MH 87088 126 164 194 216 11.67 13.81 15.37
ACHALANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 75 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
BHEELO KI DHANI
SEVANI RANA
14 JAJWA JAJAVA RAJPUTO KI OH 126 164 194 216 11.67 13.81 15.37
DHANI
BHEEMANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA SUTHARO OH 76 98 116 129 6.98 8.26 9.18
KIDHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA NAIYON KI DHANI OH 63 82 97 108 5.84 6.9 7.69
GOJANIY
14 JAJWA JAJAVA SUTHARO KI OH 158 206 243 272 14.66 17.3 19.36
DHANI
BALVANT RADO
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 76 98 116 129 6.98 8.26 9.18
KI DHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA PANAWAS PURA PANAVASPURA MH 87089 96 126 149 166 8.97 10.61 11.82
PANONI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA MEGAWALO KI OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
DHANI
CHAMNARAM
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 54 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
SUTHARO KI

58
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DHANI

LAKHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA MUSALMANO KI OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
DHANI
SUTHARO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
DHANI
SONANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA SUTHARO KI OH 96 126 149 166 8.97 10.61 11.82
DHANI
INDA RAJPUTO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 82 106 125 140 7.54 8.9 9.96
DHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA RAJPURA RAJPURA(JAJAVA) MH 87086 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
14 JAJWA JAJAVA NAIYON KI DHANI OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
PADAMSINGH
14 JAJWA JAJAVA BHATIYON KI OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
DHANI
MANGALSINGH
14 JAJWA JAJAVA BHATIYO KI OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
DHANI
KARNOTO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
DHANI
NAIYON &
14 JAJWA JAJAVA JAYCHANDO KI OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
DHANI
SARDAR PURA
14 JAJWA JAJAVA SARDAR PURA MH 87093 185 241 284 318 17.15 20.21 22.63
(JAJAVA)
PANONI BHEELO
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
KI DHANI

59
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

PAVANRO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 111 145 171 191 10.32 12.17 13.59
DHANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA NEHRO KI DHANI OH 88 115 136 152 8.19 9.68 10.82
JAMANI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA MUSALMANO OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
KIDHANI
SANCHLO &
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 147 192 227 253 13.67 16.16 18.01
KELNO KI DHANI
JAYCHAND
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 88 115 136 152 8.19 9.68 10.82
KIDHANI
BHARIYO KI
14 JAJWA JAJAVA OH 45 58 68 77 4.13 4.84 5.48
DHANI
5245 6824 8054 9008 485.73 573.24 641.15
15 Jakhra JAKHARA DANPURA DANPURA MH 87041 478 622 734 821 44.27 52.24 58.44
DANPURA
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
SCHOOL
15 Jakhra JAKHARA KHODO KI DHANI OH 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
15 Jakhra JAKHARA DELUO KI DHANI OH 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
SERANIYO KI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 176 229 270 302 16.3 19.22 21.5
DHANI
SALWO BHEELO
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 175 228 269 301 16.23 19.15 21.42
KI DHANI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA GODARO KI DHANI GODARO KI BASTI MH 87040 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
MACHARO KI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
DHANI
MACHARO KI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
SCHOOL

60
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DARJIYO KI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 237 309 365 408 21.99 25.98 29.04
DHANI
SIDANO GODARO
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 137 179 211 236 12.74 15.02 16.8
KI DHANI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA JAKHRA JAKHARA MH 87042 271 352 415 465 25.05 29.54 33.1
15 Jakhra JAKHARA NAIYO KI DHANI OH 271 352 415 465 25.05 29.54 33.1
JAKHARO KI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 271 352 415 465 25.05 29.54 33.1
DHANI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA DUKIYO KI DHANI OH 271 352 415 465 25.05 29.54 33.1
GODARO KI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 271 352 415 465 25.05 29.54 33.1
DHANI
NAGANI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA JAKHARO KI OH 271 352 415 465 25.05 29.54 33.1
DHANI
LOKARODO
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 271 352 415 465 25.05 29.54 33.1
KIDHANI
PEERANI SAUO KI
15 Jakhra JAKHARA OH 239 311 367 411 22.14 26.12 29.25
DHANI
4432 5767 6804 7615 410.42 484.3 542.04
Heera Ki HEERA KI CHAK NIMBA KI
16 CHAK NIMBA KI DHANI MH 86914 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 CHAK NIMBA OH 15 20 24 26 1.42 1.71 1.85
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 AMLKH GURU KD OH 15 20 24 26 1.42 1.71 1.85
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 JAKHARO KD OH 21 28 33 37 1.99 2.35 2.63
Dhani DHANI

61
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Heera Ki HEERA KI CHAK NIMBA KD

16 OH 64 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
Dhani DHANI B
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 BERRO KD OH 93 122 144 161 8.68 10.25 11.46
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI AMEDANIY LEGO
16 OH 30 39 46 51 2.78 3.27 3.63
Dhani DHANI KD
Heera Ki HEERA KI CHAK NIMBA KD-
16 OH 30 39 46 51 2.78 3.27 3.63
Dhani DHANI C
Heera Ki HEERA KI HADONIYON KI
16 HADONIYO KI DHANI MH 86910 78 102 120 135 7.26 8.54 9.61
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI KHOTHO KI
16 OH 73 95 112 125 6.76 7.97 8.9
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 JGRAM KI DHANI OH 56 73 86 96 5.2 6.12 6.83
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI SERVANO KI
16 OH 112 146 172 193 10.39 12.24 13.74
Dhani DHANI DHANI
CHOKHONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGWALO KI OH 94 122 144 161 8.68 10.25 11.46
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 HEERA KI DHANI HIRA KI DHANI MH 86912 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI KUMBHRO KI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI SUNARO KI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANI

62
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Heera Ki HEERA KI SAKHARO KI

16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI HARURAM KI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI DHATERWALO KI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANI
HARJIRAM
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 BRAHAMAN KI OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
MOTANI SARAN
Heera Ki HEERA KI & ANONI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI MEGWAL KI
DHANI
MALONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 GODARO KI OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI RAMJERO KI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 KEELO KI DHANI OH 30 39 46 51 2.78 3.27 3.63
Dhani DHANI
CHOKHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 GODARO KI OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI
DHANI JUNI
Heera Ki HEERA KI BRAHMANO KI
16 OH 30 39 46 51 2.78 3.27 3.63
Dhani DHANI DHANI

63
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 KRELI NADI OH 117 152 179 201 10.82 12.74 14.31
Dhani DHANI
SONANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGWAL KI OH 117 152 179 201 10.82 12.74 14.31
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI PANCHANIYO KI
16 OH 60 77 91 102 5.48 6.48 7.26
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI ANONI MEGWAL
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI KI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 SIYAGO KI DHANI OH 117 152 179 201 10.82 12.74 14.31
Dhani DHANI
VAGTANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGWAL KI OH 36 46 54 61 3.27 3.84 4.34
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI RAJPUTO KI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANIYA
PERLONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 GODARO KI OH 94 122 144 161 8.68 10.25 11.46
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
RANCHODIYO
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGWALO KI OH 23 30 35 40 2.14 2.49 2.85
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
DHUDONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 GODARO KI OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI DEVARO KI
16 OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani DHANI DHANI

64
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KONONI &
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 ADANIYO KI OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI KHOTHO KI
16 KHOTHON KI DHANI MH 86911 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 KHOTHO KI BERI OH 26 33 39 44 2.35 2.78 3.13
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI MEGWALO KI
16 OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 DADIYO KI DHANI OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI
SONANI &
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 RAMCHANDONI OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI ANNODIYON KI
16 OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI TEJANIYON KI
16 OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI RAMDAN KI
16 OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI GOKALONIYO KI
16 OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI DHANI
JUGRAM
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 BENIWAL KI OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
Dhani DHANI
DHANI

65
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 SWAMI NADA OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI SUTHARO KI
16 OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 JANIYO KI DHANI OH 64 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
Dhani DHANI
MANGALANI &
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 LIKHAMARAM OH 131 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
Dhani DHANI
KHOTH KI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI SERANIYON
16 OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
Dhani DHANI KIDHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI BHOMONIYO KI
16 OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI DHUNIYO KI
16 OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI RAMCHANDR JI
16 OH 33 43 51 57 3.06 3.63 4.06
Dhani DHANI KI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI PANCHA KI
16 PANCHA KI DHANI MH 86913 30 38 45 50 2.7 3.2 3.56
Dhani DHANI DHANI
MEGWAL &
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 SANSHI BASTI OH 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
Dhani DHANI
SAMSAH GAHT
Heera Ki HEERA KI KASBAPURA-I
16 OH 31 40 47 53 2.85 3.35 3.77
Dhani DHANI KAA KI DHANI

66
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

PANONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGWALO KI OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI RAMDEO
16 OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Dhani DHANI MANDIR
DEVONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGWALO KI OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI SALANI KASBO
16 OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Dhani DHANI KIDHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI NAGONI KASBA
16 OH 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
Dhani DHANI KI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI BINJARAM KASBA
16 OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
Dhani DHANI KI DHANI
KHARTHONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGHWALO KI OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI KARWASARO KI
16 OH 31 40 47 53 2.85 3.35 3.77
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI BHADUO KI
16 OH 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
Dhani DHANI DHANI
GENONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 JAKHARO OH 31 40 47 53 2.85 3.35 3.77
Dhani DHANI
KIDHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI PANONI
16 OH 92 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
Dhani DHANI KASBAPURA -II

67
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Heera Ki HEERA KI MEGWALO KI

16 OH 31 40 47 53 2.85 3.35 3.77
Dhani DHANI DHANI
SARSATO
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 BRAHMANO KI OH 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI VIGAJI KA
16 OH 64 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
Dhani DHANI MANDIR
HARIGONI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 JAKHADO KI OH 30 38 45 50 2.7 3.2 3.56
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
HARJIRAM
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 KADWASARO KI OH 49 64 76 84 4.56 5.41 5.98
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
BHADUO
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 KARWASARO KI OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 GUROO KI DHANI OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Dhani DHANI
HARCHAND
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 MEGWAL KI OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI BHABHUO KI
16 OH 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 SAUON KA BASS SAUON KA BASS MH 86909 21 27 32 36 1.92 2.28 2.56
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI JAKHARO KI
16 OH 21 27 32 36 1.92 2.28 2.56
Dhani DHANI DHANI

68
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

LIKHAMARAM
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 GODARA KI OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI SYANIN GODARO
16 OH 40 53 63 70 3.77 4.48 4.98
Dhani DHANI KI DHANI
PURONI &
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 DAUOAONI KI OH 54 71 84 94 5.05 5.98 6.69
Dhani DHANI
DHANI
PURNONI SAUO
Heera Ki HEERA KI & RAWARAM
16 OH 40 53 63 70 3.77 4.48 4.98
Dhani DHANI GODARO KI
DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 SIVLO KI DHANI(Siyon KD) SIYOLO KI DHANI MH 86908 22 29 34 38 2.06 2.42 2.7
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI NATHNIYO KI
16 OH 12 16 19 21 1.14 1.35 1.49
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI POTALIYO KI
16 OH 22 29 34 38 2.06 2.42 2.7
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI KUONI & SEREBI
16 OH 112 146 172 193 10.39 12.24 13.74
Dhani DHANI KI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI DARJIYO KI
16 OH 56 73 86 96 5.2 6.12 6.83
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI LALARAM KI
16 OH 24 31 37 41 2.21 2.63 2.92
Dhani DHANI DHANI
Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 NIMBA KI DHANI OH 27 35 41 46 2.49 2.92 3.27
Dhani DHANI

69
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Heera Ki HEERA KI
16 SIYOL KA DHORA OH 56 73 86 96 5.2 6.12 6.83
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR KHOKHSAR
16 KHOKASAR WEST MH 87044 200 260 307 343 18.51 21.85 24.41
Dhani PASCHIM PASCHIM
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR
16 KHOTO KI DHANI OH 90 117 138 154 8.33 9.82 10.96
Dhani PASCHIM
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR BHOORSINGH
16 OH 54 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
Dhani PASCHIM DELU KI DHANI
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR HANUMAN JI KA
16 OH 58 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
Dhani PASCHIM MANDIR
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR RAMKENONI
16 OH 73 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
Dhani PASCHIM SAUO KI DHANI
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR KAARWASARO KI
16 OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
Dhani PASCHIM DHANI
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR NARSINGONI
16 OH 116 151 178 199 10.75 12.67 14.16
Dhani PASCHIM SAUO KI DHANI
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR HERONI SAUO KI
16 OH 116 151 178 199 10.75 12.67 14.16
Dhani PASCHIM DHANI
Heera Ki KHOKHSAR ROOPONI SAUO
16 OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
Dhani PASCHIM KI DHANI
Heera Ki
16 SOHADA LEGO KI DHANI LEGO KI DHANI MH 87034 534 695 820 917 49.47 58.36 65.27
Dhani
Heera Ki BERADO KI
16 SOHADA OH 248 323 381 426 22.99 27.12 30.32
Dhani DHANI
16 Heera Ki SOHADA MAKADO KI OH 166 216 255 285 15.37 18.15 20.29

70
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki
16 SOHADA NIMBA KI DHANI NIMBA KI DHANI MH 87039 166 216 255 285 15.37 18.15 20.29
Dhani
Heera Ki
16 SOHADA DELUO KI DHANI OH 282 367 433 484 26.12 30.82 34.45
Dhani
BANKONI
Heera Ki
16 SOHADA SUTHARO KI OH 263 343 405 453 24.41 28.83 32.24
Dhani
DHANI
Heera Ki SUTHARO KI
16 SOHADA SUTHARO KI DHANI MH 87035 104 135 159 178 9.61 11.32 12.67
Dhani DHANI
Heera Ki MACHARO KI
16 SOHADA OH 210 274 323 362 19.5 22.99 25.77
Dhani DHANI
8308 10809 12757 14261 769.34 908.1 1015.04
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR BAGHTHAL BAGTHAL MH 87050 141 184 217 243 13.1 15.45 17.3
AINATH MANDIR
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR OH 74 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
KE PAS
SALECHA
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR RAJPUTO KI OH 157 205 242 271 14.59 17.22 19.29
DHANI
KHEMANI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR KADWASARO KI OH 160 208 245 275 14.8 17.44 19.57
DHANI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR MAYLO KI DHANI OH 149 194 229 256 13.81 16.3 18.22
DHERANI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR MEGHWALO KI OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
DHANI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR CHABAWAS (NRV 2011) CHABO KI DHANI MH 87049 168 219 258 289 15.59 18.36 20.57

71
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR DAHANDUPURA DHADUPURA MH 87048 196 255 301 337 18.15 21.42 23.99
SUTHRO KI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR OH 215 280 330 370 19.93 23.49 26.34
DHANI
CHENANI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR MEGWALO KI OH 207 270 319 356 19.22 22.71 25.34
DHANI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR BANO KI DHANI OH 177 230 271 304 16.37 19.29 21.64
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR KHOKHSAR KHOKHSAR MH 87047 428 557 657 735 39.65 46.76 52.31
BIJALANI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR MEGHWALO KI OH 144 188 222 248 13.38 15.8 17.65
DHANI
GULONI
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR MEGHWALO KI OH 139 180 212 238 12.81 15.09 16.94
DHANI
KANKOLA
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR MEGHWALO KI OH 148 193 228 255 13.74 16.23 18.15
DHANI
SHERONI BANO
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR OH 162 211 249 279 15.02 17.72 19.86
KI DHANI
KHOKHSAR
17 Khokhsar BERADPURA BERANGPURA MH 87043 33 44 52 58 3.13 3.7 4.13
PASCHIM
KHOKHSAR MEGHWALO KI
17 Khokhsar OH 113 147 173 194 10.46 12.31 13.81
PASCHIM DHANI
KHOKHSAR GODARO KI
17 Khokhsar OH 185 240 283 317 17.08 20.14 22.56
PASCHIM DHANI
KHOKHSAR BERADO KI
17 Khokhsar OH 141 183 216 242 13.03 15.37 17.22
PASCHIM DHANI

72
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KHOKHSAR KHOKHSAR
17 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR SOUTH MH 87053 131 171 202 226 12.17 14.38 16.09
PASCHIM DAKCIN
KHOKHSAR DARGION KI
17 Khokhsar OH 126 164 194 216 11.67 13.81 15.37
PASCHIM DHANI
KHOKHSAR
17 Khokhsar NAIYON KI DHANI OH 192 250 295 330 17.79 21 23.49
PASCHIM
KHOKHSAR MUSALMANO KI
17 Khokhsar OH 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
PASCHIM DHANI
HARPONI
KHOKHSAR
17 Khokhsar KADWASARO KI OH 211 275 325 363 19.57 23.13 25.84
PASCHIM
DHANI
KHOKHSAR
17 Khokhsar MAHING PURA MAHINGPURA MH 87046 175 227 268 300 16.16 19.08 21.35
PASCHIM
KHOKHSAR KHERAJANI KI
17 Khokhsar OH 185 240 283 317 17.08 20.14 22.56
PASCHIM DHANI
KHOKHSAR VAJEERO KI
17 Khokhsar OH 171 223 263 294 15.87 18.72 20.93
PASCHIM DHANI
KHOKHSAR JAKHARO KI
17 Khokhsar OH 123 160 189 211 11.39 13.45 15.02
PASCHIM DHANI
KHOKHSAR
17 Khokhsar JASODO KI DHANI OH 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
PASCHIM
KHOKHSAR
17 Khokhsar MUKANGARH (NRV 2011) SIYAGO KI DHANI MH 87045 417 543 641 717 38.65 45.62 51.03
PASCHIM
KHOKHSAR DAUOKIYON KI
17 Khokhsar OH 231 301 355 397 21.42 25.27 28.26
PASCHIM DHANI

73
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Khokhsar 5467 7118 8398 9399 506.62 597.72 668.99

18 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR KANKOL GARH KAKOLGADH MH 87051 161 209 247 276 14.88 17.58 19.64
18 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR BANO KI DHANI OH 177 230 271 304 16.37 19.29 21.64
MEGHWALO KI
18 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR OH 193 251 296 331 17.87 21.07 23.56
DHANI
KHEMABABA KA
18 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR OH 193 251 296 331 17.87 21.07 23.56
MANDIR
18 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR KAKOLNADA OH 281 366 432 483 26.05 30.75 34.38
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar KHOKHSAR EAST KHOKHSAR PURB MH 87052 133 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
EAST
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar SIYAGO KI DHANI OH 278 362 427 478 25.77 30.39 34.02
EAST
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar LUKHO KI DHANI OH 259 336 396 444 23.92 28.19 31.6
EAST
DHORATI
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar MEGHWALO KI OH 285 370 437 488 26.34 31.1 34.73
EAST
DHANI
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar BHEELO KI DHANI OH 265 345 407 455 24.56 28.97 32.39
EAST
RUPONI
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar MEGHWALO KI OH 179 233 275 308 16.58 19.57 21.92
EAST
DHANI
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar SAUO KI DHANI OH 146 189 223 249 13.45 15.87 17.72
EAST
KHOKHSAR SONARAM
18 Khokhsar OH 239 311 367 411 22.14 26.12 29.25
EAST KADWASARO KI

74
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DHANI

KHOKHSAR MAYALO KI
18 Khokhsar OH 259 336 396 444 23.92 28.19 31.6
EAST DHANI
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar SINALI NADI OH 163 212 250 280 15.09 17.79 19.93
EAST
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar BERDO KI DHANI OH 133 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
EAST
KHOKHSAR
18 Khokhsar SAUO KI DHANI-II OH 310 403 476 532 28.68 33.88 37.87
EAST
3650 4748 5602 6268 337.97 398.73 446.13

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 HANUMAN PURA HANUMAN PURA MH 87054 261 340 401 449 24.2 28.54 31.96
East BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA KHARADA

19 KHARDA BHARAT SINGH MH 87055 206 269 317 355 19.15 22.56 25.27
East BHARAT SINGH BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA SHARNO KI

19 OH 212 276 326 364 19.64 23.2 25.91
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 RAEKO KIDHANI OH 212 276 326 364 19.64 23.2 25.91
East BHARAT SINGH

75
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 MUDO KI DHANI OH 212 276 326 364 19.64 23.2 25.91
East BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 DELUO KI DHANI OH 177 231 273 305 16.44 19.43 21.71
East BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 BHELO KI DHANI OH 255 332 392 438 23.63 27.9 31.18
East BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA ADANI MUNDO

19 OH 254 330 389 436 23.49 27.69 31.03
East BHARAT SINGH KI DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA NAGONA KA

19 OH 246 320 378 422 22.78 26.9 30.04
East BHARAT SINGH TALA

Khokhsar KHARADA KHARDA

19 KHARDA CHARNAN MH 87056 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
East BHARAT SINGH CHARNAN

Khokhsar KHARADA MEGWALO KI

19 OH 161 209 247 276 14.88 17.58 19.64
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA MUNDO KI

19 OH 194 252 297 333 17.94 21.14 23.7
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

76
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Khokhsar KHARADA DARJIYO KI

19 OH 160 208 245 275 14.8 17.44 19.57
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA BENIWALO KI

19 OH 134 174 205 230 12.38 14.59 16.37
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 DADIYO KI DHANI OH 124 161 190 213 11.46 13.52 15.16
East BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 MALASAR MALASAR MH 87057 491 639 754 843 45.48 53.67 60
East BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA MEGWALO KI

19 OH 215 280 330 370 19.93 23.49 26.34
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA
19 SIMARKHIYA SAMRAKIYA MH 87058 133 173 204 228 12.31 14.52 16.23
East BHARAT SINGH

Khokhsar KHARADA BERADO KI

19 OH 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA GODARO KI

19 OH 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

77
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Khokhsar KHARADA MEGWALO KI

19 OH 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA BENIWALO KI

19 OH 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHARADA SUTHARO KI

19 OH 123 160 189 211 11.39 13.45 15.02
East BHARAT SINGH DHANI

Khokhsar KHOKHSAR
19 KARALIYA BERA KARLIYA MH 87059 227 295 348 389 21 24.77 27.69
East EAST
Khokhsar KHOKHSAR DAUKIYO
19 OH 294 383 452 506 27.26 32.17 36.02
East EAST KIDHANI
Khokhsar KHOKHSAR
19 SARNO KIDHANI OH 294 383 452 506 27.26 32.17 36.02
East EAST
Khokhsar KHOKHSAR BALIHARO KI
19 OH 294 383 452 506 27.26 32.17 36.02
East EAST DHANI
Khokhsar KHOKHSAR SINDHYO KI
19 OH 294 383 452 506 27.26 32.17 36.02
East EAST DHANI
Khokhsar KHOKHSAR BERADO KI
19 OH 221 287 339 379 20.43 24.13 26.98
East EAST DHANI
Khokhsar KHOKHSAR KANORIYO KI
19 OH 187 243 287 321 17.3 20.43 22.85
East EAST DHANI
6577 8558 10101 11299 609.1 718.93 804.25

78
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

BENIWALO KI
20 Pareu PARAU BENIWALO KI DHANI MH 87073 118 153 181 202 10.89 12.88 14.38
DHANI
NENANI
20 Pareu PARAU BENIWALO KI OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
DHANI
SHARANO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 64 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
DHANI
MALANI GODARO
20 Pareu PARAU OH 118 153 181 202 10.89 12.88 14.38
KI DHANI
GANGANI
20 Pareu PARAU GODARO KI OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
DHANI
ROOPONI
20 Pareu PARAU MEGHWALO KI OH 59 76 90 100 5.41 6.41 7.12
DHANI
JAGARAM KI
20 Pareu PARAU JAGARAM KI DHANI MH 87074 190 247 291 326 17.58 20.71 23.2
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU RAIKO KIDHANI OH 90 117 138 154 8.33 9.82 10.96
KISNA MEGHWAL
20 Pareu PARAU OH 146 190 224 251 13.52 15.94 17.87
KI DHANI
MANGUO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 166 216 255 285 15.37 18.15 20.29
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU JASNATH PURA JASNATHPURA MH 87070 164 214 253 282 15.23 18.01 20.07
20 Pareu PARAU LEGO KI DHANI OH 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
HEERANI SAIYON
20 Pareu PARAU OH 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
KIDHANI
BRAHMANO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 112 146 172 193 10.39 12.24 13.74
DHANOI

79
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KUMBHARAM KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 83 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU JASODO KE BERI JASODO KI BERI MH 87060 170 221 261 292 15.73 18.58 20.78
GODARO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 142 185 218 244 13.17 15.52 17.37
DHANI
SAHID
20 Pareu PARAU ROOPSINGH OH 162 211 249 279 15.02 17.72 19.86
NAGAR
SWAMIYON KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 150 195 230 257 13.88 16.37 18.29
DHANI JODHPURI
20 Pareu PARAU BHEELO KI BASTI OH 136 176 208 232 12.53 14.8 16.51
BHATIYON KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 162 211 249 279 15.02 17.72 19.86
DHANI
BHEELO KE
20 Pareu PARAU OH 129 168 198 222 11.96 14.09 15.8
SANTO KI DHANI
MAHADEO
20 Pareu PARAU MAHADEV MANDIR MH 87061 94 123 145 162 8.75 10.32 11.53
MANDIR
BHABHUO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 110 143 169 189 10.18 12.03 13.45
DHANI
SUTHARO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 137 178 210 235 12.67 14.95 16.73
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU BHEELO KI BASTI OH 124 161 190 213 11.46 13.52 15.16
20 Pareu PARAU SIYALO KI DHANI OH 148 193 228 255 13.74 16.23 18.15
CHENANIYO
20 Pareu PARAU OH 162 210 248 277 14.95 17.65 19.72
BHEELO KI BASTI
DARJIYO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 186 243 287 321 17.3 20.43 22.85
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU DAUKIYO KI OH 164 213 251 281 15.16 17.87 20

80
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DHANI
MUKNANI
MUKANANIYO KA BERA
20 Pareu PARAU GODARO KI MH 87069 191 249 294 329 17.72 20.93 23.42
(NRV 2011)
DHANI
DEVANI
20 Pareu PARAU SAHARNO KI OH 207 269 317 355 19.15 22.56 25.27
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU PAREU PAREU MH 87072 368 479 565 632 34.09 40.21 44.98
HANUMAN JI KA
20 Pareu PARAU OH 196 255 301 337 18.15 21.42 23.99
MANDIR
MEGHWALO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 236 307 362 405 21.85 25.77 28.83
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU RAWALA BERA OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
20 Pareu PARAU GOGASAR NADI OH 91 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1
SHOBHNI
20 Pareu PARAU GODARO KI OH 359 467 551 616 33.24 39.22 43.84
DHANI
BHAYALO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 162 210 248 277 14.95 17.65 19.72
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU SAIYON KI DHANI OH 131 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
PEERANI SAUO KI
20 Pareu PARAU PEERANI SAI. KI DHANI MH 87068 161 210 248 277 14.95 17.65 19.72
DHANI
PURKHANI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 97 127 150 168 9.04 10.68 11.96
SAIYON KI DHANI
VEERDO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 91 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
DHANI
20 Pareu PARAU POONIYON KI BERI POONIYO KI BERI MH 87071 105 137 162 181 9.75 11.53 12.88

81
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DABANI
20 Pareu PARAU BENIWALO KI OH 103 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
DHANI
PEERANIYO
20 Pareu PARAU MANJUO KI OH 88 115 136 152 8.19 9.68 10.82
DHANI
DOLANIYO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 88 115 136 152 8.19 9.68 10.82
DHANI
MADHO NAI KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 45 58 68 77 4.13 4.84 5.48
DHANI
GAJANIYO JOGO
20 Pareu PARAU OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
KI DHANI
ANDANIYO KI
20 Pareu PARAU OH 182 237 280 313 16.87 19.93 22.28
DHANI
6869 8941 10551 11803 636.42 750.98 840.14
MALWA
21 LAPOONDRA KHARAPAR MALWA PATAWATAN MH 87112 230 299 353 395 21.28 25.13 28.11
PATHVATHN
21 LAPOONDRA KHARAPAR RAEKO KI DHANI OH 140 183 216 242 13.03 15.37 17.22
21 LAPOONDRA KHARAPAR LEGO KI DHANI OH 275 358 422 473 25.48 30.04 33.67
LAPUNDARA GODARO KI
21 LAPOONDRA ANASAR BORLA (NRV2011) MH 87108 124 161 190 213 11.46 13.52 15.16
BARHTHAN DHANI
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA RAIKO KI DHANI OH 124 161 190 213 11.46 13.52 15.16
BARHTHAN
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA DARJIYO KA BERA DARJIYO KI BERI MH 87104 299 389 459 513 27.69 32.67 36.51
BARHTHAN
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA PABUSAR BERA OH 206 268 316 354 19.08 22.49 25.2
BARHTHAN

82
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

MAKAWANA
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA MEGHWALO KI OH 209 272 321 359 19.36 22.85 25.55
BARHTHAN
DHANI
LAPUNDARA GOYALO KI
21 LAPOONDRA OH 279 363 428 479 25.84 30.46 34.09
BARHTHAN DHANI
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA DOLI NADI DOLI NADI MH 87109 205 267 315 352 19 22.42 25.05
BARHTHAN
RAWANA
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA RAJPUTO KI OH 112 146 172 193 10.39 12.24 13.74
BARHTHAN
DHANI
LAPUNDARA LAPUNDRA
21 LAPOONDRA LAPOONDRA BARTHAN MH 87110 337 439 518 579 31.25 36.87 41.21
BARHTHAN BARHTHAN
LAPUNDARA BOKO KI DHANI
21 LAPOONDRA OH 256 333 393 440 23.7 27.97 31.32
BARHTHAN (MEG.)
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA LEGO KI DHANI OH 124 162 191 214 11.53 13.59 15.23
BARHTHAN
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA DETHO KI DHANI OH 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
BARHTHAN
LAPUNDARA GODARO KI
21 LAPOONDRA OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
BARHTHAN DHANI
LAPUNDARA LAPUNDRA
21 LAPOONDRA LAPUNDRA CHOUHAN MH 87106 228 296 349 391 21.07 24.84 27.83
BARHTHAN CHOUHAN
LAPUNDARA RAJPUTON KI
21 LAPOONDRA OH 87 114 135 150 8.11 9.61 10.68
BARHTHAN DHANI

83
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

LAPUNDARA RAMDERIYA
21 LAPOONDRA OH 131 171 202 226 12.17 14.38 16.09
BARHTHAN BERA
LAPUNDARA JAISANO KI
21 LAPOONDRA OH 104 135 159 178 9.61 11.32 12.67
BARHTHAN DHANI
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA JAGO KI DHANI OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
BARHTHAN
PARIHAR
LAPUNDARA
21 LAPOONDRA MEGWALO KI OH 131 171 202 226 12.17 14.38 16.09
BARHTHAN
DHANI
3984 5185 6118 6846 369.05 435.45 487.27
CHIMANIYO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA CHIMONIYO KI DHANI MH 87066 159 207 244 273 14.73 17.37 19.43
DHANI
MAHADEO KA
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 127 165 195 218 11.74 13.88 15.52
MANDIR
RAVATONO
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA JAGOUO KI OH 139 181 214 239 12.88 15.23 17.01
DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA BHEELO KI DHANI OH 102 132 156 174 9.4 11.1 12.38
JALONI DHADIYO
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 114 149 176 197 10.61 12.53 14.02
KI DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA JAGUO KI DHANI OH 159 207 244 273 14.73 17.37 19.43
BHATIOYN KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 195 254 300 335 18.08 21.35 23.84
DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA DUNGRA NADA DUNGRA NADA MH 87063 120 156 184 206 11.1 13.1 14.66
BABHUO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 132 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA MEGWALO KI OH 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3

84
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DHANI
MANJUO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 132 172 203 227 12.24 14.45 16.16
DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA JARKHA DHORA OH 124 162 191 214 11.53 13.59 15.23
GODARO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA GODARO KI DHANI MH 87067 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
DHANI
JAGMALONI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA GODARO KI OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
DHANI
GENO GODARO
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 95 124 146 164 8.83 10.39 11.67
KI DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA BEROD KI DHANI OH 107 140 165 185 9.96 11.74 13.17
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA SAIYO KI DHANI OH 130 169 199 223 12.03 14.16 15.87
SINDHIYO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 114 148 175 195 10.53 12.46 13.88
DHANI
SUKHONI SARIYO
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 139 181 214 239 12.88 15.23 17.01
KI DHANI
JIMPONIYO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA JHEEMPONIYO KI DHANI MH 87062 281 366 432 483 26.05 30.75 34.38
DHANI
BHABUO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA BHEELO KI BASTI OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
MUSALMANO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA SAIYON KI DHANI OH 146 190 224 251 13.52 15.94 17.87
JANDUO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA JONDUO KI DHANI MH 87065 178 231 273 305 16.44 19.43 21.71
DHANI

85
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

GODARO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 124 161 190 213 11.46 13.52 15.16
DHANI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA BHELO KI DHANI OH 155 202 238 267 14.38 16.94 19
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA SIYAGO KI DHANI OH 155 202 238 267 14.38 16.94 19
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA GALE KI DHANI OH 156 203 240 268 14.45 17.08 19.08
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA KUMPLIYAN KUMPALIYA MH 87064 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3
MEGHWALO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 195 254 300 335 18.08 21.35 23.84
DHANI
HEMANIYO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 156 203 240 268 14.45 17.08 19.08
DHANI
HADONIYO KI
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA OH 174 227 268 300 16.16 19.08 21.35
DHANI
TAJONIYO
22 Kumpaliya KUMPALIYA BHABUO KI OH 163 213 251 281 15.16 17.87 20
DHANI
4613 6006 7087 7930 427.46 504.43 564.41
Kalewa GANGANIYO KI
23 KALEWA GANGANION KI DHANI MH 87297 114 149 176 197 10.61 12.53 14.02
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa JAGRUPO SARNO
23 KALEWA OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
Dhora KI DHANI
PURKHONI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA MEGHWALO KI OH 224 292 345 385 20.78 24.56 27.4
Dhora
DHANI
Kalewa BHAKHRO KI
23 KALEWA OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa KADWASARO KI
23 KALEWA OH 72 93 110 123 6.62 7.83 8.75
Dhora DHANI
23 Kalewa KALEWA PARBHANI OH 57 74 87 98 5.27 6.19 6.98

86
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Dhora DARJIYO KI
DHANI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA PUNIYO KI DHANI OH 61 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
Dhora
Kalewa
23 KALEWA KALEWA KALEWA MH 87298 313 407 480 537 28.97 34.16 38.22
Dhora
RAJPUTO
Kalewa
23 KALEWA SWAMIYO KI OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
Dhora
DHANI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA TARDO KI DHANI OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
Dhora
Kalewa
23 KALEWA NAIYO KI DHANI OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
Dhora
Kalewa
23 KALEWA JANIYO KI DHANI OH 61 80 94 106 5.69 6.69 7.54
Dhora
Kalewa MEGHWALO KI
23 KALEWA OH 168 219 258 289 15.59 18.36 20.57
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa RAPONI JANIYO
23 KALEWA OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
Dhora KI DHANI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA KANWARLI KANWARLI MH 87300 445 579 683 764 41.21 48.61 54.38
Dhora
Kalewa JAKHAR PUNIO KI
23 KALEWA OH 196 255 301 337 18.15 21.42 23.99
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa KUMHARO KI
23 KALEWA OH 135 176 208 232 12.53 14.8 16.51
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa RAJPUTO KI
23 KALEWA OH 164 213 251 281 15.16 17.87 20
Dhora DHANI
PADIYAR
Kalewa
23 KALEWA MEGHWALO KI OH 131 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
Dhora
DHANI

87
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Kalewa GOONANIO KI
23 KALEWA OH 131 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA SINGRO KI DHANI OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
Dhora
Kalewa
23 KALEWA KYAR CHARNAN KYAR CHARNAN MH 87299 178 232 274 306 16.51 19.5 21.78
Dhora
Kalewa KUMARO JATON
23 KALEWA OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
Dhora KI DHANI
Kalewa RAJPUTO KI
23 KALEWA OH 68 89 105 117 6.33 7.47 8.33
Dhora DHANI
JATON
Kalewa
23 KALEWA MEGHWALO KI OH 101 132 156 174 9.4 11.1 12.38
Dhora
DHANI
Kalewa PURONI PUNIYO
23 KALEWA OH 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
Dhora KI DHANI
VANONI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA MEGHWALO KI OH 237 308 363 407 21.92 25.84 28.97
Dhora
DHANI
Kalewa WAGTANIYO KI
23 KALEWA WAGTANION KI DHANI MH 87296 15 19 22 25 1.35 1.57 1.78
Dhora DHANI
KADWASARO
Kalewa
23 KALEWA GAVDIYO KI OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
Dhora
DHANI
JASOLIYO
Kalewa
23 KALEWA SUTHARO KI OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
Dhora
DHANI
VANONI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA MEGHWALO KI OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
Dhora
DHANI

88
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

SOLANKI &
Kalewa
23 KALEWA DARJIYO KI OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
Dhora
DHANI
MULANI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA GODARO KI OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
Dhora
DHANI
MADHONI
Kalewa SINGAD &
23 KALEWA OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
Dhora DAUKIYO KI
DHANI
Kalewa
23 KALEWA PUNIYO KI DHANI OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
Dhora
Kalewa
23 RICHHOLI GOLIA VIDA GOLIYA VIDA MH 87302 121 157 185 207 11.17 13.17 14.73
Dhora
Kalewa RAJPUTON KI
23 RICHHOLI OH 114 148 175 195 10.53 12.46 13.88
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa PUNO KI DHANI
23 RICHHOLI OH 94 122 144 161 8.68 10.25 11.46
Dhora NR. SCHOOL
Kalewa SAJIYALI SINDHIYO KI
23 KERLI NADI (NRV 2011) MH 87285 350 456 538 602 32.46 38.29 42.85
Dhora PADAM SINGH DHANI
Kalewa SAJIYALI SINGRO KAVO KI
23 OH 175 228 269 301 16.23 19.15 21.42
Dhora PADAM SINGH DHANI
Kalewa SAJIYALI
23 VELA NADI OH 233 303 358 400 21.57 25.48 28.47
Dhora PADAM SINGH
Kalewa SAJIYALI
23 MEETHI BERI MEETHI BERI MH 87284 189 246 290 325 17.51 20.64 23.13
Dhora PADAM SINGH

89
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KHEMANI
Kalewa SAJIYALI
23 GODARO KI OH 136 177 209 234 12.6 14.88 16.66
Dhora PADAM SINGH
DHANI
VIRDHANI
Kalewa SAJIYALI
23 KADWASRO KI OH 136 177 209 234 12.6 14.88 16.66
Dhora PADAM SINGH
DHANI
Kalewa SAJIYALI RUGHANIYO KI
23 OH 136 177 209 234 12.6 14.88 16.66
Dhora PADAM SINGH DHANI

Kalewa SAJIYALI SAJIYALI ROOPJI

23 SAMBHRA MH 87289 63 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
Dhora ROOPJI(KANTHWARA) (KANTHWARA)

Kalewa KHEMANIYO KI
23 SAMBHRA OH 40 52 61 69 3.7 4.34 4.91
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa SOLKIYO KI
23 SAMBHRA OH 40 52 61 69 3.7 4.34 4.91
Dhora DHANI
Kalewa
23 SAMBHRA CHIMAN JI DHANI OH 77 100 118 132 7.12 8.4 9.4
Dhora
5975 7776 9174 10265 553.46 652.99 730.63
AKARLI AKARLI
24 PATIYAL AKARLI BAKSHIRAM MH 87259 560 729 860 962 51.89 61.21 68.47
BAKSHIRAM BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI MEGHWALO KI
24 PATIYAL OH 177 231 273 305 16.44 19.43 21.71
BAKSHIRAM DHANI
AKARLI
24 PATIYAL JOGIYO KI DHANI OH 177 231 273 305 16.44 19.43 21.71
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI AKARLI DHAN
24 PATIYAL AKARLI DHANSINGH MH 87280 277 360 425 475 25.62 30.25 33.81
BAKSHIRAM SINGH

90
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

AKARLI DABLA RABARIYO

24 PATIYAL OH 128 166 196 219 11.82 13.95 15.59
BAKSHIRAM KI DHANI
AKARLI MEGHWALO KI
24 PATIYAL OH 320 416 491 549 29.61 34.95 39.08
BAKSHIRAM DHANI

AKARLI AKARLI SUTHARON KI AKARLI SUTHARO

24 PATIYAL MH 87283 297 387 457 511 27.55 32.53 36.37
BAKSHIRAM DHANI KI DHANI

AKARLI DEEPANIYO KI
24 PATIYAL OH 162 211 249 279 15.02 17.72 19.86
BAKSHIRAM DHANI
AKARLI
24 PATIYAL PUNIYO KI DHANI OH 217 282 333 372 20.07 23.7 26.48
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI
24 PATIYAL PUNIYO KA TALA OH 171 222 262 293 15.8 18.65 20.85
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI MAHADEV
24 PATIYAL MAHADEV NAGAR MH 87281 115 149 176 197 10.61 12.53 14.02
BAKSHIRAM NAGAR
AKARLI BARUPALO KI
24 PATIYAL OH 189 246 290 325 17.51 20.64 23.13
BAKSHIRAM DHANI
SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA HANUMANPURA HANUMAN PURA MH 87290 171 223 263 294 15.87 18.72 20.93
BARI

SAJIYALI
DALNIYO SARNO
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 180 234 276 309 16.66 19.64 21.99
KI DHANI
BARI

91
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

SAJIYALI HEMANI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA GODARO KI OH 129 168 198 222 11.96 14.09 15.8
BARI DHANI

SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA PATIYAL PATIYAL MH 87291 7 9 11 12 0.64 0.78 0.85
BARI

SAJIYALI
BHABHUIYO
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 69 89 105 117 6.33 7.47 8.33
SAIYO KI DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI
MEGHWALO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 69 89 105 117 6.33 7.47 8.33
DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI
SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA SAJIYALI MOOLRAJ-2 MH 87288 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
MOOLRAJ II
BARI

SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA SINGRO KI DHANI OH 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
BARI

SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA DAYSO KI DHANI OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
BARI

SAJIYALI
NIMBANIYO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
DHANI
BARI

92
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

SAJIYALI
MEGHWALO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 118 153 181 202 10.89 12.88 14.38
DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI
MANANI SINGRO
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
KI DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI
KUMARO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI
SAJIYALI ROOPJI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA SAJIYALI ROOPJI RAJABERI MH 87277 190 247 291 326 17.58 20.71 23.2
RAJA BERI
BARI

SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA PANE KI BERI OH 102 133 157 176 9.47 11.17 12.53
BARI

SAJIYALI
MEGHWALO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 116 151 178 199 10.75 12.67 14.16
DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI MEHANI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA KADWASRON KI OH 128 167 197 220 11.89 14.02 15.66
BARI DHANI

SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA SONKARO KI BERI SOKHRO KI BERI MH 87286 158 206 243 272 14.66 17.3 19.36
BARI

93
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

SAJIYALI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA SAIYON KI DHANI OH 73 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
BARI

SAJIYALI
KADWASRO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 74 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI
SUTHARO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 123 160 189 211 11.39 13.45 15.02
DHANI
BARI

SAJIYALI
MEGHWALO KI
24 PATIYAL ROOPJI RAJA OH 269 350 413 462 24.91 29.4 32.88
DHANI
BARI
5193 6759 7977 8920 481.09 567.76 634.89
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj SAJIYALI MOOLRAJ (KYAR) MH 87279 242 314 371 414 22.35 26.41 29.47
PADAM SINGH MOOLRAJ KAYR
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI MEGHWALO KI
25 Moolraj OH 161 210 248 277 14.95 17.65 19.72
PADAM SINGH DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj KHARI NADI OH 145 189 223 249 13.45 15.87 17.72
PADAM SINGH
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj LOKARA NADA OH 256 333 393 440 23.7 27.97 31.32
PADAM SINGH
Dhora

94
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sajiyali
SAJIYALI JOGMAYA
25 Moolraj OH 161 210 248 277 14.95 17.65 19.72
PADAM SINGH MANDIR
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj OPA NADA OH 206 268 316 354 19.08 22.49 25.2
PADAM SINGH
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI PUNIYO KUMARO
25 Moolraj OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
PADAM SINGH KI DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI SAJIYALI PADAM
25 Moolraj SAJIYALI PADAMSIGH-2 MH 87282 393 512 604 676 36.44 42.99 48.12
PADAM SINGH SINGH
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI RABARIYO KI
25 Moolraj OH 95 124 146 164 8.83 10.39 11.67
PADAM SINGH DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI MEGHWALO KI
25 Moolraj OH 118 154 182 203 10.96 12.95 14.45
PADAM SINGH DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI PARIHARO KI
25 Moolraj OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
PADAM SINGH DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj JATON KI DHANI OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
PADAM SINGH
Dhora
Sajiyali BHATIYO
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj MEGHWALO KI OH 178 231 273 305 16.44 19.43 21.71
PADAM SINGH
Dhora DHANI
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj KEHRA NADA OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
PADAM SINGH
Dhora

95
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Sajiyali
SAJIYALI BHOMANI
25 Moolraj OH 82 106 125 140 7.54 8.9 9.96
PADAM SINGH SARNO KI DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali MANA RAM
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj MEGHWAL KI OH 178 231 273 305 16.44 19.43 21.71
PADAM SINGH
Dhora DHANI
Sajiyali
SAJIYALI DHADUYO
25 Moolraj OH 65 85 100 112 6.05 7.12 7.97
PADAM SINGH DHAKO KI DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali RABARIYO
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj MEGHWALO KI OH 72 93 110 123 6.62 7.83 8.75
PADAM SINGH
Dhora DHANI
Sajiyali SAJIYALI PADAM
SAJIYALI
25 Moolraj SAMBHRA SINGH MH 87278 198 257 303 339 18.29 21.57 24.13
PADAMSINGH(KANTHWARA
Dhora (KANTHWARA)
Sajiyali
MEGHWALO KI
25 Moolraj SAMBHRA OH 226 294 347 388 20.93 24.7 27.62
DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali
JASOR RAJPUTO
25 Moolraj SAMBHRA OH 151 196 231 259 13.95 16.44 18.43
KI DHANI
Dhora
Sajiyali DHANANI
25 Moolraj SAMBHRA DAUKIYO KI OH 151 196 231 259 13.95 16.44 18.43
Dhora DHANI
Sajiyali CHENA RAM
25 Moolraj SAMBHRA MEGHWAL KI OH 226 294 347 388 20.93 24.7 27.62
Dhora DHANI
3599 4684 5528 6182 333.4 393.46 440.01

96
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Champa Beri CHANDIYON KI

26 GOPARI CHANDIYON KI DHANI MH 88268 450 586 691 774 41.71 49.18 55.09
Dhora DHANI
Champa Beri
26 GOPARI LEGO KI DHANI OH 139 181 214 239 12.88 15.23 17.01
Dhora
Champa Beri BHOORJI KI
26 GOPARI OH 129 168 198 222 11.96 14.09 15.8
Dhora DHANI
Champa Beri CHIMANIO KI
26 GOPARI OH 20 26 31 34 1.85 2.21 2.42
Dhora DHANI
NOORNI
Champa Beri
26 GOPARI SINDHIYON KI OH 31 40 47 53 2.85 3.35 3.77
Dhora
DHANI
HEMANI
Champa Beri
26 GOPARI GODARO KI OH 26 33 39 44 2.35 2.78 3.13
Dhora
DHANI
DALANI &
Champa Beri
26 GOPARI KHEMANIO KI OH 36 46 54 61 3.27 3.84 4.34
Dhora
DHANI
JATON &
Champa Beri
26 GOPARI MEGHWALO KI OH 50 66 78 87 4.7 5.55 6.19
Dhora
DHANI
Champa Beri MEGHWALO KI
26 GOPARI OH 60 79 93 104 5.62 6.62 7.4
Dhora DHANI
Champa Beri BAGIYA
26 RICHHOLI BAGIYA CHARNAN MH 87301 27 35 41 46 2.49 2.92 3.27
Dhora CHARNAN
Champa Beri
26 SAMBHRA CHAMPA BERI CHAMPA BERI MH 87303 354 460 543 607 32.74 38.65 43.2
Dhora

97
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Champa Beri
26 SAMBHRA JANIO KI DHANI OH 215 280 330 370 19.93 23.49 26.34
Dhora
Champa Beri SINDHIYO &
26 SAMBHRA OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
Dhora JATON KI DHANI
Champa Beri
26 SAMBHRA PUNIO KI DHANI OH 79 102 120 135 7.26 8.54 9.61
Dhora
1705 2218 2616 2929 157.87 186.2 208.46
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR IKADANI IKARANI MH 87356 151 196 231 259 13.95 16.44 18.43
SINDHIYON KI
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR OH 87 114 135 150 8.11 9.61 10.68
DHANI
BHILO
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR MUSALMANO KI OH 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
DHANI
SINDHIYO KI
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR OH 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
DHANI II
KHEMANI
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR DALANIYO KI OH 80 104 123 137 7.4 8.75 9.75
DHANI
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR KODUKA KODUKA MH 87358 223 290 342 383 20.64 24.34 27.26
SUTHARO KI
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR OH 223 290 342 383 20.64 24.34 27.26
DHANI
KHAJURON KI
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR OH 526 685 808 904 48.76 57.51 64.34
DHANI
SADH & KARAN
27 Koduka BHAKARSAR OH 74 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
SINGH KI DHANI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI KARNISAR KARNISAR MH 87360 442 575 679 759 40.93 48.33 54.02
27 Koduka RICHHOLI BHILO KI DHANI OH 248 323 381 426 22.99 27.12 30.32

98
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

27 Koduka RICHHOLI MEDIWASAN MEDIWASAN MH 87361 260 338 399 446 24.06 28.4 31.74
JETMALON KI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI OH 115 150 177 198 10.68 12.6 14.09
DHANI
RATHODIA
27 Koduka RICHHOLI MEGHWALO KI OH 85 110 130 145 7.83 9.25 10.32
DHANI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI REENCHHOLI RINCHHOLI MH 87359 627 816 963 1077 58.08 68.54 76.66
27 Koduka RICHHOLI JATON KI DHANI OH 441 574 677 758 40.86 48.19 53.95
RABARIYO KI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI OH 222 289 341 381 20.57 24.27 27.12
DHANI
SINDHIYO KI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI OH 122 158 186 209 11.25 13.24 14.88
DHANI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI BHILO KI DHANI OH 122 158 186 209 11.25 13.24 14.88
KARWASARO KI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
DHANI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI YASIN KI DHANI OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
MEGHWALO KI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI OH 67 88 104 116 6.26 7.4 8.26
DHANI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI RAJADO KI DHANI OH 81 105 124 139 7.47 8.83 9.89
ALLARAKHA KI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI OH 67 88 104 116 6.26 7.4 8.26
DHANI
27 Koduka RICHHOLI PATARIYA NADA OH 67 88 104 116 6.26 7.4 8.26
4658 6062 7153 8002 431.47 509.12 569.54
28 RAJPURA THOB RAJPURA RAJPURA MH 87416 361 470 555 620 33.45 39.5 44.13
TELIYON KI
28 RAJPURA THOB OH 151 196 231 259 13.95 16.44 18.43
DHANI
512 666 786 879 47.4 55.94 62.56

99
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Rewara
29 GOPARI NEWAI NEWAI MH 87348 527 686 809 906 48.83 57.58 64.49
Jetmalan
Rewara R.G.S. PABANIYO
29 GOPARI OH 107 139 164 183 9.89 11.67 13.03
Jetmalan KI DHANI
R.G.S.
Rewara
29 GOPARI JAMBESHWAR OH 212 276 326 364 19.64 23.2 25.91
Jetmalan
BASTI
Rewara ROOPAJI RAJPUT
29 GOPARI OH 80 104 123 137 7.4 8.75 9.75
Jetmalan KI DHANI
SUJA RAM
Rewara
29 GOPARI MEGHWAL KI OH 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
Jetmalan
DHANI
Rewara MALION KI
29 BHANDIYAWAS MALIO KI DHANI MH 87347 517 673 794 888 47.9 56.51 63.2
Jetmalan DHANI
MEGHWALO KI
Rewara
29 BHANDIYAWAS DHANI POKAR OH 88 115 136 152 8.19 9.68 10.82
Jetmalan
RAM
Rewara BOLO KI DHANI
29 BHANDIYAWAS OH 92 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
Jetmalan (VISHNOI)
Rewara BHAMBHUYO KI
29 BHANDIYAWAS OH 85 110 130 145 7.83 9.25 10.32
Jetmalan DHANI
Rewara SUTHARO &
29 BHANDIYAWAS OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
Jetmalan JATON KI DHANI
Rewara BHATON KI
29 BHANDIYAWAS OH 99 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
Jetmalan DHANI

100
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Rewara REWADA
29 KANAWAS KANAWAS MH 87352 51 66 78 87 4.7 5.55 6.19
Jetmalan MAIYA
Rewara REWADA
29 REWARA ASIYAN REWADA ASIYA MH 87349 63 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
Jetmalan MAIYA
Rewara REWADA RAJPUTO KI
29 OH 60 78 92 103 5.55 6.55 7.33
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA VISHNOI KI
29 OH 69 89 105 117 6.33 7.47 8.33
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA REWADA
29 REWARA BARTHAN MH 87351 166 216 255 285 15.37 18.15 20.29
Jetmalan MAIYA BARTHAN
Rewara REWADA
29 DARO KI DHANI OH 142 185 218 244 13.17 15.52 17.37
Jetmalan MAIYA
Rewara REWADA
29 REWARA JETMALA REWADA JETMAL MH 87426 504 655 773 865 46.62 55.02 61.57
Jetmalan MAIYA
Rewara REWADA PRABHUANIO KI
29 OH 148 193 228 255 13.74 16.23 18.15
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA VISHNOIYON KI
29 OH 114 148 175 195 10.53 12.46 13.88
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA
29 JATON KI DHANI OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
Jetmalan MAIYA
Rewara REWADA KALYAN SINGH KI
29 OH 69 90 106 119 6.41 7.54 8.47
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA SOMARAM KI
29 OH 59 77 91 102 5.48 6.48 7.26
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI

101
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Rewara REWADA MADHO SINGH KI

29 OH 66 86 101 114 6.12 7.19 8.11
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA HARI SINGH KI
29 OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA
29 REWARA MAIYA REWADA MAIYA MH 87354 395 514 607 678 36.58 43.2 48.26
Jetmalan MAIYA
Rewara REWADA SINDHIYO KI
29 OH 337 438 517 578 31.18 36.8 41.14
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
AMIRANI
Rewara REWADA
29 SINDHIYO KI OH 98 128 151 169 9.11 10.75 12.03
Jetmalan MAIYA
DHANI
Rewara REWADA REWADA
29 REWARA NAYAPURA MH 87353 757 986 1163 1302 70.18 82.78 92.67
Jetmalan MAIYA NAYAPURA
Rewara REWADA SUTHARO KI
29 OH 109 142 168 187 10.11 11.96 13.31
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA KUMHARO KI
29 OH 94 122 144 161 8.68 10.25 11.46
Jetmalan MAIYA DHANI
Rewara REWADA REWADA
29 REWARA SANDAYCHA MH 87350 192 250 295 330 17.79 21 23.49
Jetmalan MAIYA SANDAYCHA
Rewara REWADA
29 REWARA SODHA REWADA SODHA MH 87355 422 549 648 725 39.08 46.12 51.6
Jetmalan MAIYA
6031 7848 9262 10358 558.59 659.24 737.25
30 SOHRA GIDA LAGO KI DHANI LEGON KI DHANI MH 87077 90 117 138 154 8.33 9.82 10.96
30 SOHRA GIDA LEGON KI BERI OH 41 54 64 71 3.84 4.56 5.05

102
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

MANANIYON KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
DHANI
BIRAHMANO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 49 63 74 83 4.48 5.27 5.91
DHANI
30 SOHRA GIDA MALDETA MALDETA MH 87079 155 202 238 267 14.38 16.94 19
BHABUO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 130 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
DHANI
BHERANIYO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 32 42 50 55 2.99 3.56 3.91
DHANI
30 SOHRA GIDA JAKHDO KI DHANI OH 106 138 163 182 9.82 11.6 12.95
MORANI
30 SOHRA GIDA JAKHADO KI OH 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
DHANI
30 SOHRA GIDA MAGJI KI DHANI OH 87 113 133 149 8.04 9.47 10.61
MANANIYO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
DHANI
MANPURA
30 SOHRA GIDA MANPURA KHARDA MH 87076 312 407 480 537 28.97 34.16 38.22
KHARDA
30 SOHRA GIDA NAIYON KI DHANI OH 42 55 65 73 3.91 4.63 5.2
MOOLANIYON KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 107 139 164 183 9.89 11.67 13.03
DHANI
30 SOHRA GIDA GHATO KI DHANI OH 136 177 209 234 12.6 14.88 16.66
PARJAPATO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 50 65 77 86 4.63 5.48 6.12
DHANI
GODARO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 255 332 392 438 23.63 27.9 31.18
DHANI
30 SOHRA GIDA SARNO KI DHANI OH 150 195 230 257 13.88 16.37 18.29
30 SOHRA GIDA RAMPURA RAMPURA MH 87075 245 319 376 421 22.71 26.76 29.97

103
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

KHARDA
SOHADO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 145 188 222 248 13.38 15.8 17.65
DHANIYA
BHEELO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 99 129 152 170 9.18 10.82 12.1
DHANIYA
AIDAN BHEEL KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 104 135 159 178 9.61 11.32 12.67
DHANI
DARJIYO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 110 143 169 189 10.18 12.03 13.45
DHANI
BHEELO &
30 SOHRA GIDA MEGHWALO KI OH 146 189 223 249 13.45 15.87 17.72
DHANI
30 SOHRA GIDA RAVO KI DHANI OH 140 183 216 242 13.03 15.37 17.22
SISODIYAN KA
30 SOHRA GIDA SISODIA PANA MH 87078 261 340 401 449 24.2 28.54 31.96
PANA
30 SOHRA GIDA RADO KI DHANI OH 21 27 32 36 1.92 2.28 2.56
JAWAN SINGH KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
DHANI
30 SOHRA GIDA SIYAGO KI DHANI OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
JAKHADO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 29 38 45 50 2.7 3.2 3.56
DHANI
KIRATSINGH KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 198 257 303 339 18.29 21.57 24.13
DHANI
KHUSALSINGH KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 193 251 296 331 17.87 21.07 23.56
DHANI
KHARTHANIYO KI
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 27 36 42 48 2.56 2.99 3.42
DHANI

104
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

NAGNECHI ORAN
30 SOHRA GIDA OH 19 25 30 33 1.78 2.14 2.35
SADO KIO DHANI
30 SOHRA SOHADA DELUO KI DHANI DELUO KI DHANI MH 87037 205 266 314 351 18.93 22.35 24.98
AMARARAM KI
30 SOHRA SOHADA OH 101 131 155 173 9.32 11.03 12.31
DHANI
LADHANIYO
30 SOHRA SOHADA DELOUO KI OH 167 217 256 286 15.45 18.22 20.36
DHANI
MEGHWALO KI
30 SOHRA SOHADA MEGWALO KI DHANI MH 87036 323 420 496 554 29.89 35.3 39.43
DHANI
30 SOHRA SOHADA JATO KI DHANI OH 323 420 496 554 29.89 35.3 39.43
KUMHARO KI
30 SOHRA SOHADA OH 323 420 496 554 29.89 35.3 39.43
DHANI
RAJPUTO KI
30 SOHRA SOHADA OH 323 420 496 554 29.89 35.3 39.43
DHANI
30 SOHRA SOHADA TELIYO KI DHANI OH 182 237 280 313 16.87 19.93 22.28
30 SOHRA SOHADA SOHRA SOHADA MH 87038 416 542 640 715 38.58 45.55 50.89
30 SOHRA SOHADA BHEELO KI DHANI OH 272 353 417 466 25.13 29.68 33.17
30 SOHRA SOHADA RAEKO KI DHANI OH 272 353 417 466 25.13 29.68 33.17
MUSALMANO KI
30 SOHRA SOHADA OH 272 353 417 466 25.13 29.68 33.17
DHANI
7086 9223 10887 12170 656.46 774.9 866.22
31 GIDA GIDA CHAK UTARNI CHAK UTARNI MH 87080 86 111 131 147 7.9 9.32 10.46
SUTHARO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 40 52 61 69 3.7 4.34 4.91
DHANI
MEGWALO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 62 80 94 106 5.69 6.69 7.54
DHANI

105
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

PARIHARO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 46 59 70 78 4.2 4.98 5.55
DHANI
31 GIDA GIDA GIDA GIRA MH 87082 217 282 333 372 20.07 23.7 26.48
BHATIYON KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
DHANI
31 GIDA GIDA NAIYON KI DHANI OH 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3
MOOLSINGH KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 25 32 38 42 2.28 2.7 2.99
DHANI
MEGWALO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 180 234 276 309 16.66 19.64 21.99
DHANI
SUTHARO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 160 208 245 275 14.8 17.44 19.57
DHANI
31 GIDA GIDA GOGSAR GOGASAR NADI MH 87084 201 261 308 345 18.58 21.92 24.56
LAKHSINGH KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 92 120 142 158 8.54 10.11 11.25
DHANI
MEGHWALO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 135 176 208 232 12.53 14.8 16.51
DHANI
PATHEDO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 130 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
DHANI
KARNATO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 91 118 139 156 8.4 9.89 11.1
DHANI
31 GIDA GIDA SHIVE PURA SHIVPURA MH 87081 294 382 451 504 27.19 32.1 35.87
MEHDAN SINGH
31 GIDA GIDA OH 90 117 138 154 8.33 9.82 10.96
KI DHANI
31 GIDA GIDA BHEELO KI DHANI OH 121 158 186 209 11.25 13.24 14.88
DRJIYON KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
DHANI
31 GIDA GIDA HEMU KHAN KI OH 92 120 142 158 8.54 10.11 11.25

106
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DHANI
HEMANIYO KI
31 GIDA GIDA OH 79 103 122 136 7.33 8.68 9.68
DHANI
31 GIDA GIDA BHELO KI DHANI OH 121 158 186 209 11.25 13.24 14.88
2568 3341 3943 4411 237.81 280.63 313.94
LAPOONDRA AMBEYDKER
32 CHEEBI AMBEDKAR NAGAR MH 87103 236 307 362 405 21.85 25.77 28.83
TARLEE NAGAR
LAPOONDRA MEGHWALO KI
32 CHEEBI OH 189 246 290 325 17.51 20.64 23.13
TARLEE DHANI
LAPOONDRA BERADO KI
32 CHEEBI OH 170 222 262 293 15.8 18.65 20.85
TARLEE DHANI
LAPOONDRA
32 CHEEBI HOLONI HOLANI MH 87102 255 332 392 438 23.63 27.9 31.18
TARLEE
LAPOONDRA MEGHWALO KI
32 CHEEBI OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
TARLEE DHANI
LAPOONDRA
32 CHEEBI LEGO KI DHANI OH 64 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
TARLEE
LAPOONDRA
32 CHEEBI SENO KI DHANIYA OH 212 277 327 366 19.72 23.27 26.05
TARLEE
LAPOONDRA
32 CHEEBI LEGO KI DHANI LEGO KI DHANI MH 87100 111 144 170 190 10.25 12.1 13.52
TARLEE
LAPOONDRA BERADO KI
32 CHEEBI OH 89 115 136 152 8.19 9.68 10.82
TARLEE DHANIYA

107
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

LAPOONDRA RAYIKO KI
32 CHEEBI OH 92 119 140 157 8.47 9.96 11.17
TARLEE DHANIYA
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA
32 LAPOONDRA TARLEE LAPUNDRA TARLI MH 87105 147 192 227 253 13.67 16.16 18.01
TARLEE BARHTHAN
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA
32 LEGO KI DHANI OH 146 190 224 251 13.52 15.94 17.87
TARLEE BARHTHAN
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA CHOHANO KI
32 OH 159 207 244 273 14.73 17.37 19.43
TARLEE BARHTHAN DHANI
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA KALYANSINGH KI
32 OH 151 196 231 259 13.95 16.44 18.43
TARLEE BARHTHAN DHANI
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA
32 SHODO KI DHANI OH 146 190 224 251 13.52 15.94 17.87
TARLEE BARHTHAN
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA SUTHARO KI
32 SUTHARO KI DHANI MH 87111 285 370 437 488 26.34 31.1 34.73
TARLEE BARHTHAN DHANI
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA PILANI BHOMIYO
32 OH 162 210 248 277 14.95 17.65 19.72
TARLEE BARHTHAN JI KA THAN
LAPOONDRA LAPUNDARA NAGANECHI
32 OH 194 252 297 333 17.94 21.14 23.7
TARLEE BARHTHAN MANDIR
2881 3746 4420 4945 266.64 314.59 351.97
Santra
33 CHEEBI BHEELO KI BASTEE BHEELO KI BASTI MH 87099 290 378 446 499 26.9 31.74 35.52
Bhakhari
Santra RAJPUTO KI
33 CHEEBI OH 74 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
Bhakhari DHANI

108
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Santra BHELO KI
33 CHEEBI OH 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
Bhakhari DHANIYA
Santra DHATARWALO KI
33 CHEEBI OH 85 111 131 147 7.9 9.32 10.46
Bhakhari DHANI
Santra
33 CHEEBI CHENPURA CHENPURA MH 87098 280 364 430 480 25.91 30.61 34.16
Bhakhari
Santra BRAHMANO KI
33 CHEEBI OH 123 160 189 211 11.39 13.45 15.02
Bhakhari DHANI
Santra
33 CHEEBI SAHUO KI DHANI OH 123 160 189 211 11.39 13.45 15.02
Bhakhari
Santra
33 CHIDIYA PONDERI PAUNDRI MH 87096 171 222 262 293 15.8 18.65 20.85
Bhakhari
Santra SUTHARO KI
33 CHIDIYA OH 114 148 175 195 10.53 12.46 13.88
Bhakhari DHANI
Santra RABARIYO
33 CHIDIYA OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
Bhakhari KIDHANI
Santra GENANIYO KI
33 CHIDIYA OH 147 191 225 252 13.59 16.01 17.94
Bhakhari DHANI
Santra KUMHARO KI
33 CHIDIYA OH 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
Bhakhari BASTI
Santra KHOTHO KI
33 CHIDIYA OH 86 112 132 148 7.97 9.4 10.53
Bhakhari DHANI
Santra BHIMANIYORI
33 CHIDIYA OH 142 185 218 244 13.17 15.52 17.37
Bhakhari DHANI

109
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Santra
33 CHIDIYA UTARNEE UTARNI MH 87095 218 284 335 375 20.21 23.84 26.69
Bhakhari
Santra
33 CHIDIYA BHELO KI DHANI OH 104 135 159 178 9.61 11.32 12.67
Bhakhari
GUMANANI
Santra
33 CHIDIYA GODARO KI OH 117 152 179 201 10.82 12.74 14.31
Bhakhari
DHANI
Santra MEGWALO KI
33 CHIDIYA OH 154 200 236 264 14.24 16.8 18.79
Bhakhari DHANI
Santra RANA RAJPUTO
33 CHIDIYA OH 130 169 199 223 12.03 14.16 15.87
Bhakhari KIDHANI
Santra
33 CHIDIYA SIYAGO KI DHANI OH 130 169 199 223 12.03 14.16 15.87
Bhakhari
Santra
33 SANTRA DHOLU DHOLU MH 87128 243 317 374 418 22.56 26.62 29.75
Bhakhari
Santra RANESAR
33 SANTRA OH 64 83 98 110 5.91 6.98 7.83
Bhakhari BHAKHARI
Santra KARNOTO KA
33 SANTRA OH 311 404 477 533 28.76 33.95 37.94
Bhakhari KHERA
Santra
33 SANTRA JHUND JUND MH 87124 250 325 384 429 23.13 27.33 30.53
Bhakhari
Santra
33 SANTRA JODHO KI DHANI OH 180 235 277 310 16.73 19.72 22.06
Bhakhari
Santra
33 SANTRA JUND DAKCIN JUND DAKCIN MH 87125 295 384 453 507 27.33 32.24 36.09
Bhakhari

110
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

Santra
33 SANTRA SAEYON KI DHANI OH 303 395 466 521 28.11 33.17 37.08
Bhakhari
Santra
33 SANTRA KERALA KERALA MH 87126 292 380 448 502 27.05 31.89 35.73
Bhakhari
Santra BAGADVO KI
33 SANTRA OH 131 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
Bhakhari DHANI

Santra MATAJI KI BHAKHARI (NRV

33 SANTRA JANIYO KI DHANI MH 87129 276 359 424 474 25.55 30.18 33.74
Bhakhari 2011)

Santra
33 SANTRA RIDIA TALAR RADIYA TALA MH 87130 349 454 536 599 32.31 38.15 42.63
Bhakhari
Santra MEGHWALO KI
33 SANTRA OH 310 404 477 533 28.76 33.95 37.94
Bhakhari DHANIYA
Santra BERADIYO KI
33 SANTRA OH 310 404 477 533 28.76 33.95 37.94
Bhakhari DHANI
Santra
33 SANTRA SANTRA SANTRA MH 87127 696 905 1068 1195 64.41 76.02 85.06
Bhakhari
Santra
33 SANTRA DERI NADI OH 272 353 417 466 25.13 29.68 33.17
Bhakhari
LACHMANANI
Santra
33 SANTRA MEGHWALO KI OH 272 353 417 466 25.13 29.68 33.17
Bhakhari
DHANI
Santra KUMHARO KI
33 SANTRA OH 339 442 522 583 31.46 37.15 41.5
Bhakhari DHANI (DOLI)
7612 9908 11692 13077 705.22 832.2 930.77

111
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA CHIDIYA CHIDIYA MH 87131 265 345 407 455 24.56 28.97 32.39
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA SINGH KA GALA OH 148 193 228 255 13.74 16.23 18.15
MEGWALO KI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 224 292 345 385 20.78 24.56 27.4
BASTI
MEGWALO KI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 183 238 281 314 16.94 20 22.35
DHANI-I
TEJSINGH KI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 62 81 96 107 5.77 6.83 7.62
DHANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA JANIYO KI DHANI OH 140 182 215 240 12.95 15.3 17.08
MOTIYANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA GODARO KI OH 183 238 281 314 16.94 20 22.35
DHANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA KERALA KARELA MH 87133 225 293 346 387 20.85 24.63 27.55
PADAMANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA MUDHO KI OH 83 108 127 143 7.69 9.04 10.18
DHANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA JANIYO KI DHANI OH 197 257 303 339 18.29 21.57 24.13
VAGTHANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA GODARO OH 65 84 99 111 5.98 7.05 7.9
KIDHANI
MUDHO KI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 210 273 322 360 19.43 22.92 25.62
DHANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA LOPALI LOPALI MH 87132 171 222 262 293 15.8 18.65 20.85
GODARO KI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 116 152 179 201 10.82 12.74 14.31
DHANI
MEGWALO KI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 116 152 179 201 10.82 12.74 14.31
DHANI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA LEGO KI DHANI OH 135 175 207 231 12.46 14.73 16.44

112
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA SAKARI SHAKARI MH 87097 139 180 212 238 12.81 15.09 16.94
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA NAIYON KI DHANI OH 111 145 171 191 10.32 12.17 13.59
PEMANI JANIYO
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 93 121 143 160 8.61 10.18 11.39
KI DHANI
REKHO JI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA GODARO OH 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3
KIDHANI
GUALNI JANIYO
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 125 163 192 215 11.6 13.67 15.3
KI DHANI
KERNOTO KI
34 CHIDIYA CHIDIYA OH 97 126 149 166 8.97 10.61 11.82
DHANI
34 CHIDIYA SANTRA CHAK SANTRA CHAK SANTRA MH 87094 298 388 458 512 27.62 32.6 36.44
HERANI
34 CHIDIYA SANTRA BHUKARO KI OH 133 173 204 228 12.31 14.52 16.23
DHANI
THORIYO &
34 CHIDIYA SANTRA BHATIOY KI OH 71 92 109 121 6.55 7.76 8.61
DHANI
KARNATO KI
34 CHIDIYA SANTRA OH 72 94 111 124 6.69 7.9 8.83
DHANIYA
34 CHIDIYA SANTRA SIYAGO KIDHANI OH 260 338 399 446 24.06 28.4 31.74
4047 5268 6217 6952 374.96 442.53 494.82
BHIMARLAI
35 KHATOO KHATTU BHEEMARLAI STATION MH 87243 307 400 472 528 28.47 33.6 37.58
STATION
35 KHATOO KHATTU JANIYO KI DHANI OH 221 288 340 380 20.5 24.2 27.05
PUROHITO KI
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 206 269 317 355 19.15 22.56 25.27
DHANI
35 KHATOO KHATTU AMARPURA OH 221 288 340 380 20.5 24.2 27.05

113
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

BHIMARLAI
FANTA
BHAMBUO KI
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 104 136 160 180 9.68 11.39 12.81
DHANI
MASARO KI
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 208 270 319 356 19.22 22.71 25.34
DHANI
35 KHATOO KHATTU KHATTOO KHATTU MH 87242 477 621 733 820 44.2 52.17 58.36
DHATRAWALO KI
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 391 509 601 672 36.23 42.78 47.83
DHANI
35 KHATOO KHATTU NAREWA BERA OH 300 391 461 516 27.83 32.81 36.73
35 KHATOO KHATTU SUKARLI BERI OH 196 255 301 337 18.15 21.42 23.99
MEGHWALO KI
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 197 256 302 338 18.22 21.5 24.06
DHANI
35 KHATOO KHATTU LEGO KI DHANI OH 391 509 601 672 36.23 42.78 47.83
BENIWALO KI
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 196 255 301 337 18.15 21.42 23.99
DHANI
BHATIYO NAIYO
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 196 255 301 337 18.15 21.42 23.99
KI DHANI
PUROHITO KI
35 KHATOO KHATTU OH 196 255 301 337 18.15 21.42 23.99
DHANI
35 KHATOO KHATTU VANRO KI DHANI OH 197 256 302 338 18.22 21.5 24.06
35 KHATOO KHATTU LOLO KI DHANI OH 343 447 527 590 31.82 37.51 41.99
CHIMANI
35 KHATOO KHATTU THORIYO KI OH 261 339 400 447 24.13 28.47 31.82
DHANI
JAGRAMANI
35 KHATOO KHATTU DHATAR WALO KI OH 130 170 201 224 12.1 14.31 15.94
DHNAI

114
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

4738 6169 7280 8144 439.1 518.17 579.68

36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR JHALAMALIYA JHALMALIYA MH 87123 158 205 242 271 14.59 17.22 19.29
HINDUO KI
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR OH 158 205 242 271 14.59 17.22 19.29
DHANIYA
CHAMPA BERI
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR OH 105 136 160 180 9.68 11.39 12.81
DHANIYA
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR JANIYO KI DHANI OH 357 464 548 612 33.03 39 43.56
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR KHARAPAR KHARAPAR MH 87120 135 176 208 232 12.53 14.8 16.51
SUTHARO KI
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR OH 135 176 208 232 12.53 14.8 16.51
DHANI
BALIHARO KI
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR OH 233 303 358 400 21.57 25.48 28.47
DHANI
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR PANA DEORA PANADEVDA MH 87122 144 187 221 247 13.31 15.73 17.58
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR SIHAGO KI DHANI OH 128 167 197 220 11.89 14.02 15.66
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR POBOLAI PABOLAI MH 87121 98 127 150 168 9.04 10.68 11.96
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR LEGO KI DHANI OH 130 169 199 223 12.03 14.16 15.87
GODARO KI
36 KHARAPAR KHARAPAR OH 185 240 283 317 17.08 20.14 22.56
DHANI
1965 2555 3016 3373 181.87 214.64 240.07
AKARLI
37 CHIBI GOOGRI GUGARI MH 87258 307 400 472 528 28.47 33.6 37.58
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI
37 CHIBI JATON KI DHANI OH 193 252 297 333 17.94 21.14 23.7
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI MEGHWALO KI
37 CHIBI OH 238 310 366 409 22.06 26.05 29.11
BAKSHIRAM DHANI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI CHIBI CHEEBI MH 87118 166 216 255 285 15.37 18.15 20.29

115
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

BALIHARO KI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI OH 142 185 218 244 13.17 15.52 17.37
DHANIYA
37 CHIBI CHEEBI LEGO KI DHANI OH 169 220 260 290 15.66 18.51 20.64
JAYANI KI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI OH 142 185 218 244 13.17 15.52 17.37
DHANIYA
MALAWA
37 CHIBI CHEEBI MALWA GOYLAN MH 87117 79 102 120 135 7.26 8.54 9.61
GOYALAN
MEGHWALO KI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI OH 54 70 83 92 4.98 5.91 6.55
DHANI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI DELUO KI DHANI OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
37 CHIBI CHEEBI LEGO KI DHANI OH 76 99 117 131 7.05 8.33 9.32
BENIWALO KI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI OH 77 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
DHANI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI MALNG NORTH OH 152 198 234 261 14.09 16.66 18.58
37 CHIBI CHEEBI LEGOKI DHANI OH 130 169 199 223 12.03 14.16 15.87
37 CHIBI CHEEBI MALWA UTARAD MALBA UATRND MH 87101 302 393 464 519 27.97 33.03 36.94
GODELO KI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI OH 98 127 150 168 9.04 10.68 11.96
DHANI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI SHRAN NADI SRAWANI NADI MH 87119 233 303 358 400 21.57 25.48 28.47
MEGWALO KI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI OH 138 180 212 238 12.81 15.09 16.94
DHANI
MOTA BERADO KI
37 CHIBI CHEEBI OH 192 250 295 330 17.79 21 23.49
DHANI
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR KERALIYA KERALIYA MH 87114 199 259 306 342 18.43 21.78 24.34
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR HUDO KD OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR KUMARO KD OH 78 101 119 133 7.19 8.47 9.47
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR LORETI LORETI MH 87115 70 91 107 120 6.48 7.62 8.54

116
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

BHURONI BHILO
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR OH 95 123 145 162 8.75 10.32 11.53
KI DHANI
RABARIYON KI
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR OH 95 123 145 162 8.75 10.32 11.53
DHANI
CHARNO KI
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR OH 96 125 148 165 8.9 10.53 11.74
DHANI
GOYLON MEG. KI
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR OH 95 123 145 162 8.75 10.32 11.53
DHANI
MALWA-
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR MALWA CHARNAN MH 87113 230 300 354 396 21.35 25.2 28.19
CHARNAN
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR RABARIYO KD OH 160 208 245 275 14.8 17.44 19.57
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR BHILO KD OH 160 208 245 275 14.8 17.44 19.57
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR MEGHWALO KD OH 122 158 186 209 11.25 13.24 14.88
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR RAJBERI MALWA RAJBERI MALBA MH 87116 142 185 218 244 13.17 15.52 17.37
MULA KUMAHOR
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
KI DHANI
BENIWALO KI
37 CHIBI KHARAPAR OH 122 159 188 210 11.32 13.38 14.95
DHANI
4827 6282 7412 8292 447.12 527.6 590.21
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA BARLA BARLA MH 87250 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA NAIYO KI DHANI OH 117 153 181 202 10.89 12.88 14.38
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA JATON KI DHANI OH 123 161 190 213 11.46 13.52 15.16
DHORA

117
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DOODHWA MEGHWALO KI
38 DUDHWA OH 134 175 207 231 12.46 14.73 16.44
DHORA DHANI
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA DOODHWA DUDHWA MH 87255 305 397 468 524 28.26 33.31 37.3
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA BHILO KI DHANI OH 243 316 373 417 22.49 26.55 29.68
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA JOGIYO KI DHANI OH 211 275 325 363 19.57 23.13 25.84
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA DOODHWA DER DUDHWA DER MH 87249 349 455 537 601 32.39 38.22 42.78
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA KHALTO KI DHANI OH 151 197 232 260 14.02 16.51 18.51
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA JANIYO KI DHANI OH 268 349 412 461 24.84 29.32 32.81
DHORA
DOODHWA DUDHWA
38 DUDHWA DOODHWA MALINATH MH 87253 243 316 373 417 22.49 26.55 29.68
DHORA MALINATH
DOODHWA BHOMA RAM KI
38 DUDHWA OH 192 250 295 330 17.79 21 23.49
DHORA DHANI
DOODHWA MEGHWALO KI
38 DUDHWA OH 148 193 228 255 13.74 16.23 18.15
DHORA DHANI
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA LACHHAR LACHHAR MH 87251 314 408 481 539 29.04 34.24 38.36
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA JATON KI DHANI OH 206 268 316 354 19.08 22.49 25.2
DHORA

118
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

DOODHWA MEGHWALO KI
38 DUDHWA OH 67 88 104 116 6.26 7.4 8.26
DHORA DHANI

DOODHWA NAYA DOODHWA (NRV KUMARO KI

38 DUDHWA MH 87254 206 268 316 354 19.08 22.49 25.2
DHORA 2011) DHANI

DOODHWA JATIYA KUMARO

38 DUDHWA OH 145 189 223 249 13.45 15.87 17.72
DHORA KI DHANI
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA NIMBLI NIMBALI MH 87252 339 441 520 582 31.39 37.01 41.42
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA JANIYO KI DHANI OH 44 57 67 75 4.06 4.77 5.34
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 DUDHWA NAIYO KI DHANI OH 186 242 286 319 17.22 20.36 22.71
DHORA
DOODHWA
38 GOLE STATION ROOPADEVI ROOPA DEVI MH 87256 456 594 701 784 42.28 49.89 55.8
DHORA
JATON
DOODHWA
38 GOLE STATION MEGHWALO KI OH 261 339 400 447 24.13 28.47 31.82
DHORA
DHANI
DOODHWA MEGHWALO KI
38 GOLE STATION OH 172 224 264 296 15.94 18.79 21.07
DHORA DHANI
DOODHWA
38 GOLE STATION BHILO KI DHANI OH 212 275 325 363 19.57 23.13 25.84
DHORA
5280 6872 8110 9071 489.12 577.22 645.67
39 GOL BHIMARLAI BEJAWAS BAJAWAS MH 87266 613 798 942 1053 56.8 67.05 74.95
39 GOL BHIMARLAI AKAL KI DHANI OH 287 373 440 492 26.55 31.32 35.02

119
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

39 GOL BHIMARLAI BHEEMARLAI BHEEMARLAI MH 87246 353 460 543 607 32.74 38.65 43.2
SIRIYO DEVI KI
39 GOL BHIMARLAI OH 127 165 195 218 11.74 13.88 15.52
DHANI
KHARCHI BARA KI
39 GOL BHIMARLAI OH 127 165 195 218 11.74 13.88 15.52
DHANI
KUMHARO KI
39 GOL BHIMARLAI OH 158 206 243 272 14.66 17.3 19.36
DHANI
SAWARON KI
39 GOL BHIMARLAI OH 158 206 243 272 14.66 17.3 19.36
DHANI
39 GOL BHIMARLAI BHILON KI DHANI OH 158 206 243 272 14.66 17.3 19.36
39 GOL BHIMARLAI KHAR KI DHANI KHAR KI DHANI MH 87247 279 363 428 479 25.84 30.46 34.09
DUDHWALON KI
39 GOL BHIMARLAI OH 145 189 223 249 13.45 15.87 17.72
DHANI
KHEMA BABA KA
39 GOL BHIMARLAI OH 189 246 290 325 17.51 20.64 23.13
THAN
39 GOL BHIMARLAI MEKARNA MEKARNA MH 87265 375 487 575 643 34.66 40.93 45.77
39 GOL BHIMARLAI VIDO KI DHANI OH 257 335 395 442 23.84 28.11 31.46
39 GOL GOLE STATION GOL SODA GOL SODHA MH 87264 196 256 302 338 18.22 21.5 24.06
39 GOL GOLE STATION KHOTO KI DHANI OH 148 192 227 253 13.67 16.16 18.01
39 GOL GOLE STATION CHCHITTARIYA OH 148 192 227 253 13.67 16.16 18.01
TELIYANO KI
39 GOL GOLE STATION OH 74 96 113 127 6.83 8.04 9.04
DHANI
CHOTHANI BHILO
39 GOL GOLE STATION OH 148 192 227 253 13.67 16.16 18.01
KI DHANI
39 GOL GOLE STATION GOL STATION GOL STATION MH 87263 322 420 496 554 29.89 35.3 39.43
GOL STATION
39 GOL GOLE STATION OH 249 324 382 428 23.06 27.19 30.46
(NORTH)

120
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

POPULATION DEMAND (KLD)

CL Gram MH/ Census
CL Name Village Habitation Name
No. Panchayat OH Code
2011 2023 2038 2053 2023 2038 2053

MUKNANI
39 GOL GOLE STATION OH 176 229 270 302 16.3 19.22 21.5
BRAHMANO KD
MEGHWALO KI
39 GOL GOLE STATION OH 176 229 270 302 16.3 19.22 21.5
DHANI
4864 6329 7469 8352 450.46 531.64 594.48
AKARLI
40 BAGUNDI BAGUNDI BAGUNDI MH 87257 583 759 896 1002 54.02 63.77 71.32
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI MEGHWALO KI
40 BAGUNDI OH 206 268 316 354 19.08 22.49 25.2
BAKSHIRAM DHANI
AKARLI
40 BAGUNDI JATON KI DHANI OH 89 116 137 153 8.26 9.75 10.89
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI SUTHARO KI
40 BAGUNDI OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
BAKSHIRAM DHANI
AKARLI RAJPUTO KI
40 BAGUNDI OH 75 97 114 128 6.9 8.11 9.11
BAKSHIRAM DHANI
AKARLI
40 BAGUNDI SASIYO KI DHANI OH 82 107 126 141 7.62 8.97 10.04
BAKSHIRAM
AKARLI
40 BAGUNDI BHILO KI DHANI OH 216 281 332 371 20 23.63 26.41
BAKSHIRAM
40 BAGUNDI GOLE STATION SODHON KI DHANI SODHO KI DHANI MH 87261 133 173 204 228 12.31 14.52 16.23
SANSIYO KI
40 BAGUNDI GOLE STATION OH 150 196 231 259 13.95 16.44 18.43
DHANI
1616 2104 2482 2777 149.76 176.65 197.67
Total 189306 246377 290739 325214 17536.21 20693.73 23147.7

NOTE: OTMP VILLAGE AND HABITATIONS

121
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

TABLE 2 CLUSTER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

[Link] Location of ESR PROPOSED PIPELINES Existing Pipe Proposed Valves
.
HDPE pipe length in mtrs. HDPE Sluice Valves Air Valve
size
Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia in mm in mm

25 mm

40 mm
90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 280

100

125

150

200
80
1 UNDOO 507 14,12 - - 4,973 - 516 7,768 4,989 - 6,345 103 - - 1 2 1 15 5
2
2 RAJBERA_already 8,606 10,13 9,042 4,337 3,491 12,10 - 12,86 - - -
santioned 7 1 9

3 KASOOMBA 23,70 4,384 - 964 11,79 - - 39 - 12,87 10,057 - - 7,753 - - - 3 2 2 3 29 12

BHATIYAN 8 1 7
4 RATEU - 4,570 7,459 - 5,567 16 1,158 4,687 5,364 429 5,478 - - 1,239 - 1 1 3 1 12 6

5 SAHAR 2,994 1,166 0 2,281 10,70 - 887 12,791 - - - - - - 1 1 1 4 6 11

4
6 Kheenpar 5,001 4,537 47 - 0 - - 15 - - - - 9,061 - - - - 2 1 1 10 -

7 MAYLO - - - - - - 9,075 19 48 - 3,053 - 5,547 4,056 - - - 2 - 9

8 KERLI NADI 3,071 - 4,426 - 4053 30 5,386 9,398 839 3,459 - - - - 1 1 2 7 4

9 KANOR 1,262 4,113 - 6,169 - - - 20 335 2,331 6,986 - 2,310 3,130 - - - 2 2 3 - 12 -

10 PANWARA DHORA 4,617 6,901 3,880 2,289 - - 4,062 2,989 3,075 4,643 9,571 - - 350 - 2 2 2 18 -

11 AKADARA__alread 7,322 3,202 1,833 5,242 4,931 - - - - - -

y santioned

12 SAWAU MOOLRAJ 9 - - - 1,892 - - 4,218 - - -

13 SAWAU PADAM 1,279 8,290 10,78 3,090 3,531 2,767 - - 3,992 3,984 - 2,601 4,541 4,86 1 2 4 2 23 4
SINGH 2 6

14 JAJWA 1,143 72 5,449 6,431 242 4,736 5,077 4,444 3,430 - - 3,094 - 20 - - 3 1 2 1 2 13 10

15 JAKHAR - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6,590 - - - - -

16 Hira ki dhani - 9,809 9,510 10,68 7,339 12,45 824 - 3,317 - 3,040 - - - - 2 5 4 - 30 20
2 9

122
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

[Link] Location of ESR PROPOSED PIPELINES Existing Pipe Proposed Valves

.
HDPE pipe length in mtrs. HDPE Sluice Valves Air Valve
size
Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia in mm in mm

25 mm

40 mm
90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 280

100

125

150

200
80
17 KHOKHSAR SOUTH 1,249 - 2,515 4,627 - 8,460 10 5,905 4,121 2,429 - - 978 - - - 1 1 2 8 8

18 KHOKHSAR 423 618 1,559 3,782 - - - - - 2,360 - 1 -

19 KHARADA BHARAT - - 263 3,059 3,108 - 2,909 10,81 - - - - 4,426 2,425 - 1 3 3

SINGH 9

20 PAREU 8,929 311 - - 6,548 - 27 - 11,75 2,713 7,493 6,474 - - - 373 - 2 1 1 9 7

6
21 LAPOONDRA 775 95 2,364 2,695 3,393 1,847 3,929 - 3,592 4,977 10,535 - - - - 1 1 1 2 6 5
CHOUHAN
22 KUMPALIYAN 1,241 - - 6,686 - - 2,812 570 - 4,296 - - - - 3 3 8 -

23 Kalewa Dhora 8,991 - 8,578 8,635 - 536 - 13 8,652 36 - - - - - - - 3 2 3 1 26 1

24 PATIYAL 1,686 977 - - 692 15,73 4,359 1,745 4,542 5,353 - 4,011 - - - - 2 2 4 1 3 21
9
25 SAJIYALI - - - 4,838 - - 2,830 39 30 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 5 3
PADAMSINGH

26 Champa Beri Dhora 704 - 35 2,896 2,612 139 2,441 - 8,787 4,940 - - 728 1 2 4 -

27 KODUKA 4,325 - - 396 - 3,997 19 3,905 - 5,263 - 11,124 2,322 4,467 1,065 - 2 1 1 1 5 4

28 RAJPURA - - - - - - - - 1,724 3,595 - 3,404 - - - - - - -

29 REWADA JETMAL 1,051 - 1,291 24 2,457 5,682 4,442 4,348 455 - 4,524 - - - - - - 2 1 2 3 2 2 17

30 SOHRA 3,899 - - 5,187 - 8,533 5,030 4,460 2,382 3,191 2,091 - - - 182 3,570 - 1 1 2 2 1 9 18

31 GIRA 1,689 38 - 3,403 3,595 24 - 1,296 - - 9,034 - 33 - - 1 1 3 5 4

32 LAPUNDRA TARLI - 444 - - 4,505 - - 13 2,632 754 - 1,674 2,414 - 2,386 2,412 - 1 1 - 5

33 Santra Bhakhri 2,164 - 3,500 273 2,162 8,026 8,979 - 3,489 - - - - 1,196 - 2 2 2 6 10

123
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

[Link] Location of ESR PROPOSED PIPELINES Existing Pipe Proposed Valves

.
HDPE pipe length in mtrs. HDPE Sluice Valves Air Valve
size
Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia in mm in mm

25 mm

40 mm
90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 280

100

125

150

200
80
34 CHIDIYA 1,176 12,24 2,514 - - 2,509 5,017 - - - -
7
35 KHATTOO - 1,337 9,034 - - - 179 1,333 4,351 15 - - - - - - - 1 1 10 2

36 KHARAPAR - - - - - - - - - - -

37 CHEEBI 3471 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 3 -

38 DOODHWA 2,152 8,039 3,722 3,484 - 1,086 - - - - - - - - - 1 2 2 1 17 1

39 Gol 14 5,866 - 2,956 2,484 4,528 7,523 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 2 2 9 15

40 BAGUNDI 3,040 - - - - 989 338 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 3 1

TOTAL 89,38 71,11 69,96 88,52 71,57 82,20 38,92 10,29 94,30 96,50 1,12,44 41,00 1,06,05 50,72 19,23 36,61 5,59 34 31 46 46 18 31 20
5 9 6 4 7 9 5 9 6 4 3 0 9 4 5 8 4 7 6

124
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

TABLE 3 IN-VILLAGE DISTRIBUTION PIPELINES

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
182
23559 -
MOODHNON KI DHANI 7,094 570 - 2,507 1,324 13 - - 3,072
316
45513 -
UNDOO 4,744 1,027 103 - - - - - 1,978
CL-1
232
26848 -
PRAHLADPURA 3,004 - 1,610 - - - - - 2,340
- 223
17098
PANNAWAS 1,809 711 - - - - - - 2,280
219
HERAJANIYO KD 31686 -
1,778 1,583 - 1,679 - - - 578 1,409
437
MADO KI DHANI 53158
2,783 2,207 - 3,237 - - - 647 2,961 2,523
247
KASOOMBLA BHATIYA 39445 -
568 2,087 3,609 - - - - 390 133
165
KASOOMBLA FANTA 16470 -
1,660 - - - - - - - 7,094
KASOOMBLA 264
14438
CL- 3 HARCHAND 1,462 - - - - - - - 300 5,280
KASOOMBALA 134
26991
MAHECHAN - - - - - - - - 1,536 304
207
SUJANIYO KI DHANI 19781
- - - - - - - - 1,119 371
KASOOMBLA SARDAR 79
13408 - 4,155
SINGH 367 - - - - - - 1,205
JORANIYO KI DHANI & - 195
23499
POTALIYO KI DHANI 614 358 - - - - - - 1,750

125
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
KASOOMBLA - 72
3163 -
CHARNAN - - - - - - - 392
450 8,295 - 10 - - - 225
27980
SAIYON KD - 382 3,626
1,071 - 3,583 3,851 1,922 - - 358
31447 -
RATEU - 912
3,709 419 449 - - - - 236
24242 -
PATALI NADI - 2,003
CL-4
1,953 - - - - - - 174
9761 -
FATUMBEYA NADI - 681
14 - - 34 - - - 128
18748
DHEERANIYON KI DHANI - 1,327 339
1,026 2,816 481 669 - - - 131
8119
DALONIYO KI DHANI - 565 1,152
255
24069 -
SAHAR 1,750 1,950 - 125 897 274
- 164
20387
DUNGRONIYO KD 1,259 4,971 376 - - 1,645
167
15668 -
CHORALIYA 1,963 2,390 - - 707 332
135
CL-5 11238
DEEPANIYO KD 692 - - - - 303 708
219
20148
INDRONIYON KA TALA 3,783 - - - - 1,391 1,544
152
18440
GOGAJI KA MANDIR 1,242 1,075 - - 1,165 112 276
117
9597
UGARANIYO KD - - - - - 857 1,024
215
21446 -
RAMSARIYA 357 - - - - - - - 2,470
CL-6
236
38892
JONGU KI DHANI 5,965 2,998 - - - - - - 729 1,207

126
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
137
16477 -
RIDHUSAR 5,397 448 - - - - - - 74
268
28972 -
KHIMPSAR 1,717 17 - - - - - - 2,424
- - 202
20885 -
'MAYLO KD - - - - - - 1,143
CL-7
898 - 126
31840
'THALESON KI DHANI 3,363 - 1,016 1,321 1,278 - 329 170
451 520 933 - - - - 137
15480 -
KUKANO - 1,822
1,677 2,208 - - - - - 143
16772 -
NEEMBA KD - 1,992
CL-8
612 - - - - - - 147
11588
PUNIYO KA TALA - 998 1,267
6,259 14 - - - - - 202
18391 -
KERLI NADI - 1,401
686 2,631 - - - - - 142
9629
GODARO KI DHANI 516 783 699
1,539 - - - - - - 178
18113
NAGONA TALA - 694 754
CL-9
1,794 - 3,461 - - - - 193
15903
KANOR - 159 545
5,346 - - - - - - 180
13772
KHARTANIYO KA TALA 1,017 472 234
- - - - - - - 129
14961
MOBTONIYO KA TALA - 1,253 397
3,904 - - - - - - 118
23812
CHILANADI - 1,072 371
2,042 1,657 - - - - - - 202
19129
MEGWALO KI BASTI 580 1,215
CL-10 - - - - - - - 99
SAIYON KI DHANI 9776
- 560 1,145

127
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
1,038 - 72 - - - - 229
PANAWARA 15697 -
155 727
1,569 - - - - - - - 202
BANDIDHORA 19976 -
1,542
1,491 1,163 - - - - - - 141
MITIYASARA 13562 -
1,112
820 - - - - - - 163
MADRUPO KI DHANI 24440
- 638 196
JOGASAR SAIYON KI - - - - - - - - 81
DHANI (Prem Nagar 14597 -
-
NRV)
1,065 594 5,261 3,641 473 674 - - 363
32306 -
SHYAMPURA -
3,770 - - - 32 - - - 250
20786 -
UDRAMANIYO KD -
11 - - 390 - - - - 134
15994 -
KHUMANIYON KI DHANI -
1,918 1,918 - 593 - - - - 154
23066 -
PITHOBIYO KI DHANI -
CL-13
975 - - - - - - - 138
17878 -
BERINADI -
2,589 1,838 138 - - - - - 148
26056 -
AMERJI KD -
2,974 - - - - - 452
22660 -
SAWAOU PADAMSINGH -
1,827 3,144 1,866 342 584 - - - 147
10849 -
BHOMANIYO KD -
CL-14 2,633 3,366 - - 127 - - - 157
19210
JAJAVA AI JEE VILLAGE - 333
- 539 1,041 - - - - 137
12413 -
BHIMGAON VILLAGE - 569
PANAWAS VILLAGE 13525 3,342 1,616 - - - - - 118

128
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
- 636 416
425 2,211 1,239 - - - - 108
14545
RAJPURA VILLAGE - 78 522
1,424 237 - - - - - - 187
SARDARPURA JAJAWA 27322
- 1,455
VILLAGE
677 1,306 - - - - - 128
26703
DEVIPURA VILLAGE - 2,340 383
- - - - - - - 103
4344 -
EKLAVYA NAGAR VILLAGE - 1,188
2,265 2,205 - - - - - - 122
12781
FATEH NAGAR VILLAGE - 639
- - - - - - - 122
4795
JAJAWA VILLAGE - 343 789
2,663 5,428 5,496 - - 496
Cl-15 43363
JAKHRA - 1,123 3,007
474 - - - 78
9179 -
CHAK NIMBA KI DHANI 1860 779 -
554 - - - 115
6430 -
HADONIYON KI DHANI 2480 16 -
1,481 - - 416
33298 -
HIRA KI DHANI 3635 1618 958 701 - 1,471
- - - - 251
25697 -
CL-16 KHOTHO KI BERI 1587 1633 106 65 -
3,945 - - - 396
28282 -
PANCHA KI DHANI 27 5859 1037 3071 -
- - - - 59
13985 -
SAUON KA BASS 589 728 -
5,876 - - - 90
9970 -
SIYOLO KI DHANI 3781 - 1393 -
- - - - 207
6740 -
LEGO KI DHANI 765 1214 -

129
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
- - - - 86
7098 -
SUTHARO KI DHANI 1484 554 -
- - - - 193
20528 -
NIMBA KI DHANI 2779 2849 416 -
299 - - 185
21129 -
KHOKHSAR PASCHIM 1724 3902 - 2,353
129
13060 -
BERANGPURA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 1,011
- 195
29556 -
KHOKHSAR DAKCIN 1212 2659 0 447 0 835 0 1,414
CL-17
- 195
12511 -
MAHINGPURA 65 260 0 0 0 0 0 -
- 170
3589 -
MUKANGARH (NRV 2011) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
5,194 - - 587
CL-18 35704 -
KHOKHSAR PURB 1067 4956 1073 0 - 1,102
- 401
42725 -
KHARADA BHARAT SINGH 547 729 2,040 - 2,001 - -
70
14574 -
HANUMAN PURA 1,307 - - - - - - 340
CL-19
239
36516
KHARDA CHARNAN 1,367 1,453 - - - - - 661 294
169
6634
MALASAR - - - - - - - 334 2,563
POONIYO KI BERI 2,222 13 - - - - - 167
20440 -
569 7,970
JASODO KI BERI 6,742 416 9 - - - - 242
32503
301 812 531
CL-20
PAREU 1,168 330 1,784 1,000 - - - 389
20640
- 373 4,961
BENIWALO KI DHANI 531 - - - - - - - 105
20970
2,740 351

130
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
5,812 - - - - - - 180
18278 -
LAPUNDRA CHOUHAN - 894
GODARO KD ( Anasar Borla - - - - - - - - 56
10447 -
NRV) -
5,384 268 1,125 - - - - 273
19363
LAPUNDRA BARHTHAN - 178 821
CL-21
810 - 53 - - - - 72
5094 -
DOLI NADI - 876
2,524 1,782 576 - - - - 238
18482
DARJIYO KI BERI - 1,873 35
852 - - - - - - 180
17650 1,642
GODARO Ki DHANI - 1,069
1,069 1,993 - - - - - - 180
14190 -
JANDUO KD -
1,292 1,099 - - - - - - 194
15395 -
CL-22 KUMPALIYA -
1,737 - - - - - - - 157
10152 -
JIMPONIYO KD -
3,457 1,882 - - - - - - 144
12361 -
DUNGAR NADA -
937 - 59 - - - - - 221
19905 -
CHIMANYON KD -
2,055 - - - - - - 122
13063
WAGTANIYO KI DHANI - 481 333
SINDHIYO KI DHANI (KERLI - 553 - - - - - - 157
16430 -
CL-23 NADI NRV 2011) -
SAJIYALI ROOPJI - - - - - - - 56
10143 -
(KANTHWARA) - 6,023
5,359 202 - - - - - - 142
15650 -
MEETHI BERI -
KYAR CHARNAN 20206 3,921 - - - - - - 133

131
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
- 164 1,435
2,014 801 - 1,810 - - - 280
23280 -
KANWARLI - 1,178
1,682 622 - - 154
14299
GANGANIYO KI DHANI - 374 853
- - - - - - - 172
18693
KALEWA - 1,611 20
- - - - - - - - 83
15430 -
GOLIA VIDA -
-
9215 2,988 - - - - - - - 86
MAHADEV NAGAR -
23562 1,566 553 948 - - - - - 159
SOKHRO KI BERI - 953
CL-24 17271 441 1,367 50 - - - - - 232
AKARLI BAKSHIRAM - 914
-
14137 2,332 - - - - - - - 170
AKARLI DHAN SINGH -
32098 1,378 4,579 - - - - - - 182
AKARLI SUTHARO KD - 226
-
16622 1,213 983 - - - - - - 126
SAJIYALI MOOLRAJ-II -
SAJIYALI ROOPJI RAJA KI -
19032 - - - - - - - - 118
BERI -
-
11092 345 939 - - - - - - 126
HANUMANPURA -
-
9655 2,435 - - - - - - - 39
PATIYAL -
CL-25 30853 13,266 4,159 3,844 3,436 - - - - 336
SAJIYALI PADAMSINGH 137 147
SAJIYALI PADAM 8483 446 2,628 3,308 - - - - - 241
SINGH(KANTHWARA) - 12

132
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90

22459 5,903 2,128 5,155 - - - - - 320

CL-25 SAJIYALI MOOLRAJ (KYAR) 526 303
37090 - - - - - 197
CHANDIYON KI DHANI 3,058 1,630 - 722 634
-
CL-26 5020 - - - - - 5
BAGIYA CHARNAN - - - 1,060
24175 - - - - - 156
CHAMPA BERI 5,378 26 - - 1,313
36111 5,467 1,032 990 - - - 457
REENCHHOLI 1,148.00 1,604 208 1,038
-
27349 717 51 2,103 - - - 237
KODUKA 1,624.00 - 19
CL-27 7487 - - - - - - 155
KARNISAR 2585 544 41 281
11234 - - - - - - - 111
MEDIWASAN 1290 357 1,010
-
19123 2,445 - - - - - - 126
IKADANI 1307 -
CL-28 8362 - - - - - 116
RAJPURA - 1,429
CL-29 MALION KI DHANI
24493 1,143 773 - 2,707 - - - - 236
- 676
KANAWAS -
3121 - - - - - - - - 13
732
REWADA ASIYA -
12712 755 - - - - - - - 44
388
REWADA BARTHAN -
10684 3,765 - - - - - - - 81
2,128
REWADA JETMAL
28071 3,598 2,416 - - - - - - 250
- 428
REWADA MAIYA
10173 1,516 896 - - 1,233 - - - 161
- 461

133
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
REWADA NAYAPURA -
8453 517 739 616 - 565 - 133 190
700 255
CL-29 REWADA SANDAYCHA -
4554 - - - - - - - - 49
374
REWADA SODHA
773 - - - - - - - - 89
- 861
NEWAI
24542 2,864 - - 4,879 - - - - 230
192 1,016
20107 769 577 785 - 703 2,487 - - 224
MANPURA KHARDA 244 825
25806 5,317 2,737 - 1,322 54 - - - 224
SISODIYAPANA - 693
CL-30
28113 245 - 1,011 5,904 - - - - 111
DELU KD 2,269 120
-
28405 4,141 2,648 1,158 - - - - - 243
RAMPURA KHARDA KD 1,100
-
23444 4,806 2,251 280 - - - - - 385
MEGHWALO KD -
-
14285 2,516 1,587 - - - - - - 340
SOHRA DHORA -
-
22304 - 2,060 - - - - - - 138
MALDETA -
-
13551 - - - - - - - - 57
LEGO KD 708
17811 645 - - - - - 182
GIRA 1070 - 103 1,394
CL-31 -
12505 47 - - - - - - 185
SHIVPURA 1716 -
8780 1,567 995 - - - - 169
GOGASAR 1037 - 123 2,586
-
1781 674 - - - - - 39
CHAK UTARANI 757 - 401

134
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
-
12763 1,503 1,516 - - - - 148
SUTHARO KI DHANI - 1,628
CL-32
-
14218 1,483 1,655 - - - - 170
LAPUNDRA TARLI - 787
SANTRA BHAKHARI, -
21783 5,996 3,197 342 530 - - - 366
BARMER - 877
JHUND VILLAGE
5683 1,191 - - - - - - 108
- 1,093 144
KERALA VILLAGE
10712 2,951 - - - - - - 104
- 1,165 669
CL-33
JHUND SOUTH
6127 3,344 30 - - - - - 154
- 1,010 1,709
DHOLU
13580 8,327 238 - - - - - - 152
- 1,023
MATA JI KI BHANKRI- NRV -
17027 902 - - - - - - 78
2011 - 1,233
21660 1,681 2,168 513 104 - - - - 308
BHIMARAI STATION - 238
CL-35
83952 8,364 5,153 2,355 2,571 62 5,445 1,887 - 790
KHATTOO - 1,879
GUGARI -
CL-37 15592 469 - - - - - - 155
40 609
LACHHAR
10068 155 923 - - - - - - 108
- 1,180
DOODHVA DER
16423 319 - - - - - - - 142
711 914
NIMBALI
CL-38 15876 1,722 - - - - - - - 112
- 2,185
DOODHWA
17944 1,059 - - - - - - - 193
454 68
ROOPA DEVI -
25881 - - - - - - - - 239
568

135
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Poposed Pipe Existing Pipe

FHTC
Cluster HDPE pipe length in mtrs UPVC Pipe
Village Name
Name Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm Nominal Dia of Pipe in mm
Existing Proposed
75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 63 75 90
NAYA DOODHVA- NRV -
11000 - - - - - - - - 85
2011 -
'BAJAWAS -
23241 - 212
2,975 1,499 1,478 528 - - - -
'KHAR KI DHANI
11428 - 185
CL-39 2,111 - - - - - - - 1,479
'BHEEMARLAI
13066 259
570 315 - - - - - - 262 369
'GOL STATION
23882 - 216
5,981 2,979 - - - - - 130 1,902
'VIDO KI DHANI (
9058 - 129
'MEKARNA ) - - - - - - - 337 887
'GOL SODA
16038 - 129
5,026 896 - - - - - - 1,022
26426 - 286
BAGUNDI 2,948 827 - 864 344 - - 614 811
CL-40
6744 - 68
SODHON KI DHANI 1,216 - - - - - - 127 287

GRAND TOTAL 3342947 3,35,823 1,77,727 74,003 58,205 14,555 10,352 2,020 32,693 50,472 1,38,234 - 33,326

136
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

TABLE 4 PIPELINE CROSSINGS (ESR TO VTC) WITH TRENCHLESS TECHNOLOGY

Type of
SN Cluster Name Width Pipe Dia Remark
Crossing

1 BAGUNDI NH-25 40 90 Trenchless Technology

with RCC NP4 casing

2 DOODHWA NH-25 40 90 Trenchless Technology

with RCC NP4 casing
3 DOODHWA NH-25 40 140 Trenchless technology

4 DOODHWA NH-25 40 110 Trenchless Technology

with RCC NP4 casing
5 KHATOO NH-25 40 125 Trenchless technology
6 KHATOO Railway 60 125 Trenchless technology
7 REWADA JETMAL SH-28 20 180 Trenchless technology

8 REWADA JETMAL SH-28 20 90 Trenchless Technology

with RCC NP4 casing
9 KODUKA SH-65 20 180 Trenchless technology
10 KUMPALIYA SH-65 20 140 Trenchless technology
11 Khokhsar SH-65 20 200 Trenchless technology
12 UNDOO SH-65 20 125 Trenchless technology

KASOOMBLA
13 SH-40 20 90 Trenchless Technology
BHATIYA
with RCC NP4 casing

SAWAU PADAM
14 SH-40 20 110 Trenchless Technology
SINGH
with RCC NP4 casing

SAWAU PADAM
15 SH-40 20 90 Trenchless Technology
SINGH
with RCC NP4 casing
16 KERLI NADI SH-40 20 125 Trenchless technology
17 KANOD SH-40 20 140 Trenchless technology
PANAWARA DHORA
18 SH-40 20 125
GSR Trenchless technology

19 PANAWARA DHORA SH-40 20 90 Trenchless Technology

GSR with RCC NP4 casing

137
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

TABLE 5 STORAGE AND PUMPING SYSTEM (IN-VILLAGE) SOLAR PUMPS (UPTO &
INCL. 5 HP) AND ELECTRIC PUMPS ABOVE 5HP

Pump
HEAD HP of Capacity
SN CLUSTER NAME LOCATION Discharge
(M) pump of CWR
(LPS)

KESUMBLA 12.72 51 25.00 200

1 BHATIYAN VTC MANDO KI DHANI
KESUMBLA 8.66 43 15.00 150
2 BHATIYAN VTC KASOOMBA HARCHAND

0.82 23 1.00 20
3 SHAHAR VTC DEEPANIYO KI DHANI

0.41 31 1.00 10
4 SHAHAR VTC SHAHAR

2.37 48 5.00 50
5 KERLI NADI CL- KERLI NADI PUMP AT NIMBA KD

1.59 43 3.00 50
6 KERLI NADI CL- KERLI NADI PUMP AT KERLI NADI

1.43 34 2.00 20
7 KERLI NADI CL- KERLI NADI PUMP AT KUKANO

2.16 44 5.00 50
8 KANOD PUMP AT VTC CHILANADI

1.58 47 3.00 50
9 KANOD PUMP AT VTC GODARO KI DHANI

2.15 45 5.00 50
10 KANOD PUMP AT VTC MOBTANIYO KATALA

2.48 51 5.00 50
11 KANOD PUMP AT VTC MEGHWALO KIBASTI

4.71 48 10.00 75
12 KANOD PUMP AT VTC KHARTANIYA KD

2.94 48 5.00 50
13 KANOD PUMP AT VTC KANOR

0.87 33 1.00 20
14 KANOD PUMP AT VTC NAGANA TALA

1.59 36 2.00 50
15 Panawara Dhora PUMP AT VTC BANDIDHORA
SAWAU PADAM CL- SAWAU PADAM PUMP AT VTC- 1.09 39 2.00 20
16 SINGH PITHONITO KD
100
SAWAU PADAM CL- SAWAU PADAM PUMP AT VTC- 5.71 27 5.00 (EXISITN
17 SINGH SAWAU PADAM SINGH G GSR)
SAWAU PADAM CL- SAWAU PADAM PUMP AT VTC- 4.13 31 5.00 75
18 SINGH BERINADI
SAWAU PADAM CL- SAWAU PADAM PUMP AT VTC- 2.54 50 5.00 50
19 SINGH SHAYMPURA

1.41 31 2.00 20
20 JAJWA CL-JAJWA PUMP AT VTC PANAWAS
CL-JAJWA PUMP AT VTC 1.90 31 3.00 50
21 JAJWA FATEHNAGAR1

3.66 39 5.00 75
22 Jakhra CL15 JAKHRA PUMP AT JAKHRA VTC

138
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Pump
HEAD HP of Capacity
SN CLUSTER NAME LOCATION Discharge
(M) pump of CWR
(LPS)

CL-16 HIRA KD PMP AT VTC 8.49 35 12.50 150

23 Hira Ki Dhani KHOTHON KI DHANI
CL-16 HIRA KD PUMP AT Pancha KI 1.48 53 3.00 20
24 Hira Ki Dhani Dhani
CL-16 HIRA KD PUMP AT Lego Ki 6.28 18 5.00 100
25 Hira Ki Dhani Dhani
CL-16 HIRA KD PUMP AT POTALIYO 0.18 19 1.00 10
26 Hira Ki Dhani KD

0.54 24 1.00 10
27 Hira Ki Dhani CL-16 HIRA KD PUMP AT Sutharo KD

1.36 44 3.00 20
28 KHOKHSAR EAST VTC KHOKHSAR SOUTH

1.25 38 2.00 20
29 Kharda Dhora PUMP AT HANUMANPURA

2.27 37 3.00 50
30 Kharda Dhora PUMP AT MALASAR

3.24 42 5.00 50
31 PAREU VTC JASOO KE BERI

0.31 30 1.00 10
32 LAPOONDRA ANASAR BORLA

2.27 57 5.00 50
33 Kumpaliya PMP AT VTC-CHIMONIYO KD
CL-KALEWA DHORA PUMPAT 1.55 50 3.00 50
34 Kalewa Dhora GANGANITO KI DHANI

0.93 51 2.00 50
35 PATIYAL CL-PATIYAL PMP AT VTC PATIYAL

2.21 46 5.00 50
36 PATIYAL CL-PATIYAL PMP AT VTC PATIYAL
CL-PATIYAL PMP AT VTC AKARLI 2.67 54 5.00 50
37 PATIYAL SUTHARO KD
SAJIYALI 2.14 35 3.00 50
38 PADAMSINGH PUMP AT SANJIYAL PADAMSINGH
SAJIYALI 3.69 28 5.00 75
39 PADAMSINGH PUMP AT SANJIYAL MOOLRAJ
40 KODUKA PUMP AT VTC KARNISAR 1.88 27 2.00 50
41 KODUKA Pump at jetmalon ki dhani 0.60 14 1.00 10

4.40 32 5.00 75
42 SOHRA PUMP AT VTC MEGWALO KI DHANI

0.60 30 1.00 10
43 SOHRA Pump at Ravo kd

0.80 11 1.00 10
44 SOHRA Pump at kirat singh ki dhani

1.95 36 3.00 50
45 GIRA PUMP AT SHIVPURA VTC

1.04 25 1.00 20
46 LAPUNDRA TARLI PUMP AT VTC SUTHARO KD

0.33 18 1.00 10
47 LAPUNDRA TARLI Pump for a part (Lapoondra Tarli)

139
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Pump
HEAD HP of Capacity
SN CLUSTER NAME LOCATION Discharge
(M) pump of CWR
(LPS)

0.33 41 1.00 10
48 SANTRA BHAKRI PUMP AT VTC JHUND SOUTH

1.94 39 3.00 50
49 SANTRA BHAKRI PUMP AT VTC JHUND

8.38 56 20.00 150

50 KHATOO PUMP AT VTC KHATOO

1.02 48 2.00 20
51 Doodhwa Dhora PUMP AT VTC DOODWA

2.99 37 5.00 50
52 GOL KHAR KI DHANI

1.94 42 3.00 50
53 GOL GOL SODA

1.15 31 2.00 20
54 GOL GOL STATION

1.19 34 2.00 20
55 GOL BAAWAS

2.40 41 5.00 50
56 GOL BHEEMARLAI

1.03 36 2.00 20
57 BAGUNDI SODHON KI DHANI

1.64 49 3.00 20
58 BAGUNDI VTC BAGUNDI
59 BAGUNDI VTC BAGUNDI_BIGUNDI DHANI 2.26 55 5.00 50

Note: The duty conditions of pumps are tentative and subject to vary as per actual
survey and hydraulic design

TABLE 6 VILLAGE TRANSFER CHAMBERS TO BE PROVIDED IN THIS CONTRACT

Size of Bulk
Block Habitation Census Pop
Village Name flow meter
Name id Code 2011
(mm)
BAITU PREMNAGAR (NRV 2011) 868748 87012 392 100
GIDA MUKANGARH (NRV 2011) 867619 87045 648 125
GIDA ANASAR BORLA (NRV2011) 867693 87108 248 80
GIDA KERLI NADI (NRV 2011) 868785 87285 758 125
BALOTRA NAYA DOODHWA (NRV 2011) 869671 87254 351 100
BAITU MATAJI KI BHAKHARI (NRV 2011) 867865 87129 276 80

140
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Chapter 2.
SCOPE OF WORK
2.1. INTRODUCTION
This contract aims to provide household tap connections (FHTCs) to household of 180
villages of Barmer district under Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM). Total 242 villages (234+8
NRVs) are proposed to be supplied water from PFBS 4A, out of which 62 village have
been sanctioned under "Other than Major Projects (OTMP)" category. In the present
Ongoing Project of PFBS 4A, 234 villages are connected and & 8 NRVs, which are
created till 2011 census, 6 are to be connected under the present project and 2 villages
to be covered under OTMP. Checking of adequacy of infrastructure up to Village
transfer chamber (VTC) i.e. Rising main, Cluster distribution and their upgradation /
modification and providing new infrastructure for unconnected villages to make the
Project JJM compliant and providing in-village infrastructures which includes village
distribution system, FHTC connections to habitations and other related works as
mentioned in scope of work for 180 villages and their other habitations shall be
developed under this Contract.
The Project will be executed under JJM with norms and guide lines of JJM published by
GoI from time to time. The execution and thereafter operation of system for clean and
safe drinking water to household will be monitored by State Government as well as
Government of India. It is mandatory that the contractor shall follow all the requisite
parameters to fulfil the aim of JJM. The quality of execution and O&M will therefore be
an important aspect and will be in constant surveillance of GoI/GoR. Contractor shall
follow all norms/specifications with good engineering practice and as a working partner
of the mission JJM.

2.2. EXTENT OF SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work under this Contract namely “Execution of work of Pokaran
Falsoond Balotra Siwana Water Supply Project Part-4A Cluster
Distribution, internal village pipe distribution and Geo-Tagging along with
construction of CWR and Pumping Stations and providing FHTCs in 180
villages of District Barmer etc. complete job including one year defect
liability Period followed by Operation and Maintenance for 10 years of
facilities executed up to Village Transfer Chambers under Jal Jeevan
Mission.” which includes survey, hydraulic designs, providing, laying and testing of
pipelines for rising mains and distribution network, construction of pump house,
providing pumping machinery, providing Village Transfer Chambers etc., providing FHTC
and commissioning of entire system to deliver 55 LPCD water to various household of
the village(s) and their other habitations for 180 villages as per the directions of

141
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Engineer-In charge, removal of defects during the defect liability period and other
works as detailed in subsequent paragraphs. All these works are to be carried out under
the directions and supervision of PHED up to VTC or any other starting point of in-
village infrastructure and complete in-village infrastructure under the directions and
supervision of PHED and VWSC (Village Water and Sanitation Committee). After
completion and commissioning of water supply Project, Contractor shall be responsible
for removal of defects and O&M of the complete executed system during defect liability
period. During O&M period (after completion of defect liability period) the Contractor
shall be responsible for O&M of the complete executed system up to VTC only and the
in-village infrastructure is to be handed over to VWSC for O&M.
During Defect liability period, no additional payment shall be given to Contractor for
O&M.

2.3. LIMITS OF THE CONTRACT

The limits of the contract shall start from the Pumping Station / ESR / VTC (Existing
under O&M Contract of PFBS Part 4A) as defined in subsequent paras of this Scope of
Work and ends at the FHTC provided to every household except standalone
households.

2.4. GENERAL PRINCIPLES

The contractor shall carryout all works wholly in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the contract to fulfill the requirement of the project. All the material used,
and the equipment installed shall be as per the specifications defined in the contract
and the work shall be executed with good engineering practices.
Generally the following activities shall be carried out for each component of this
contract but shall not be limited to.
(a) Submission of all documents required according to the Contract (security
money/guarantee, etc.)
(b) Submission of Action Plan/Execution Schedule in accordance with the
provisions of Special Conditions Part A for approval of the Engineer in Charge.
(c) Conducting survey for the proposed works including pumping main, CWR,
Pumping Stations, distribution mains, OHSR (ESR) & VTCs, cluster distribution,
village distribution network to provide household connections, etc.
Preparation of L-section survey along the proposed pipeline alignment and
submission of L-section of the proposed pipeline to be laid for approval of
Engineer-in-charge/authorized officer (Except for in-village distribution for
which village map will have to be prepared with marking of levels at important
points). The L-section shall be taken along the pipeline alignment with levels at
30 m interval or in between 30m if the drop in level in between two

142
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

consecutive points is more than 0.5 meters. All drawings of survey along with
the marked L-section of proposed pipe line, location of all types of valves etc
shall be submitted on scale approved by Engineer in Charge in soft as well as
hard copies. L-section and plan can be submitted in parts so as to take-up the
work or laying and jointing of pipes at an early date.
(d) Conducting required investigations to confirm that the provisions of system
proposed are sufficient to fulfill the required objectives of the work so that the
water can be delivered to fulfill the designed demand of respective villages. For
this, the contractor shall verify the ground levels given by the department and
shall carry out / verify the required designs to satisfy with the design provisions
made available by the department as per JJM guidelines. If, the provisions
envisaged by the department are considered to be inadequate, the Contractor
shall provide additional facilities / systems i.e. pump head. (No lower size
change in sizes/duty conditions of elevated service reservoirs, CWR’s, Pipeline
dia. & pump discharge will be accepted), so that the objective of delivery of
designed water demand in respective villages is achieved.
(e) Carrying out necessary soil investigations (bearing capacity and other
parameters) at all pumping stations, CWR and OHSR and any other important
civil structure. SBC tests shall be got done through an approved agency. For
foundations to be laid on sandy strata, the structural design and reinforcement
drawings shall be prepared on the basis of actual SBC found on testing but the
maximum SBC shall be considered as 10.0 T/ Sqm (Other than rocky strata) /
18.0 T/Sqm (Rocky strata) even if the actual SBC is more than these values.
(f) The Contractor should make a note that all Data and designs available are
Public Health Engineering Department’s Concept, which are only for the
purpose of information to the Contractor and will have no bearing on the
contractual obligations. The Contractor will have a choice to make use of the
data/designs etc. but the department does not take guarantee or responsibility
of the data / designs/ drawings. The Contractor will be solely responsible for
preparing and submitting required designs/drawings after carrying out
appropriate field surveys, data collection, designs etc. for approval of Engineer-
in-Charge.
(g) As the responsibility to supply the designed demand to the respective villages
is solely of the Contractor, the Contractor is required to review the design of
the pipe network, the pumps, etc. and the instrumentation system on his own
and if required shall use the appropriate duty conditions of the pumps, use
additional materials/equipment(s) so as to achieve the objectives of the work
as defined in clause 2.1 above.

143
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(h) Getting approval of all design and drawings, material to be used, equipment
specifications and the samples, prior to dispatching / installing /commissioning
of work on site. Unless mentioned otherwise, if for any specific provision,
references have been made in more than one specification, the provision more
stringent shall be applicable.
(i) Submission of the design/specifications, catalogs and the technical data sheets
of all the equipment, electrical/ instrumentation/ automation system, design
of the electrical components, taking into account the interfaces to the other
project components/packages and the future extensions of the project.
(j) Department has issued standard drawings/designs for ESRs, CWRs and GSRs.
These standard drawings/designs are the part of this agreement and
execution of such structures under the contract shall be as per those
drawings/designs. However, the contractor shall re-examine such
drawings/designs and may propose modification for additional
strengthening, without any extra cost. Such modified drawing/design shall be
got vetted from MNIT Jaipur / MBM Engg College/ BITS Pilani /any IIT and all
charges towards such proof checking shall be borne by the contractor. Final
responsibility of structural stability and safety shall be on part of contractor.
Contractor shall be responsible for preparation and submission of any other
Structural designs and drawings required under the Contract.
(k) Preparation and submission of all detailed working drawings on the basis of
conceptual designs and plans approved by the Employer.
(l) Providing adequately planned plinth protection works with drainage system for
all structures to be constructed.
(m) For all Campus areas and constructed buildings under the contract, the
contractor shall provide facilities of potable water and proper sanitation
without any additional charges.
(n) To co-ordinate with the VWSC, O&M staff and concerned officers of PHED,
personnel of local water supply system, personnel of ongoing contract and
other statutory authorities for necessary approvals as well as for carrying out
the work.
(o) Manufacturing, shop testing, pre-dispatch inspection, transportation to site,
providing transit insurance, storage, handling at site, installation, sectional
testing, pre-commissioning testing, commissioning and trial runs for all
components of the system including the hydraulic, mechanical and Electro-
Mechanical system.

144
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(p) All lighting work will be of LED type. All the electrical equipments shall be of 5
star rating or equivalent (if such ratings available). Electricity saving shall be
considered at every possible level without compromising objectives of Project.
(q) All crossings, road, NH/State crossing/ railway, gas/oil and canal crossings shall
be done by the contractor. For maintaining the continuity of the laying, the
contractor shall keep close liaison with the PWD, Forest, Railway, PHED,
Gas/Oil Company/WRD or concern authorities for an early approval of crossing
works. The cost of execution shall be borne by the contractor.
(r) All expenditures towards documentations, for Forest / Wild life clearances etc.
to be made in the process for approval shall be borne by Contractor.
(s) Typical drawings of units/structures/arrangements viz. P&I diagram of
pumping systems, Electrical SLD, Pump House, ESR(OHSR), CWR, VTC, etc. are
shown in the drawings contained in Volume III as indicated in the chapter.
(t) To perform the required tests to fulfill the requirement of applicable codes.
(u) Contractor should adopt all the safety measures for working labour as well as
running traffic, residents, children, cattle/ stray animals etc. Traffic hindrance
should be for minimum period of time.
(v) Arrangement of adequate security, watch and ward of the system during the
execution period to safeguard the equipment and completed section of the
work from any type of mishandling, theft, fire and other hazards, etc. shall be
made in addition to the above requirements.
(w) The submission of the As-build drawings of the works is the precondition for
the final payment of execution part. The final drawings shall be submitted in
one reproducible set and 5 copies on linen bound in an album of an approved
size. The contractor shall submit all the completion drawings (Autocad& PDF)
and approved design calculations on CD ROM / DVD/ pen drives in two copies
with proper directory structure.
(x) Operation, routine & preventive maintenance, maintenance and repairs of the
complete newly constructed system during defect liability period and
thereafter for 10 years for system laid up to VTC (except in-village
infrastructure) as defined in Special Conditions of contract in Volume I of bid
document,.
(y) Department has issued Quality Assurance and Quality Control Manual in July,
2021. Contractor has to adhere to the provisions, procedures and parameters
as specified in the Manual. The Manual shall be part of Agreement of this
Contract. Bidders are advised to go through the Manual before bidding. Soft

145
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

copy of the same can be downloaded from PHED Rajasthan website

[Link].
Following activities shall be part of scope of Work under this Contract, for which
additional payment will not be made. Contractor will include cost of these activities in
the BoQ Items:
(a) All kind of engineering including field surveys, soil investigations, concrete mix
designs, material testing, surge analysis, required designs etc. Preparation of all
documentations, vetting from Institutions etc.
(b) Restoration of any damages caused during execution.
(c) Liaison for all kind of approvals and permissions from other Agencies. Cost
towards documentation for forest and wild life clearances.
(d) Arrangement of adequate security, watch and ward of the system during the
execution period to safeguard the equipment and completed section of the
work from any type of mishandling, theft, fire and other hazards, etc. shall be
made in addition to the above requirements.
(e) Maintaining the site office(s) with all reasonable office facilities for use of
project staff of the department.
(f) The contractor shall provide at least two (2) vehicles during execution and
during defect liability period. The maximum limit of average run shall be 6000
km per month per vehicle. The Vehicles shall be AC closed body four wheelers
not more than two-year-old.
(g) Contractor shall also provide 2 Nos latest model “All in One” Desk top
Computers (with i-5 or higher processor and minimum 8GB RAM and with UPS)
and 2 Nos A4 size Laser jet Printers (three in one features i.e. Print, Scan, Copy,
Automatic duplex printing, wifi/Bluetooth connectivity etc.) for Office within
30 days of signing the Contract agreement.
(h) All expenditures required for Pre-dispatch Inspection of material and goods.
(i) Geo tagging of assets.
(j) Costs towards Data entry work for FHTC to be done by Contractor including
collecting household information like Aadhar details etc.
(k) All other contingent minor overheads which may appear during execution.

2.5. MAJOR COMPONENTS AND GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK

(a) Providing, laying, testing and commissioning of various size and type pipelines
for rising mains, cluster distribution pipelines and village internal distribution

146
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

pipelines including appurtenances and Interconnections with existing system

etc.
(b) Construction and commissioning of in-village Pump Houses, Clear Water
Reservoirs and construction of boundary wall etc.
(c) Providing Functional Household Tap Connections (FHTC)
(d) Commissioning and trial run of entire system
(e) Removal of defects, providing training to local villager and O&M of complete
system executed by him during the defect liability period and O&M up to VTC
during O&M period.

2.6. GENERAL SCOPE AND PRINCIPLES FOR PIPELINE WORK

The work of rising / distribution main pipelines under this contract includes
manufacturing, supply, delivery at site, lowering, laying and jointing, testing and
commissioning of various sizes and class of HDPE PE-80, PN-6 pipelines. The scope
should include but not limited to the following requirements:
(a) Submission of design, drawings and plan for approval of Engineer-in-charge
prior to commencement of work and after approval take up the work and
submit as-built drawings after final laying and testing of pipeline.
(b) The details of existing and proposed Cluster distribution pipelines and In-village
distribution pipelines as worked out by department are given in TABLE 2 and
TABLE-3 of Chapter 1 Project in Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document.
(c) All DI pipeline (not to be below grade K-7) shall be provided with inner CM
lining and outer bituminous coating. HDPE pipes shall be of PE-80 and
minimum PN-6 / PN-10 class.
(d) Submission of vendor credentials for approval of department and submission
of QAP for approval.
(e) Manufacturing and testing at works, transportation, packing, supply of all type
of DI- K7 / HDPE PE-80 PN-6 / PN-10 pipes, specials, valves and other material
to be used after pre-dispatch inspection by EIC or his authorized engineer or
third party. Stacking and/or storage of material, re-handling and to lay pipes
below ground by excavation and refilling the trench to ensure minimum cover
of 1.00 meters generally, and then to carry out sectional testing, pre-
commissioning checks, full completion tests and trial runs. The water required
for sectional testing after laying of pipe shall be arranged by the contractor at
his own cost. All temporary arrangements required for sectional testing and
commissioning shall be made by contractor at his own cost.

147
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(f) Setting out of works, Laying and jointing of pipeline including lowering, placing
at proper alignment, cutting pipes, chamfering complete in all respects. The
work of laying and jointing of pipes and pipe appurtenances should be done at
required levels. The pipeline alignment in general shall be kept on the outer
edge of the existing/ proposed road boundaries in row. Wherever this is not
possible, on approval of Engineer-In-Charge, the pipe can be laid near the road
or within the carriageway.
(g) The alignment approved by the Engineer-In-Charge shall be final and binding
on the contractor.
(h) Doing Jungle clearance and tree cutting. Cutting of trees shall be avoided as far
as possible, however if unavoidable than tree may be cut after providing
necessary permission from respective Department. PHED provide the
necessary permission from respective department.
(i) Excavation of trenches in ordinary soil/ hard dense soil/ hard dense soil mixed
with boulders/decomposed rocks/hard rock/saturated soil for laying pipeline
below ground as per approved by the department. Normally, a clear cover of
1.00 m shall generally be maintained.
(j) Preparation of trench bed, providing sand bedding where pipe is laid below
ground in stretches having boulders/rocky strata.
(k) The road crossings shall be done by the contractor himself. Cutting Cement
Concrete roads, bituminous roads or WBM along the alignment and to cross
the roads. In order to avoid excessive damage to the roads, Cutting of cement
concrete / bituminous road for laying of pipe line shall mandatorily be done
using a concrete cutter machine.
(l) The Contractor shall arrange road cutting permissions from the respective
authorities well in time. However, the department shall assist the contractor
with all possible sincere efforts in obtaining permissions for Road crossing /
road cutting from concerned authority by furnishing all details/drawing/design
and undertaking etc. required, for the same, time to time. Cost paid to
agencies for such permissions shall be borne by the department.
(m) For laying pipeline, the cost of shifting of electrical poles, transformers etc.
shall be borne by the Department. The bidder shall be responsible for any
damage occurred to the telephone lines, distribution/rising main water and gas
pipes, drains and irrigation canal or any other private/public utility etc. while
laying pipeline and shall be liable to pay the amount levied by respective
department for the repair and / or damages so occurred.

148
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(n) Wherever the road is of concrete / bitumen and its width is more than 10 mtr
and an existing distribution pipe line, if any, is laid on one side, another
distribution line shall necessarily be laid on the other side of the road so as to
minimize road cutting and its repair. House connections shall be released from
the distribution line on that side only.
(o) In case of Gaurav Path also, the above principle shall be followed.
(p) Refilling of pit / trench shall be done after proper ramming and watering in
layers not exceeding 20 cms.
(q) Wherever the pipeline is laid above ground on RCC supports, average ground
clearance of 45cm.
(r) Making Interconnection of pipelines to existing pipelines.
(s) Providing, testing and installing all materials such as bends, tees, reducers with
long radius, dismantling joints, insulating joints, rubber rings, flanges, nuts &
bolts, rubber sheets etc. of required specifications for the installations.
(t) Providing, testing and Installation of suitable dia Sluice Valves/ Air Valves, with
valve chamber as per approved design. A dismantling joint shall be provided
with each valve. It shall be noted that only Sluice Valves and dismantling joints
(if provided) shall be paid separately. In case of DI pipelines, DI specials
(flanged and socket puddles) used for installation of Valve shall be measured in
pipe length. In case of HDPE pipe, HDPE flanged adapter shall be used to
connect Sluice Valve with HDPE pipe. The HDPE flanged adapter shall be as per
IS with backing flange. The HDPE flanged adapter used for installation of Valve
shall be measured in pipe length.
(u) The work of distribution line for different distribution zones under the contract
shall fulfill all liabilities of the contractor as laid down in this contract.
(v) Sectional testing of pipeline.
(w) Compliance of all safety rules at work sites.
(x) Cleaning, Disinfections, testing and commissioning of all pipelines laid.
(y) Providing and fixing Barricading at site of work for restricting the general public
at crowded area and frequently running traffic as per the direction of engineer
in charge.
(z) The contractor shall submit geo-referenced AUTOCAD as built drawings for the
complete pipeline network laid under the contract.

2.7. GENERAL SCOPE AND PRINCIPLES FOR FHTC (FUNCTIONAL HOUSE

HOLD TAP CONNECTIONS)

149
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The scope should include but not limited to the following requirements:
(a) Collect all the required data from village as per norms of PHED/ Jal Jeevan
Mission like number of households, family units (Ration cards) family head
name with ID proof, Documents required for issuing the water connection i.e.
Panchayat Patta or registration of land or NOC/ mutation/ revenue record
from tehsil etc. (These documents should be provided by every house hold and
collected by contractor).
(b) Get connection form filled up and signed by the consumer. Contractor shall
provide hard copies to the consumer at a nominal cost to be decided by VWSC.
He shall obtain authorization from VWSC / PHED for release of FHTC.
(c) Excavation of earth in all types soil/rock up to required depth and size for fixing
of clamp and ferrule on distribution pipe line as per specifications.
(d) Dismantling of Cement concrete road/ BT road/ Kharanja/ CC Block Road in
minimum width as required for excavation pit (by manual or mechanical
means) and for laying of service line by only with concrete cutter machine (in
case of CC or bitumen road), including disposal of CC or BT rubbish as directed
by Engineer in Charge. In order to avoid excessive damage to the roads, it is
mandatory that the contractor uses a “concrete cutter machine” to make a
jhirri/ narrow trench in the road to accommodate the service line comprising
of 20 mm dia MDPE pipe.
(e) Providing and fixing of uPVC/ MS clamp saddle for providing FHTC from
uPVC/DI/AC/MS/GI pipe line and Electro fusion Saddle for providing FHTC from
HDPE pipe line, Gun metal ferrule 4.0mm (ISI marked), GM Full-way Valve
(IS:778 Mark) or wheel valve, NRV, Union, MDPE pipe PE 80 PN 16 as per ISO
4427 / 20 mm nominal dia PPR-C (Three layered) pipe PN16 SDR 7.4
(IS:15801:2008) (ISI mark) below ground and 20 mm dia PPR-C pipe with
standard PPR fittings/ 15 mm dia GI pipes with fittings above ground level from
ferrule to property line and in consumer premises for fixing a Tap (max. length
2.0m), including testing. Depth of MPDE connection pipe should be minimum
45 cm from the ground level but in case service line is laid below concrete or
bitumen road, minimum depth shall be 20 cm from the top surface of road.
(f) In addition to the ferrule, an orifice of 4.0 mm dia should also be provided in
the service line at the entry point of the consumer's property in such a way
that it should be accessible for inspection to VWSC, PHED and any other
authority which would like to inspect as and when required.
(g) P&F a 15mm Bib Cock with foam flow Chrome plated with complete brass body
including brass handle having good quality with weight 300 to 325 gms,
including accessories.

150
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(h) All material should be as per ISI mark and as per specifications.
(i) The MDPE pipe shall be PE 80 and minimum PN 16 pressure class as per ISO
4427. The raw material for MDPE pipe shall be virgin PE 80 Blue compound and
comply with the requirements of ISO/Directive of testing material : 9080 with
minimum required strength of 8 Kg/[Link]. The raw material shall be Food
grade quality. The pipes shall bear ISO marking.
(j) Refilling the pit and trench without using CC or BT rubbish with proper
consolidation and watering.
(k) Road should be motorable after refilling the trench until repair of the road as
directed by EIC & as per specifications.
(l) Repair of Road as per specification & as directed by EIC with Cement concrete/
Existing CC block/ Existing kharnja stone wherever required.
(m) In case the service line is crossing a drain, the service line should be encased
inside a metallic pipe the cost of which is to be borne by the consumer.
(n) Flushing, cleaning, disinfecting and testing of pipe line complete for making of
service connection complete in all respect.
(o) Once the house connection has been completed, name of consumer, along
with other details and Aadhar card number are to be entered in the IMIS
website of GoI. PHED shall provide necessary assistance in the beginning.
(p) The maximum permissible length of service connection shall be 30 meters
subject to the condition that at least 7 m terminal head is available at the
ferrule.
(q) Details of existing and proposed number of FHTC as worked out by department
is given in 0 of Chapter 1 Project in Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document.

2.8. SCOPE OF WORK FOR ROAD RESORATION WORK

The scope should include but not limited to the following requirements:
(a) The work of road restoration is to be carried out as per the scope and
specifications of the BOQ item.
(b) The aggregates and grit in general proposed to be used shall conform to IS
Specification.
(c) The contractor has to make all necessary arrangements for smooth and safe
movement of traffic during the execution of the work as per the direction of
the Engineer in charge.
(d) The cement will be arranged by the contractor himself, as per BIS
Specifications. Cement for concreting work should be OPC Gr.-43

151
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(e) For curing purpose, either jute cloth or water sprinklers or perforated pipes
shall be used. For curing contractor shall provide water tanker/ storage tank
wherever necessary at his own cost.
(f) If the contractor fails to do curing of the work as specified and as directed by
the Engineer in charge or his authorized representative the same shall be done
at the risk and cost of the contractor. The actual cost involved in such
departmental curing shall be recovered from the bills of the contractor.
(g) Any material not conforming to the specification collected at site shall have to
be removed by the contractor within a period of three days of the instructions
issued by the Engineer in charge in writing failing which, such material shall be
removed by the department at risk and cost of contractor after expiry of three
days period.
(h) The minimum requirements of specifications of the governing agencies shall be
followed.
(i) Road crossing is required through trenchless technology as per detailed
specifications given in BOQ. The locations identified for such road crossings are
given in TABLE 4 of Chapter 1 Project in Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document.

2.9. VILLAGE TRANSFER CHAMBERS

(a) Total 6 nos Village Transfer Chambers (VTCs) are to be provided in this
Contract on the entry point of villages created after 2001 and not provided
with VTC under existing Cluster distribution Contract of PFBS Part 4A. The
details of locations of VTCs to be provided are given in TABLE 6 of Chapter 1
Project in Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document.
(b) The village transfer chambers are to be constructed as per the drawing given in
Vol-III of the Bid document.
(c) Providing one Bulk Flow meter (BFM) of size given in TABLE 6 with GPS / GSM
based data transfer system at Each VTC. A minimum straight length of 5 time
Dia on upstream and 3 time Dia on downstream shall be maintained.
(d) Two DI resilient seated Sluice Valves one on upstream and another on
downstream of BFM shall be provided. One 25mm dia single Air Valve shall
also be provided.

2.10. R C C CLEAR WATER RESERVOIR

(a) The details of locations and capacities of 58 Clear Water Reservoirs to be
constructed under this Contract are given in TABLE-5 of Chapter 1 Project in
Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document.

152
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(b) The clear water storage reservoir shall be designed and constructed in RCC
including supply of necessary material, labor, equipment etc. as per provisions
given in the “Specifications for civil works” and “Specifications for reservoirs”.
(c) The general details and RCC details of clear water storage reservoir are marked
on the standard drawing provided in Vol-III of bid document. However, the
piping details marked on drawing shall vary as per the connecting pipelines.
(d) Notwithstanding the fact that Designs shall be provided / approved by the
department, the contractor shall remain fully responsible for the soundness of
Design, construction, structural safety and water tightness.
(e) Excavation for all structures including working spaces, trench excavation for
pipes and other ancillary works in all kind of soils/ rock, refilling and disposal of
surplus earth at suitable site and dressing.
(f) Blasting on hard rocks’ is prohibited where permanent structure already exists.
(g) Providing suitable ventilation for the reservoir as per the specifications given in
the chapter of “Specifications for Reservoirs” and “Specifications for Civil
Works” and the Standard Drawing. The ventilator shall be of stainless steel as
shown in drawing.
(h) Providing MS ladder along with railing outside CWR from ground level to roof
and SS 304 ladder inside CWR as per details provided on the drawing.
(i) Providing manhole of size 750 x 750mm for access inside the reservoir.
Manhole cover shall be made of Stainless steel sheet and SS angle frame and
lockable. Manhole shall be located such as to provide ease in inspection and
facilitate easy maintenance of floats. If needed additional manhole may be
provided.
(j) Providing adequate plinth protection all around the structure in a width
starting from edge of structure at GL and extending at least up to 1.0m beyond
the edge of outer most projection (Ring Beam at the top of wall).
(k) Providing PVC water stops of 150 mm wide as per IS (with 300 mm overlap at
the ends) at construction joints or providing construction key as per provisions
of IS Codes and good engineering practice.
(l) Construction of internal sumps of for housing suction pipe of pumps in CWR.
However; for locations and CWRs where Solar submersible pumps are to be
installed, two internal sumps shall be provided to house two Solar
submersible pumps (1W+1S) and in such case the depth of sump shall be as
per height of Solar pump plus 300mm clearance at bottom.
(m) Providing one mud pit in CWR for washout.

153
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(n) The top surface of slab shall be painted with minimum two coats of anti
carbonation paint of approved shade and outer surface of tanks above ground
shall be painted with minimum two coats of cement based paint of approved
shade. All mild steel railing, posts, gate, frame, MS ladder, level gauge shall
receive a coat of red oxide primer, two under coats and one finishing coat of
an approved enamel paint and of approved shades. Concrete surface below
ground level shall be provided with bitumen paint as per specifications.
Painting of outside surface of the container shall be provided with anti-
carbonation paint as per specifications. Inside surfaces of container shall be
painted with two coats of food grade epoxy paint on bottom of flat slab and
600mm portion of vertical wall from top.
(o) Writing of Slogan and Logo as per specifications and details provided on the
standard drawing provided in Vol-III of bid document.
(p) Providing conventional float cum mechanical gauge (water level indicator)
provided on the standard drawing provided in Vol-III of bid document.
(q) Supply and installation of CI / DI puddle collars for Inlet, Outlet, Overflow and
Washout as per size approved by Engineer-in-charge.
(r) Supply and installation of DI / GI double flanged pipes, specials, duck foot
bends etc. for inlet, outlet, washout and overflow. One 80mm dia CI D/F sluice
valve with dismantling joint shall be provided on washout pipe.
(s) Inter connection of incoming mains to respective piping of reservoir using
suitable specials.
(t) Final clearance of site before handing over the work, including leveling of earth
in the campus area, disposal of surplus earth, plantation etc. as per directions
of the Engineer in Charge.
(u) Cleaning, washing and disinfecting the reservoir and making its interior free of
all foreign material, loose particles, debris etc. and making it fit for storage of
potable water.
(v) Testing of tank for water tightness and structural stability by filling it with
water including testing of performance of pipes, joints, valves, float, gauges,
and all other appurtenances and in accordance to the procedure laid down in
tender document/IS code.

2.11. PUMPING STATION

Construction of pump houses at 59 locations as given in TABLE-5 of Chapter 1 Project in
Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document. For this pump house, the common requirements are
placed below:

154
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

2.11.1. CIVIL WORKS

The civil works envisaged are as defined below but shall not be limited to:
1. The pump house shall be as per concept shown in the bid drawings and to
accommodate all pumps, motors, drives and their accessories, switch gears,
panels, DC DBs, capacitors and capacitor control panel, delivery pipes, common
header with valves and accessories and circulation areas etc.
2. The size of Pump House shall be 6M x 8M for installation of centrifugal Mono-
block pumps with panels and 2.5M x 2.5M for installation of panels etc. in case
of Solar Submersible Pumps
3. To cater for the requirement of pumping and ease during maintenance,
provision of adequate ventilation (exhaust fans) in the pump house buildings
shall be kept.
4. A MS ladder shall be provided outside the pump house to access roof of the
pump house. Providing cable trays/supports within the pump house building
for installation of cables and other electrical & instrumentation equipments as
shown in conceptual drawing.
5. Providing and installation of DI puddle collars for suction and delivery pipes.
6. Providing facilities for potable water supply.
7. Providing indoor lighting fixtures along with cabling, distribution boards,
switches, starters and other accessories for indoor and outdoor illumination of
pump house.
8. Providing pipe supports and thrust blocks/anchor blocks for delivery pipes,
common header, valves and manifolds.
9. The specifications of various civil works of pump house shall be as under:

Sn PARTICULARS SPECIFICATIONS
1. Type of Structure Masonry
2. PCC below foundation and flooring 150mm thick Cement concrete [Link]
3. Plinth Level Min. 0.60 meters above finished ground level
4. Damp Proof Course 150mm thick Cement concrete [Link] with
nominal reinforcement
5. Minimum Ceiling Height of
building above finished floor Levels
i) At Pump/motor floor area Min. 4.05 meter
ii) Areas of Switchgear Min. 3.85 meters
6. Height of Parapet wall above roof Min. 500 mm
7. External walls Below Ground Level RR stone masonry in Cement mortar 1:6

155
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Sn PARTICULARS SPECIFICATIONS
8. External walls above Ground Level RR Stone / Brick masonry 350 mm thick in
Cement mortar 1:6
9. Partition walls Half Brick masonry in Cement mortar 1:6
10. Roof RCC min. M-25 grade with water proofing
and minimum thickness 125mm
11. Interior Plaster 20 mm thick in Cement mortar 1:4

12. Plaster on external Walls 25 mm thick in Cement mortar 1:4 with Grit
Wash. In case of stone masonry front facing
shall be CR stone masonry with deep groove
pointing
13. Flooring Pump/motor floor Hardener topping (Ironite) with 40mm thick
CC base
14. Flooring All Other areas Kota Stone
15. Painting (3 coats) Inner areas Oil bound Distemper
16. Doors Pressed steel frame with 38mm thick flush
doors shutter
17. Windows Glazed steel section window with wire gauge
and safety grill
18. Cooling Arrangement Fans
2.11.2. MECHANICAL WORK:
The works included are as defined below but shall not be limited to:
1. Providing Centrifugal Mono-block pumping sets along with base plate and their
accessories at 5 locations (5 Working + 5 Standby) and Solar operated
Submersible Pumping sets at 54 locations (54 Working + 54 Standby) as given
in TABLE-5 of Chapter 1 Project in Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document.
2. In case of Centrifugal Mono-block pumps, providing suction header and suction
and delivery piping of each pump set and common delivery manifold. These
shall be designed for the corresponding discharge of the pump with velocity
not more than 1.0 m/sec in suction header, 1.5 m/sec in suction and 1.8 m/sec
in delivery/ delivery manifold (Minimum pipe size 80mm). The Outlet from
CWR shall be designed with velocity not more than 1.5 m/sec.
3. In case of Centrifugal Mono-block pumps, providing One Sluice Valve with SS
Expansion Bellow on Outlet of CWR, One Sluice Valve with SS Expansion Bellow
& reducer on Suction piping and one enlarger, one dual plate check valve
followed with one SS Expansion Bellow and one sluice valve on delivery piping.
One Sluice Valve with SS Expansion Bellow shall be provided on common

156
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

delivery header. The size of valves shall be same as of respective piping. All
Sluice Valves shall be DI resilient seated and manually operated.
4. In case of Solar operated Submersible pumps, providing GI delivery piping of
each pump set and GI common delivery manifold. Their sizes shall be as
decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
5. In case of Solar operated Submersible pumps, providing One Sluice Valve and
one dual plate check valve followed with one Dismantling joint on delivery pipe
and one sluice valve on common delivery header. The size of valves shall be
same as of respective suction/delivery piping (minimum 80mm in case size of
pipe is less than 80mm). All Sluice Valves shall be DI resilient seated and all
manually operated.
6. Providing Pressure Gauge on individual delivery of each pump.

2.11.3. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & WORKS

1. Obtaining license from appropriate authorities, if required by law.
2. Providing and installation of 1.1 KV grade LT cables from transformer to panel
and after Panels, and other accessories to complete the work in all respect.
3. Providing panels of LV switchgear panels for individual motors.
4. Providing Exhaust fans for proper ventilation and maintenance of desired
temperatures on in pump house.
5. Cabling and ducting for entire electrical system.
6. Earthing system at all relevant points.
7. Providing MNRE approved Off grid Solar panels for solar power generation.
These shall be installed 4m above ground as stipulated in BOQ. The Solar
panels shall be sized at least 25% more than the pump KW for meeting
ancillary power and contingent requirements.

2.12. ANCILLARY CIVIL WORKS

Construction of 80 meter boundary wall and gate at all 59 Head-works locations as
given in TABLE-5 of Chapter 1 Project in Brief of this Vol-II of Bid document as per
conceptual drawing and BOQ.
The specifications of boundary wall shall be as under:
Sn PARTICULARS SPECIFICATIONS
1. Depth of Foundation 900mm
2. PCC for foundation Plain Cement concrete M-10 - 100mm thick,
900mm width
3. Section of Foundation above PCC Stone/Brick masonry in CM 1:6

157
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Sn PARTICULARS SPECIFICATIONS
600mm (W) x 450mm (W) and
450mm (W) x 450mm (W)
4. Superstructure work Stone masonry in CM 1:6, 300mm (W) x
1650mm (Height) or
Brick masonry in CM 1:6, 230mm (W) x
1650mm (Height)
5. Plaster For Stone masonry pointing in Cement
mortar 1:3 or
For Brick masonry 20 mm thick Plaster in
Cement mortar 1:6
6. Expansion Joint At every 30M
7. Coping on top of wall 75mm thick CC [Link]
8. Pillar for main gate 350mm x 350mm
9. Painting ( 3 coats) Cement based paint
2.13. ACTIVITIES TO BE UNDERTAKEN DURING DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD
The Contractor shall be responsible for all the Defects and deficiencies, except usual
wear and tear in the Project or any Section thereof (for the facilities developed by him),
till the expiry of period of defect liability period starting from the next day from the
date of issue of Completion Certificate of the Project. However; for in-village
infrastructure the defect liability period shall start from the next day from the date of
issue of Completion Certificate of in-village infrastructure of any particular village.
Constructional defect such as defects due to premature use of materials, works not
executed in accordance with the Contract, hidden faults in material and equipment not
discovered during inspection and testing, fault in design, manufacturing, erection and in
construction shall be pointed out by the EIC and shall have to be rectified by the
contractor during this period.
The Contractor shall repair or rectify all Defects and deficiencies observed by the
Department’s Engineer during the Defects Liability Period within a period of 7 (seven)
except material related to leakage (which will be replaced within 24 hours) days from
the date of notice issued by the Department’s Engineer in this behalf, or within such
reasonable period as may be determined by the Department’s Engineer at the request
of the Contractor, in accordance with Good Industry Practice.
For the avoidance of doubt, any repair or rectification undertaken for repair or
rectification of defects or deficiencies observed by Department’s engineer, including
any additional tests, shall be carried out by the Contractor at its own risk and cost, to
the extent that such rectification or repair is attributable to:
(a) The design of the Project;

158
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(b) Works, Plant, Materials or workmanship not being in accordance with this
Agreement and the Specifications and Standards;
(c) Improper maintenance during construction of the Project by the Contractor; or
(d) Failure by the Contractor to comply with any other obligation under this Agreement.
In the event that the Contractor fails to repair or rectify such Defect or deficiency within
the period specified above, the Department shall be entitled to get the same repaired,
rectified or remedied at the Contractor’s cost so as to make the Project conform to the
Specifications and Standards and the provisions of this Agreement. All costs consequent
thereon shall be determined as per conditions of contract agreement.
During the defect liability period, the Contractor shall also operate and maintain the
complete system executed by him including the in-village infrastructure and provide
training to the local villagers.
No payment shall be given to Contractor for O&M and training during the defect
liability period.

2.14. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES

1. The limits of O&M contract commencing from the next date of completion of
defect liability period shall start from the ESR and ends at the VTC or starting
point of in-village infrastructure (for the facilities developed by him) as defined
in subsequent paras of this Scope of Work. However; during defect liability
period the limits of O&M contract shall start from the ESR / VTC and ends at
FHTC provided to households.
2. Under this contract, the contractor is required to operate and maintain the
facilities as defined in Clause 2.13 during the defect liability period. During this
period, the Contractor shall be responsible for functionality of FHTC provided.
No payment shall be given to Contractor for O&M and training during the
defect liability period.
3. After completion of the defect liability period, the Operation and maintenance
period shall commence. During this the Contractor shall have to operate and
maintain the system developed by him up to VTC. The in-village infrastructure
developed by Contractor shall be handed over to VWSC for their O&M.
4. During operation and maintenance the contractor shall ensure that the
required output flow(s) of desired quantity is delivered at each VTC and the
water supply is maintained at satisfactory level.
5. Without limiting the Contractor’s obligations during the Operations &
Maintenance Period, the Contractor shall;
(a) Identify and obtain all the Clearances required for the operation of the Facility
and for the fulfillment of its obligations under the Conditions of Contract.

159
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(b) Assist the Department in identifying the Clearances that are to be necessarily
obtained by the Department for the fulfillment of the obligations of the
Contractor under the Conditions of Contract.
(c) Arrange all the necessary manpower for the operation and maintenance of the
Facility.
(d) Make all necessary arrangements for the tools and plants, machinery,
equipment, and transportation vehicles necessary for operation and
maintenance.
(e) Procure and Store all required materials, consumables, equipment, lubricants,
inventory for repair and maintenance required for operation and maintenance.
(f) Be responsible for providing Operation & Maintenance Services
(g) Be responsible for the security of the Facility and comply with applicable laws
and/or statutory requirements as may be applicable in the land from time to
time
(h) Maintain adequate stores and inventory as per the operation and maintenance
manual, for timely repairs.
(i) Co-ordination with other contractors / agencies / PHED’s O&M staff.
(j) Be responsible to minimize wastage of water by attending to leakages within
the specified period.
(k) The Contractor shall carry out his activities in the Facility in such manner that
water will not be wasted, leak or spill onto the site or elsewhere. The
Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting any adverse consequences
resulting from any such wastage, leakage or spillage, and shall make and file
any reports with respect thereto required under this Conditions of Contract
and Applicable Law.
(l) Record, monitor and reporting to the department all vital data not limited but
like the total water supplied, condition of system, repair and maintenance
undertaken.
(m) Preventive maintenance as per guidelines and frequency referred in the
manual on O&M of water supply system as published by CPHEEO.
(n) To keep the entire campus area, particularly toilets neat and clean and dis-
infected by using Phenyl , acid and other chemicals at all head works
(o) To maintain proper communication between staff deputed at various head-
works and on pipeline (via telephone/ mobiles etc.) for proper O&M of system.

2.15. ACTIVITIES DURING O&M PERIOD

160
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

2.15.1. GENERAL
Within the frame work of the contractors responsibilities given above, the contractor
shall carry out the following activities, but these shall not limit requirement of other
activities, which otherwise are required as per terms and conditions of contract or to
fulfill contractors responsibilities or are essential as per good industrial practices. The
contractor shall be responsible for:
(a) Providing water at the desired flow rates along with desired quantity to each
VTC.
(b) Providing the minimum specified staff as specified herein below during
operation and maintenance period and additional staff as per requirement
during periodic maintenance and in emergencies.
(c) Providing all required consumables required for functioning of equipment and
water supply delivery.
(d) Maintenance of all buildings/structures and their surroundings in neat and
clean position.
(e) Maintenance of the lighting fixtures and the lighting system of all areas and
replacement of all non-functional lighting fixtures within 24 hours.
(f) Maintaining;

• Repair history of all mechanical, electrical and instrumentation control

equipment, and communication instruments.
• Logbooks;
∼ Every day power availability, input voltages, kWH meter readings.
∼ Daily Operation of pumps with every hour readings for operating
voltage, amperage and power factor, pressure on the manifold,
pressure at outlet of pumps.
∼ Hourly levels of reservoirs.
• Data recorded through flow meters with the presentation of
comprehensive water audit on every day basis
• Last periodic maintenance done for all equipment/structures of the
system.
• Observations made during inspection and patrolling of pipelines.
• In addition to maintenance of above records, the contractor is required to
maintain one inspection book. The complaints entered in the complaint
register must be investigated and remedial measures must immediately be
taken.
(g) Providing required spares and maintaining adequate inventory of accessories
or equipment itself for repair of system so that the electrical, mechanical,

161
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

instrumentation, pipe and pipe appurtenances, can work efficiently, without

any additional costs to department.
(h) Providing manpower for the required repairs of all facilities along with the
manpower and materials for repair of the buildings and campus area utilities.
(i) Maintenance of the stores for the pipelines and pipe appurtenances and
instrumentation equipment. The maintenance of stores will include but shall
not be limited to:

• Loading / unloading of materials received and issued for work.

• Proper arrangement of material in stores to ensure its safety and easy
availability.
• Maintaining store area neat and tidy.
• Keeping records and Accounting the incoming materials
• Keeping records and Accounting the consumed materials
(j) The contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety and security of the
goods in the store and its accountability and will be responsible for any loss or
damages in stores for any reason. He may opt for insurance cover against the
value of the goods to be stored without any additional costs on the
Department.
(k) Regular inspection of all equipment, instruments etc.
(l) Lubrication of all required components, periodic maintenance/ replacement of
batteries etc.
(m) Emergency Maintenance / Periodic routine maintenance: Maintaining a fleet
consisting of suitable tools / machinery / equipment for adequate and timely
repairs and/or for routine/periodic maintenance.
(n) Periodic routine maintenance of pipeline structures.
(o) Submission of daily/weekly/fortnightly/monthly report.
(p) Co-ordination with other contractors and/ or agencies such as contractors
engaged by Department for enhancing the system etc.

2.15.2. DEPLOYMENT OF MINIMUM STAFF REQUIRED

The minimum permanent staff to be deployed by the contractor for carrying out the
O&M functions shall be as follows:

Sn Designation Qualification Experience Nos. of staff

1. Manager cum Foreman Diploma 5 Years 1

2. Fitter cum Mechanic - 3 Years 3
3. Helper - 2 Years 6

162
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Note :
(1) The above requirement is minimum only. The contractor shall arrange
extra work force, as and when required, so as to smoothly run the
operation and maintenance including preventive maintenance, repairs
etc. and general cleanliness of the installations.
(2) The above staff strength is exclusively of leave reserve required for
different category of staff. The contractor shall ensure, the personnel
given in above table for all the seven days in a week.
(3) During Defect liability period Contractor has to maintain in-village
infrastructure and therefore he has to deploy extra O&M staff @
minimum 1 labour per village.
2.15.3. PIPELINE WORKS
(a) Repair of leaks, damaged portion of road, embankment, pipe and pipe
appurtenances, CD works and en-route structures.
(b) Emergency Repair(s) of burst(s) for maintaining regular supplies immediately
including making necessary arrangements of dewatering if required.
(c) Operation of all valves and their checking for proper functioning. Maintenance
of all valves in leak-less conditions. Quarterly inspection of surge protection
equipment/system, and to do repairs, if required. Contractor shall submit
quarterly reports of all such activities done.
(d) Maintenance of inventory for repair of pipe leak(s) and burst(s), valves (air
valve, sluice valves, butterfly valves), surge protection devices or any other
pipe appurtenances or equipment(s) installed.
(e) Quarterly lubrication of all gear boxes along the alignment.
(f) Maintenance and repairs of flow meters
(g) To maintain the valve chambers along the pipeline in clean and dry conditions.
(h) To maintain the cover on the pipe damaged due to rains, runoff or any other
reason.
(i) Cleaning of CD works along the pipeline alignment and to do required
regarding works of area between road and pipe to ensure that water is not
impounded near the pipe during rainy season.
(j) Maintaining clean conditions at saddle supports and Oil and greasing of all
supports.
(k) Taking daily readings of all installed meters and maintaining the record in
registers
(l) Maintaining flow meters installed by him in working condition.

163
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

2.15.4. PUMPING STATION, ESR, VTC AND HEAD-WORKS

(a) To maintain the pumping station along with all instruments in working
conditions. The down time of entire control system shall not exceed 96 hours.
(b) Routine maintenance of the all instruments as per recommendation of the
manufacturer.
(c) Replacement of damaged power supply cables, pressure gauges. The down
time of any individual instrument as referred above shall not exceed 96 hours.
(d) To produce and submit daily and monthly customized reports.
(e) To maintain all consumables for printing without any additional costs to the
Department.
(f) Repair / replacement of damaged electrical equipment / parts for proper
functioning of electrical system.
(g) Routine maintenance of the pumps as per recommendation of the
manufacturer.
(h) Replacement of bearings, damaged impellers and other damaged parts so that
the operation of pumps ensures the guaranteed efficiencies with desired noise
and vibration levels.
(i) Breakdown maintenance of all electrical, mechanical, instrumentation
equipment.
(j) To keep the surrounding areas of the pumping stations and Head-works free
from shrubs, grass and other vegetation.
(k) Maintenance of lighting fixtures and lighting circuits, water supply facilities

164
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Chapter 3.
SPECIFICATIONS OF PIPELINE
3.1. GENERAL
Except as otherwise specified in this technical specification, the Indian/International
Standards and Codes of Practice it their latest version shall be adhered to for the
design, manufacturing, inspection, factory testing, packing, handling and transportation
of product. The work of laying, jointing, testing and commissioning shall also be as per
the relevant Indian standards. Should any product be offered conforming to other
standards, the equipment or products shall be equal to or superior to those specified
and the documentary confirmation shall be submitted for the prior approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
If any provision is prescribed in more than one Indian Standards, the specification more
stringent shall be used for the work.
The use of different types of pipe material in the contract shall be in accordance to the
provisions given in the “scope of work” and the principals defined therein.

3.2. DI PIPELINE
3.2.1. GENERAL
Following IS Standards shall be applicable.

SN Particular IS Standard
1 Specifications for DI Pipes IS 8329-2000
2 DI Fittings and Specials IS 9523-2000
3 Rubber Gasket for DI Pipes IS 5382-1985
4 Laying & Jointing of DI Pipes IS 12288-1987

All the DI pipes, DI specials and other pipe appurtenances shall be designed to
withstand the maximum pressures to which it may be subjected to under operation of
the project. All the DI Pipes shall be of minimum K-7class as per IS 8329-2000 as
detailed in table 5.

3.2.2. DUCTILE IRON PIPES

Ductile pipes to be used in the contract shall be centrifugally cast (spun) Ductile Iron
Lined pipes suitable for Water and Sewage & conforming to IS 8329 with internal
cement mortar lining, and bituminous outer coating. The manufacturer must have BIS
license for manufacturing DI pipes.
Ductile Iron Specials such as bends, Tees, Tapers, tail pieces etc, shall be confirming to
the IS 9523: 1980. Unless in case of abnormal site conditions warranting use of MS
specials, all specials on DI pipe line shall be of DI.

165
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The fittings should preferably be procured from the same manufacturer of the pipes. In
case they are not, it will be the responsibility of the manufacturer of the fitting to
provide fitting which commensurate with the supplied DI pipes by the department. The
contractor will however be responsible for the compatibility and quality of the
products.
Supplies of rubber gaskets shall be done by the contractor confirming to the relevant
specifications. Contractor shall preferably take them from the approved vendor of the
manufacturer of the pipe.

3.2.3. INTERNAL CEMENT MORTAR LINING

The DI pipes shall be supplied with internal cement lining as per IS:8329-2000. The
minimum lining thickness shall be accordingly.

3.2.4. PROTECTIVE OUTER COATING

The pipe shall be supplied with factory coated bituminous outer coating as per IS 8329-
2000.

3.2.5. WORKING LENGTHS AND TOLERANCES

For all purposes, the lengths of the pipes provided by the department shall be the
length as defined in IS: 8329. The pipes will be supplied in standard lengths as per the
provisions in the standards IS 8329 to which the manufacturing confirms (IS: 8329). The
ends shall be suitably rounded and/or chamfered ends. Any tolerance in the stipulated
lengths will be as per the provision of the standards to which it has been manufactured
(IS: 8329).
The tolerance in diameter, thickness, ovality & permissible deviation from straight line
shall be as per the standards to which the pipe is manufactured (IS 8329)

3.2.6. STANDARDS FOR RUBBER GASKET

Each pipe of the push on joint variety will also be supplied with a rubber EPDM gasket.
The gaskets will confirm to the provisions of IS 5382:1985. Material of rubber gaskets
for push-on mechanical or flanged joints shall be compatible with working pressure and
temperature at which the water is to be conveyed. Rubber gaskets for use with flanged
joints shall conform to IS: 638. While conveying potable water the gaskets should not
deteriorate the quality of water and should not impart any taste or foul odour.
The flanged joints shall confirm to the provisions of IS 8329. The pipe supply will also
include one rubber gaskets for each flange.

3.2.7. INSPECTION AND TESTING:

The DI pipes supplied by the contractor will be subjected to following tests as per IS
8329 for acceptance:
 Visual and dimensional check as per IS 8329.

166
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

 Mechanical Tests as per IS 8329.

 Hydrostatic Test as per IS 8329.
 Any other tests required as per the provisions to which the supplied pipe
confirms i.e (IS 8329 )
 The test reports for the rubber gaskets as per acceptance tests of the IS 5382 .
The sampling method for testing shall be as per the provisions of the standards to
which they are manufactured.

3.2.8. MARKING
All pipes will be marked as per provisions of IS 8329 and subjected to the following
minimum requirements:
 Manufacturer name/ stamp
 Batch details showing batch no, date of manufacture etc
 Purchaser’s Mark “PHED ____________ (Name of Project as per directions of
EIC)”,
 Nominal diameter
 Class reference
 Manufacturing standards to which the pipe confirms (IS: 8329) & BIS
Certification mark.
3.2.9. REQUIREMENTS FOR FITTINGS & SPECIALS
The following types of DI fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with
IS: 9523 or BS: EN 545. The specials shall be provided with internal cement mortar lining
inside as per provisions of IS 9523 Annexure B.
 flanged socket
 flanged spigot
 double socket bends (900, 450, 22 1/2 0, 11 1/4 0)
 double socket branch flanged tee
 all socket tee.
 double socket taper.
 All Flanged Tee.
 All flanged taper.
All the DI fittings shall be supplied with one rubber ring for each socket. The rubber ring
shall conform to IS: 10292 and IS: 5382 as described in the respective clause. Flanged
fittings shall be supplied with one rubber gasket per flange and the required number of
nuts and bolts.

167
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

All the DI fittings and specials shall be manufactured at well equipped foundries. The
minimum requirements for all the foundries shall be as below.
1. ISO 9001 certification.
2. Induction furnace.
The QAP for the DI fittings shall include above requirements and shall necessarily
require formal approval before manufacturing.

3.2.10. LUBRICANT FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND SPECIALS

This section covers the requirements for lubricant for the assembly of Ductile Iron pipes
and specials suitable for Tyton push-in EPDM rubber ring joints
The lubricant has to have the following characteristics:
 must have a paste like consistency and be ready for use
 has to adhere to wet and dry surfaces of DI pipes and rubber rings
 to be applied in hot and cold weather; ambient temperature 0 - 50 °C,
temperature of exposed pipes up to 70 °C
 must be non toxic
 must be water soluble
 must not affect the properties of the drinking water carried in the pipes
 must not have an objectionable odour
 has to inhibit bacterial growth
 must not be harmful to the skin
 must have a shelf live not less than 2 years
They shall be conducted in line with the provisions of the IS 9523

3.3. HDPE PIPES

3.3.1. GENERAL
Following IS Standards shall be applicable.

SN Particular IS Standard
1 Specifications for HDPE Pipes IS 4984-2016
2 HDPE Fittings and Specials IS 8008 Part 1 to 9
3 Laying & Jointing of HDPE Pipes IS 7634 Part-2-2012
3.3.2. HDPE PIPES
HDPE pipes to be used in the contract shall be High density polyethylene (HDPE) pipes
for potable water supply confirming to IS 4984-2016 duly BIS certification marked. Pipes
ends shall be suitable for fusing jointing. All the HDPE pipes, specials and other pipe

168
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

appurtenances shall be designed to withstand the maximum pressures to which it may

be subjected to under operation of the project.
3.3.3. MATERIAL
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipes shall be manufactured from virgin PE-80
Polyethylene food grade raw material which will comply with the requirements of ISO /
directive of testing material: 9080 with minimum required strength of 8.0 MPa. The raw
material should be of food grade quality. Pipe shall be manufactured as per IS: 4984-
2016. The nominal pressure of pipes required shall be as specified in the scope of work.
The pipe material shall be suitable for conveyance of drinking Water for which the
certificate of recognized institute shall be provided. The pipes shall conform to the test
requirement prescribed in IS: 4984-2016. The minimum factory test pressure for
Hydraulic test shall be as per relevant IS. No defect / leakage / cracks should be visible
after hydraulic test. Hydraulic characteristic for internal creep rupture and notch impact
test shall confirm to requirements of IS: 4984-2016. Inspection agency may witness the
tests.
The pipes used should be suitable for transmission of drinking water and should not
constitute a toxic hazard, shall not support microbial growth and shall not give rise to
unpleasant taste or odour, cloudiness or dis-coloration of water. Re-cycled material
shall not be used for manufacturing.
3.3.4. DIMENSIONS OF PIPES
Nominal outside diameters shall conform to IS: 4984. The Dimensions of pipes for PN-6
rating shall be as under:

Nominal Size Outer Dia. Thickness (Minimum- Maximum)

S. No.
(in mm) (in mm) (in mm)
1. 63 63 3.6-4.2
2. 75 75 4.3-4.9
3. 90 90 5.1-5.8
4. 110 110 6.3-7.1
5. 125 125 7.1-8.8
6. 140 140 8.0-9.0
7. 160 160 9.1-10.2
8. 180 180 10.2-11.5
9. 200 200 11.4-12.7
10. 225 225 12.8-14.3
11. 250 250 14.2-15.8
12. 280 280 15.9-17.7
13. 315 315 17.9-20.0
The tolerances on pipes shall be in accordance with relevant IS. The lengths of straight
pipes shall not be less than 6 meters. All pipes of size upto 110 mm shall be provided in
coils of length not less than 20 meters

169
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

3.3.5. VISUAL APPEARANCE

The internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth, clean and free from
grooving and other defects. The ends of the pipes shall be cleanly cut square with the
axis to within the tolerances given in IS 4984 and free from deformity. Slight shallow
longitudinal grooves or irregularities in the wall thickness shall be permissible provided
that the wall thickness remains within the permissible limits.
3.3.6. COLOUR
The colour of pipe shall be black. Each pipe shall contain minimum three equispaced
longitudinal stripes of width 3mm in blue colour. These strips shall be co-extruded
during pipe manufacturing and shall not be more than 0.2mm depth. The material of
the stripes shall be same type of resin, as used in the base compound for the pipe.
3.3.7. INSPECTION AND TESTING
The pipes will be subjected to tests as per IS: 4984 for acceptance. The manufacturer
shall provide a certificate that the requirement of IS: 4984 for thermal stability of pipes
supplied are met. Department shall demand for manufacturer’s test report for pipes
along with pre dispatch inspection by EIC or his authorized representative. Pipes
received at works site shall be sample tested from reputed laboratory as per IS before
laying. The HDPE pipes shall be subjected to following tests as per IS 4984 for
acceptance:
1. Visual and dimensional check as per IS 4984
2. Hydraulic characteristics/ Internal pressure creep rupture test as per IS 4984
3. Longitudinal reversion test as per IS 4984
4. Overall Migration test
5. Density test
6. Melt flow rate test
7. Carbon black content and Dispersion test
8. Any other test required as per provisions of relevant standards.
In addition the following are required for review by inspection authority:
1. The test reports of raw material.
2. The type test report of pipe. This shall not be more than two years old from the
date of inspection of pipes.
3. Certificate regarding fulfillment of the requirement of thermal stability of pipes
as per IS 4984
4. Notch Impact test as per ASTM-1474. HDPE pipes when tested as per ASTH-
1474 (Notch Impact Test) should pass the Hydraulic test as per 1S:4984 for a

170
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

minimum 165 Hrs. This test can be carried out at factory or at any laboratory
approved by BIS. Such report should not be more than 6 month old from date of
inspection.
3.3.8. MARKING
All pipes shall be marked as per the provisions of IS 4984 and subjected to following
minimum requirements:
1. Manufacturer name/ Trade mark with last two digits of year of manufacturing,
2. Lot number/ Batch number,
3. Designation of pipe material (PE 100, PE 80, etc),
4. The dimensions (Nominal outside diameter X nominal wall thickness)
5. Nominal pressure (PN)
6. Manufacturing standard to which the pipe confirms (IS 4984) and BIS
certification mark,
7. Purchaser’s Mark “PHED ____________ (Name of Project as per directions of EIC)”,
8. Mark of pre-dispatch Inspecting authority if any.
3.3.9. SPECIALS/ FITTINGS
All fittings such as bends, tees, reducers, end plugs, saddles shall conform to IS: 8008
part 1 to 9. Material used for manufacturing shall be the same compound used for
manufacturing of pipes i.e. PE-80 or PE-100. All fittings shall be of the same pressure
rating as that of pipe. The fittings shall be free from cracks, voids, blisters, holes,
distortion, dents, injurious incisions, inclusions or any other likely to impair their
performance. For each fitting the fusion time shall be the same. Saddle fusion and
tapping tee fitting may be used where required.
Unless otherwise mentioned, the specials and the jointing material for HDPE pipes shall
be Electro Fusion / Butt fusion fittings conforming to relevant IS. Fusion fittings with
integral heating element shall be used in general. The jointing method shall be as per
BOQ stipulation in general.
3.3.10. MARKING
The following information should be embossed on, or indented to a minimum depth of
0.15 mm into the fitting:
1. The name of the manufacturer
2. The size of the fitting in mm
3. Year of manufacture
4. Fusion time in seconds

171
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

5. Cooling time in minutes

All marking shall be legible under normal handling, storage and installation procedures.
Certified records pertaining to the materials used (traceable to batches of fittings for
compound), inspection and testing done by manufacturer shall be submitted along with
the supply of fittings.

3.4. FABRICATION OF MS SPECIALS & FITTINGS

3.4.1. GENERAL
MS specials shall only be used where the field conditions does not permit use of CI/DI /
uPVC /HDPE specials. The MS specials shall be used after obtaining required approval
from Engineer in Charge.
Unless and otherwise mentioned, the dimensions of all MS specials and fittings (bends,
tees, scour tee, reducers, enlargers, etc.) shall in general confirm to the principals of IS:
7322. The specials (other than tapers and flanges) shall be fabricated from the MS pipes
manufactured confirming to IS 3589. The thickness of MS pipes used for manufacturing
of specials shall be adequate to sustain field test pressure but shall not be less than the
5 mm.
The Contractor shall submit the detailed drawing for each special to be used in the
pipeline. On approval of the same by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor will take
up the manufacturing.
Tolerance for steel fittings shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 7322.
3.4.2. FLANGED BRANCHES
Flanged branches shall be fabricated in accordance with the general specifications and
to the Engineer-in-Charge’s requirement.
Flanged branches for air and scour valves shall be welded into pipe in the required
position. The branch for an air valve shall be vertical and at right angle to the
longitudinal axis of pipe. The invert of the branch for a scour valve shall be horizontal
and at right angles to the axis of pipe and shall align with the invert of the barrel of the
main pipe.
All the flanges shall be machined to standard thickness, square to the axis of the pipe.
3.4.3. BENDS
Bends to provide change of alignment in pipe laying shall be manufactured to suit the
site conditions. Bends of more than 45º shall not be provided. Bends shall be
manufactured from tested pipes by angle cutting of the barrel or by such other
standard procedure and re-welding. Bends shall be lined internally and coated
externally as specified for the pipes.

172
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Bends shall be fabricated taking into account the vertical and horizontal angles for each
case.
The bends shall have welded joints and the upstream and downstream ends of each
bend shall have a straight piece of variable lengths as required.
Bends shall be designed with deflection angle between two segments as per provisions
of IS: 7322 (amended up to date).
When the point of intersection of a horizontal angle coincides with that of a vertical
angle, or when these points can be made to coincide, a single combined or compound
bend shall be used.
Details of thrust collars anchor bolts, holding down straps, saddle plates should be
furnished together with full specifications in contractor’s fabrication drawing.
3.4.4. TAPERS
Tapers shall be manufactured out of steel plates and lined internally and coated
externally. The tapers shall be suitable for connections to the sluice valves or flanged
tailpiece on one side and to MS pipe on the other side. Stiffener rings shall be provided
to afford rigidity to pipe. They shall be manufactured generally in accordance with IS:
7322.
3.4.5. MS FLANGES
Welding neck flanges conforming to BS: 6392 for nominal pressure rating 1.6, 1.0 and
0.6 N/mm2 must be used in accordance to the design pressure at the place of
installations. Nominal Size of flange shall be in conformity to the equipment or pipe
appurtenance with which they are to be used. The flange drilling shall conform to IS:
1538 for flanges up to 1500 mm ID.
Flanges shall be provided at the end of pipes or special where sluice valves, blank
flanges, tapers, etc. have to be introduced. This shall assemble the flanges in the exact
position by marginal cutting, if necessary, so as to get the desired position of the sluice
valves, etc. either vertical or horizontal and then fully welding ofthe flanges from both
sides in such a way that no part of the welding protrudes beyond the face of the
flanges. In case the welding protrudes beyond the flanges and if the Engineer-in-Charge
orders that such protrusions shall be removed, the contractor shall file or chip them off.
If required and when ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall provide
and weld gusset stiffeners, as directed on site.

3.5. TRANSPORTATION / STORAGE OF PIPES AND SPECIALS:

The Contractor has to transport the pipes and other materials from manufacturer to the
site stores and from the site stores to the site of laying as per the instructions given by
the Engineer in Charge. Pipes should be handled with care to avoid damage to the
surface and the socket and spigot ends, deformation or bending. Pipes shall not be

173
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

dragged along the ground or the loading bed of a vehicle. Pipes shall be transported on
flat bed vehicles/trailers. The bed shall be smooth and free from any sharp objects. The
pipes shall rests uniformly on the vehicle bed in their entire length during
transportation. Pipes shall be loaded and un-loaded manually or by suitable mechanical
means without causing any damage to the stacked pipes.
Whatever method and means of transportation is used, it is essential that the pipes are
carefully placed and firmly secured against uncontrolled movement during
transportation to the satisfaction of engineer in charge.
Damage to lining must be repaired, as per relevant IS code, before pipe laying according
to the instructions of the pipe manufacturer after taking approval of EiC. Pipes shall not
be thrown directly on the ground or inside the trench.
When using mechanical handling equipment, it is necessary to employ sufficient
personnel to carry out the operation efficiently with safety. The pipes should be lifted
smoothly without any jerking motion and pipe movement should be controlled by the
use of guide ropes in order to prevent damage caused by pipes bumping together or
against surrounding objects.
Rolling or dragging pipes along the ground or over other pipes already stacked shall be
avoided.
The pipe should be given adequate support at all times. Pipe should be stored on a
reasonably flat surface free from stones and sharp projections so that the pipe is
supported throughout its length. In storage, pipe racks should provide continuous
support and sharp corners of metal racks should be avoided. Pipes should not be
stacked in large piles for all pipes. Socket and Spigoted pipes should be stacked in layer
with sockets placed in alternate ends of the stack to avoid lop sided stacks.
Pipes should not be stored inside another pipe. In no one case the pipes should be
stored in stressed or bent condition or near the sources of heat. Pipes should not be
stacked more than 1.5 m high and pipes of different sizes and classes should be stacked
separately. The ends of the pipes should be protected from abrasion. The pipes should
be protected from U.V. rays and excessive heat at all times. Their storage facility should
be well ventilated.
The Contractor shall provide proper and adequate storage facilities to protect all the
materials and equipments against damage from any cause whatsoever and in case of
any such damage/theft, the Contractor shall be held responsible.
The contractor will lay the pipelines along the alignments as per the approved L section.
Layout shall be given by the Engineer in Charge of his authorized representative. The
layout shall be given keeping in view the information available regarding existing
services like water lines, sewers, telephone and electric lines/ cables. In the event some

174
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

services fall in the alignment of lines to be laid, the contractor shall have to shift the
alignment or such services. The contractor shall take all due care to avoid damage to
any such services and, in case of any damage occurring to them in progressing the work,
the Contractor shall make good the same at his own cost. No additional time and
payment shall be allowed on this account.
Rubber rings shall be handled and stored in their original packing, protected against
sunlight and contacts with petroleum product, solvents and paints.
The Contractor shall provide suitable lifting equipment for loading, unloading and laying
of the pipes.

3.6. SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAYING AND JOINTING OF PIPE LINE

3.6.1. GENERAL
The contractor will inspect the route along which the pipeline is proposed to be laid.
The pipe alignment is duly marked on the field by demarcation pillars. However efforts
shall be made by the contractor to make minor deviations from the marked alignment
so as to keep the pipe alignment as straight as possible and to avoid damage of public
and private properties along the alignment. The alignment of pipe line and location of
specials & chambers may be changed at site, in co-ordination and with prior approval of
the Engineer In Charge. The final alignment on which the pipeline shall be laid shall be
marked in field and got approved from the Engineer in Charge or his representative.
Where ever there is need for deviation, it should be done with the use of necessary
specials or by deflection in pipe joints (limited to 75% of permissible deflection as per
relevant standards). The alignment as proposed should be marked on ground with a line
of white chalk and got approved from Engineer In-Charge. The position of fittings,
valves, shall be as per directions of engineer-in-charge.
The quality of pipes, inner mortar lining and the quality of laying shall ensure that the
considered co-efficient of friction of value (Cr=1) for DI/MS/ AC/uPVC is obtained during
the designed period, so that the design is validated and the designed quantities of flow
can be delivered. Thus the contractor shall ensure that the conditions of pipes its lining
and the laying are perfect in all respect.
Bench Marks are also required to be installed along the pipeline alignments. These shall
be used for field verification of grade to which the pipe is to be laid as per the approved
L-section. The demarcation and Bench Mark pillars, if damaged or dislocated shall be
reinstalled & repaired without any cost.
3.6.2. STANDARDS
Except otherwise specified in this technical specification, the Indian Standards and
Codes of Practice in their latest version, National Building code, PWD specification of
the state of Rajasthan and Manual of water supply of GOI shall be adhered to for the

175
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

supply, handling, laying, installation, and site testing of all material and works. The
laying of pipeline shall be done in confirmations to the following standards:
IS: 7634 for HDPE pipeline.
IS: 12288 for DI pipeline.
3.6.3. ALIGNMENT AND THE L-SECTIONS
Pipes shall be laid along the alignment given by the department, after the approval of L
section. The gradient in which the pipe alignment shall be approved will be based on
the following principles:
On average, the change in slopes per km. length shall not be more than 10 in number.
The slopes provided shall be such that in existing ground level conditions, the maximum
cover over the laid pipe is neither more than 1.5 m nor less than 0.6 m. The average
cover generally should not be less than 1.00 meters. In case of HDPE pipes, the pipes
shall have a minimum cover of 750mm when laid under footpaths and sidewalks, 1000
mm when laid under roads with light traffic or under cultivated soils and 1.25 m when
laid under roads with heavy traffic. When the soil has poor bearing capacity and is
subject to heavy traffic, the pipes shall be laid on a concrete cradle.
Pipes laid above ground on pedestals shall in general have minimum clear height of 45
cm between the pipe invert and ground level.
3.6.4. TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
The contractor has to procure and stored at site the required tools and equipment
timely to have, efficient and professional implementation of the work as specified in the
time schedule given in the special conditions of the contract. On demand he shall
provide to the Engineer in Charge a detailed list of tools and equipment available at his
store. If in the opinion of the Engineer in Charge the progress or the quality of the work
cannot be guaranteed by the available quantity and type of tools and equipment the
contractor has to provide additional ones to the satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge.

3.7. EARTH WORK

3.7.1. GENERAL
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, plant, instruments, qualified supervisory
personnel, labour, materials, any temporary works, consumables, any and everything
necessary, whether or not such items are specifically stated herein for completion of
the work in accordance with the Departments Requirements.
The excavation shall be carried out to correct lines and levels. This shall also include,
where required, proper shoring to maintain excavations and also the furnishing,
erecting and maintaining of substantial barricades around excavated areas and warning
lamps at night.

176
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Excavated material shall be dumped in regular heaps, bunds, riprap with regular slopes
within the lead specified and leveling the same so as to provide natural drainage.
Rock/soil excavated shall be stacked properly as approved by the Engineer in Charge. As
a rule, all softer material shall be laid along the center of heaps, the harder and more
weather resisting materials forming the casing on the sides and the top. Rock shall be
stacked separately.
Topsoil shall be stock piled separately for later re-use.
3.7.2. CLEARING
The area to be excavated / filled shall be cleared of fences, trees, plants, logs, stumps,
bush, vegetation, rubbish, slush, etc. and other objectionable matter. If any roots or
stumps of trees are encountered during excavation, they shall also be removed. The
material so removed shall be disposed off as approved by the Engineer in Charge.
Where earth fill is intended, the area shall be stripped of all loose/ soft patches, top soil
containing objectionable matter/ materials before fill commences.
3.7.3. EXCAVATION
Excavation shall be taken out to such widths, lengths, depths and profiles as are shown
on the approved L-section or such other lines and grades as may be agreed with the
Engineer in Charge. Rough excavation shall be carried out to a depth of 150mm above
the final level. The balance shall be excavated with special care.
Soft pockets shall be removed below the final level and extra excavation filled up as
approved by the Engineer in Charge. The final excavation should be carried out just
prior to laying.
To facilitate the permanent works the Contractor may excavate, and also backfill later,
outside the lines shown on the drawings provided by the Contractor as agreed with the
Engineer in Charge. Should any excavation be taken below the specified elevations, the
Contractor shall fill it up with concrete of the same class as in the foundation resting
thereon, upto the required elevation at no cost to the Department.
All excavations shall be to the minimum dimensions required for safety and ease of
working. Prior approval of the Engineer in Charge shall be obtained by the Contractor in
each individual case, for the method proposed for the excavation, including dimensions,
side slopes, dewatering, disposal, etc. This approval, shall not in any way relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for any consequent loss or damage. The excavation must
be carried out in the most expeditious and efficient manner. Side slopes shall be as
steep as will stand safely for the actual soil conditions encountered. Every precaution
shall be taken to prevent slips. Should slips occur, the slipped material shall be removed
and the slope dressed to a modified stable slope.
3.7.4. EXCAVATION FOR LAYING OF PIPE ALONG THE ROAD

177
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

While laying the pipeline below ground along the road side, the contractor shall
observe the following:
The contractor shall not be allowed to take earth from the burrow pits if excavation
required to take additional earth.
If invert of pipe is kept above the existing burrow pit level or part of pipe is above it, the
minimum side slopes of 1:1 shall be provided on the side towards the burrow pit area
so as to provide required cover. The side slopes shall be properly compacted.
If earth is taken for providing required cover to pipe from the burrow pits, the burrow
pits shall be so graded upto the nearest drain, that no impounding of water is possible
in burrow pit area.
If the pipeline is laid just near the road section, as far as practical, minimum cover of
1.00 meter shall be ensured. Whenever this requirement of cover cannot be ensured,
concrete casing of deigned thickness as per considerations for design shall be provided.
3.7.5. EXCAVATION BY THE USE OF EXPLOSIVES
Unless otherwise stated herein, I.S. Specification “ IS: 4081: Safety Code for Blasting and
related Drilling Operations” shall be followed. As far as possible all blasting shall be
completed prior to commencement of construction. At all stages of excavation,
precautions shall be taken to preserve the rock below and beyond the lines specified for
the excavation, in the soundest possible condition. The quantity and strength of
explosives used, shall be such as will neither damage nor crack the rock outside the
limits of excavation. All precautions, as directed by Engineer in Charge, shall be taken
during the blasting operations and care shall be taken that no damage is caused to
adjoining buildings or structures as a result of blasting operations. In case of damage to
permanent or temporary structures, Contractor shall repair the same to the satisfaction
of Engineer in Charge at his cost. As excavation approaches its final lines and levels, the
depth of the charge holes and amount of explosives used shall be progressively and
suitably reduced.
The contractor shall obtain a valid Blasting License from the authorities concerned.
No explosive shall be brought near the work in excess of quantity required for a
particular amount of firing to be done; and surplus left after filling the holes shall be
removed to the magazine. The magazine shall be built as away as possible from the
area to be blasted. Engineer in Charge’s prior approval shall be taken for the location
proposed for the magazine.
In no case shall blasting be allowed closer than 30 metres to any structure or to
locations where concrete has just been placed. In the latter case the concrete must be
at least 7 days old.
For blasting operations, the following points shall be observed.

178
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(i) Contractor shall employ a competent and experienced supervisor and licensed
blaster in-charge of each set of operation, who shall be held personally
responsible to ensure that all safety regulations are carried out.
(ii) Before any blasting is carried out, Contractor shall intimate Engineer in Charge
and obtain his approval in writing for resorting to such operations. He shall
intimate the hours of firing charges, the nature of explosive to be used and the
precautions taken for ensuring safety.
(iii) Contractor shall ensure that all workmen and the personnel at site are excluded
from an area within 200 m radius from the firing point, at least 15 minutes
before firing time by sounding warning whistle. The area shall also be given a
warning by sounding a distinguishing whistle.
(iv) The blasting of rock near any existing buildings, equipments or any other
property shall be done under cover and Contractor has to make all such
necessary muffling arrangements. Covering may preferably be done by MS
plates with adequate dead weight over them. Blasting shall be done with small
charges only and where directed by Engineer in Charge, a trench shall have to be
cut by chiseling prior to the blasting operation, separating the area under
blasting from the existing structures.
(v) The firing shall be supervised by a Supervisor and not more than 6 (six) holes at a
time shall be set off successively. If the blasts do not tally with the number fired,
the misfired holes shall be carefully located after half an hour and when located,
shall be exploded by drilling a fresh hole along the misfired hole (but not nearer
than 600 mm from it) and by exploding a new charge.
(vi) A wooden tamping rod with a flat end shall be used to push cartridges home and
metal rod or hammer shall not be permitted. The charges shall be placed firmly
into place and not rammed or pounded. After a hole is filled to the required
depth, the balance of the hole shall be filled with stemming which may consist
of sand or stone dust or similar inert material.
(vii) Contractor shall preferably detonate the explosives electrically.
(viii) The explosives shall be exploded by means of a primer which shall be fired by
detonating a fuse instantaneous detonator (F.I.D) or other approved cables. The
detonators with F.I.D. shall be connected by special nippers.
(ix) In dry weather and normal dry excavation, ordinary low explosive gunpowder
may be used. In damp rock, high explosive like gelatin with detonator and fuse
wire may be used. Underwater or for excavation in rock with substantial
accumulated seepage electric detonation shall be used.
(x) Holes for charging explosives shall be drilled with pneumatic drills, the drilling
pattern being so planned that rock pieces after blasting will be suitable for
handling without secondary blasting.

179
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(xi) When excavation has almost reached the desired level, hand trimming shall
have to be done for dressing the surface to the desired level.
(xii) Any rock excavation beyond an over break limit of 75 mm shall be filled up as
instructed by Engineer in Charge, with concrete of strength not less than M10.
Stopping in rock excavation shall be done by hand trimming.
(xiii) Contractor shall be responsible for any accident to workmen, public or
Employer’s property due to blasting operations. Contractor shall also be
responsible for strict observance of rules, laid by Inspector of explosives, or any
other Authority duly constituted under the State and / or Union Government as
applicable at the place of excavation.
3.7.6. STRIPPING LOOSE ROCK
All loose boulders, detached rocks partially and other loose material which might move
therewith not directly in the excavation but so close to the area to be excavated as to
be liable, in the opinion of Engineer in Charge, to fall or otherwise endanger the
workmen, equipment, or the work shall be stripped off and removed from the area of
the excavation. The method used shall be such as not to render unstable or unsafe the
portion which was originally sound and safe.
Any material not requiring removal in order to complete the permanent works, but
which, in the opinion of Engineer in Charge, is likely to become loose or unstable later,
shall also be promptly and satisfactorily removed.
3.7.7. TIMBER SHORING
Close timbering shall be done by completely covering the sides of the trenches and pits
generally with short, upright members called 'polling boards'. These shall be of
minimum 25 cm x 4 cm sections or as approved by the Engineer in Charge. The boards
shall generally be placed in position vertically side by side without any gap on each side
of the excavation and shall be secured by horizontal walling of strong wood at
maximum 1.2 metre spacing, strutted with ballies or as approved by the Engineer in
Charge. The length of the ballie struts shall depend on the width of the trench or pit. If
the soil is very soft and loose, the boards shall be placed horizontally against each side
of the excavation and supported by vertical walling, which in turn shall be suitably
strutted. The lowest boards supporting the sides shall be taken into the ground and no
portion of the vertical side of the trench or pit shall remain exposed, so as to render the
earth liable to slip out.
Timber shoring shall be 'close' or 'open' type, depending on the nature of soil and the
depth of pit or trench. The type of timbering shall be as approved by the Engineer in
Charge. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to take all necessary steps to
prevent the sides of excavations, trenches, pits, etc. from collapsing.

180
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Timber shoring may also be required to keep the sides of excavations vertical to ensure
safety of adjoining structures or to limit the slope of excavations, or due to space
restrictions or for other reasons. Such shoring shall be carried out, except in an
emergency, only under instructions from the Engineer in Charge.
The withdrawal of the timber shall be done carefully to prevent the collapse of the pit
or trench. It shall be started at one end and proceeded with, systematically to the other
end. Concrete or masonry shall not be damaged during the removal of the timber.
In the case of open timbering, the entire surface of the side of trench or pit is not
required to be covered. The vertical boards of minimum 25 cm x 4 cm sections shall be
spaced sufficiently apart to leave unsupported strips of maximum 50 cm average width.
The detailed arrangement, sizes of the timber and the spacing shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer in Charge. In all other respects, the Employer’s Requirements
for close timbering shall apply to open timbering.
In case of large pits and open excavations, where shoring is required for securing safety
of adjoining structures or for any other reasons and where the planking across sides of
excavations/pits cannot be strutted against, suitable inclined struts supported on the
excavated bed shall be provided. The load from such struts shall be suitably distributed
on the bed to ensure no yielding of the strut.
3.7.8. DEWATERING
The Contractor shall ensure that the excavation and the structures are free from water
during construction and shall take all necessary precautions and measures to exclude
ground/rain water so as to enable the works to be carried out in reasonably dry
conditions in accordance with the construction program. Sumps made for dewatering
must be kept clear of the excavations/trenches required for further work. The method
of pumping shall be approved by Engineer in Charge, but in any case, the pumping
arrangement shall be such that there shall be no movement of subsoil or blowing in due
to differential head of water during pumping. Pumping arrangements shall be adequate
to ensure no delays in construction. The dewatering shall be continued for at least (7)
seven days after the last pour of the concrete. The Contractor shall, however, ensure
that no damage to the structure results on stopping of dewatering.
The Contractor shall study the sub-soil conditions carefully and shall conduct any tests
necessary at the site with the approval of the Engineer in Charge to test the
permeability and drainage conditions of the sub-soil for excavation, concreting etc.,
below ground level.
The scheme for dewatering and disposal of water shall be approved by the Engineer in
Charge. The Contractor shall suitably divert the water obtained from dewatering from
such areas of site where a build up of water in the opinion of the Engineer in Charge
obstructs the progress of the work, leads to insanitary conditions by stagnation, retards

181
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

the speed of construction and is detrimental to the safety of men, materials, structures
and equipment.
When there is a continuous inflow of water and the quantum of water to be handled is
considered in the opinion of Engineer in Charge, to be large, a well point system- single
stage or multistage, shall be adopted. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in
Charge, details of his well point system including the stages, the spacing, number and
diameter of well points, headers etc., and the number, capacity and location of pumps
for approval.
3.7.9. RAIN WATER DRAINAGE
Grading in the vicinity of excavation shall be such as to exclude rain/ surface water
draining into excavated areas. Excavation shall be kept clean of rain and such water as
the Contractor may be using for his work by suitably pumping out the same. The
scheme for pumping and discharge of such water shall be approved by the Engineer in
Charge.
3.7.10. FENCING, WATCHING AND LIGHTENING
The posts of the fencing shall be of timber, securely fixed in the ground not more than
2.5 m. apart. They shall not be less than 10 cm in dia. or not less than 1.25 m above the
surface of ground. There shall be two rails, one near the top of the posts and the other
about 0.5 m above the ground and each shall be of 5 cm to 10 cm in dia. and sufficiently
long to run from post to post which they shall be bound with strong ropes. The method,
of projecting rails beyond the posts and tying together where they meet will not be
allowed on any account. All along the edges of the excavated trenches, a bund of earth
about one meter high shall be formed where so required by the Engineer-in-Charge for
further protection. Proper provision shall be made for lighting at night and watchman
shall be kept to see that this is properly done and maintained. In addition to the normal
lighting arrangements, the contractors shall provide wherever such work is in progress,
battery operated blinking light (6 volts) in the beginning and end of a trench with a view
to provide suitable indication to the vehicular traffic. The contractor shall provide and
display special boards printed with fluorescent paints indicating the progress of the
work along the road. The contractor shall be held responsible for payment of all claims
for compensation as a result of accident or injury to any person or property due to
improper fencing, inadequate lighting or non-provision of red flags. The contractors
shall at their own cost provide all notice boards before opening of roads as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Arrangements shall be made by the contractors to direct traffic
whenever work in through fare is in progress.

3.8. PIPE LAYING BELOW GROUND

3.8.1. TRENCH EXCAVATION
The earth work shall be carried out as specified above

182
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Before excavating the trench the alignment of pipeline and L-section shall be approved
by Engineer-in-charge. The work of trench excavation should be commensurate with
laying and jointing of the pipeline. It should not be dug in advance for a length greater
than 3 days ahead of work of laying and jointing of pipeline unless and otherwise
directed by the Engineer in charge.
It is proposed to ensure the following:-
 Safety precautions have to be incorporated in the work progress
 Hindrances to the public have to be minimized
 The trench shall not be allowed to erode
 The trench must not be filled with water.
 The trench must not be refilled before laying of the pipes.
 The bed for the laying of the pipes has to be prepared according to the L-section
immediately before laying of the pipes.
The trench excavation of pipe line shall be in accordance with relevant IS. Pipe trenches
shall be excavated to the lines and levels shown on the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer. The depth of the excavated trench shall be as given in the drawings or as
directed by the Engineer. The maximum permissible width of the trench in soils and
rocks for payment shall be as under:
For HDPE pipes up to 110mm nominal dia : 300mm
For HDPE pipes of nominal dia 125mm and more : OD + 300mm
For DI pipes : OD + 400mm
No pipe shall be laid in a trench until the section of trench in which the pipe is to be
laid has been approved by the Engineer. The walls of the trench shall be cut to stable
side slopes depending on the nature of soil. However; no payment shall be admissible
for such additional excavation for such stability of side slopes. Payment for
excavation shall be allowed for rectangular section of above width and depth of
trench. All such expenses are deemed to be covered under the Percentage premium
quoted by bidder.
The depth should be sufficient to provide a cover not less than 1000 mm in general so
that the pipe line will not interfere with the cultivation of land. It may be necessary to
increase the depth of pipeline to avoid land drains or in the vicinity of roads or other
crossing. Care should be taken to avoid the spoil bank causing an accumulation of rain
water.
The bottom of the trench shall be trimmed and leveled to permit even bedding of the
pipes. It should be free from all extraneous matter which may damage the pipe or the

183
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

pipe coating. Additional excavation shall be made at the joints of the pipes, so that he
pipe is supported along its entire length.
All excavated material shall be stacked in such a distance from the trench edge that it
will not endanger the work or workmen and it will avoid obstructing footpaths, roads
and drive ways. Hydrants under pressure, surface boxes, fire or other utility controls
shall be left unobstructed and accessible during the construction work. Gutters shall be
kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for street drainage, and natural water –
courses shall not be obstructed.
To protect persons from injury and to avoid damage to property, adequate barricades,
construction signs, torches, red lanterns and guards, as required, shall be placed and
maintained during the progress of the work and until it is safe for traffic to use the
roadways. All materials, piles equipment and pipes which may serve as obstruction to
traffic shall be enclosed by fences or barricades and shall be protected by illuminating
proper lights when the visibility is poor.
As far as possible, the pipe line shall be laid below existing services, like water and gas
pipes, cables, cable ducts and drains but not below sewers, which are usually laid at
greater depth. Where it is unavoidable, pipe line should be suitably protected. A
minimum clearance of 150 mm shall be provided between the pipe line and such other
services.
Trees, shrubbery fences, poles, and all other property and surface structures shall be
protected. Tree roots shall be cut within a distance of 50 cm from pipe joints in order to
prevent roots from entering them. Temporary support, adequate protection and
maintenance of all underground and surface structures, drains, sewers and other
obstructions encountered in the progress of the work shall be provided. The structures,
which will be disturbed shall be restored after completion of the work.
Wherever necessary to prevent caving, trench excavations in soils such as sand, gravel
and sandy soil shall be adequately sheeted and braced. Where sheeting and bracing are
used, the net trench width after sheeting shall not be less than that specified above.
The sides of the excavation shall be adequately supported at all times and, except
where described as permitted under the Contract, shall be not battered.
The Engineer in co-operation with the Contractor shall decide about the sheeting /
bracing of the trench according to the soil conditions in a particular stretch and taking
into account the safety requirements of the Contractor’s and Engineer – In – Charge’s
staff. Generally, safety measures against caving have to be provided for trenches with
vertical walls if they are deeper than 2.0 m.
Trench Excavation to Commensurate With the Laying Progress:

184
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The work of trench excavation should be commensurate with laying and jointing of the
pipe line. It should not be dug in advance for a length greater than 500 m ahead of work
of laying and jointing of pipeline unless otherwise defined by the Engineer. The
Contractor has to ensure the following:

• safety protections as mentioned above have to be incorporated in the work

process
• hindrances to be public have to be minimized
• the trench must not be eroded before the pipes are laid
• the trench must not be filled with water when the pipes are laid
• the trench must not be refilled before laying of the pipes.
• The bed for the laying of the pipes has to be prepared according to the L-Section
immediately before laying of the pipes.
3.8.2. BEDDING OF THE PIPES:
The trench bottom shall be even compact and smooth so as to provide a proper support
for the pipe over its entire length, and shall be free from stones, lumps, roots and other
hard objects that may injure the pipe or coating. Extra excavation shall be dug in the
trench bottom to accommodate sockets so as to ensure continuous contact between
the trench and the entire pipe barrel between socket holes.
Adequate soil cushion of minimum 15cm depth shall be provided under the pipes if the
strata, on which the pipes are laid, are rocky. The soil used for cushion should be free
from stones, lumps and other hard objects that may injure the pipes or their coating.
3.8.3. LAYING AND JOINTING OF PIPES BELOW GROUND
[Link]. GENERAL
The pipe laying shall be as per the enclosed L-Sections. The pipes will be cleaned in the
whole length with special care of the spigot and sockets/other ends on the inside/
outside to ensure that they are free from dirt and unwarranted projections. The whole
of the pipes shall be placed in position singly and shall be laid true to profile and
direction of slope indicated on longitudinal sections. The pipes shall be laid without
deflection /or with permissible deflection as prescribed in the respective pipe material
code between bends and/or between high and low points.
The pipes shall rest continuously on the bottom of the trench. The pipes should not rest
on lumps of earth or on the joints.
Before pipes are jointed they shall be thoroughly cleaned of all earth lumps, stones, or
any other objects that may have entered the interior of the pipes, particularly the
spigot end and the socket including the groove for the rubber ring.
Pipes and the related specials shall be laid according to the instructions of the
manufacturers and using the tools recommended by them.

185
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Cutting of pipes shall be reduced to a minimum required to conform with the drawings.
Cutting has to be made with suitable tools and according to the recommendations of
the manufacturer. The spigot end has to be chamfered again at the same angle as the
original chamfered end. Cutting shall be perpendicular to the center line of the pipe. In
case of ductile iron pipes the cut and chamfered end shall be painted with two coats of
epoxy paint. If there is no mark for the insertion depth on the spigot end of the (cut)
pipe it shall be marked again according to the instructions of the manufacturer.
Where the gradient of the bed slopes is more than 15 degrees, it may be necessary to
anchor pipes against their sliding downwards, by providing suitable gradient blocks and
straps. Suitable cut off walls shall also be provided in these sections to protect the
trench soil to be washed out during rains.
Before pipes are jointed they shall be thoroughly cleaned of all earth lumps, stones, or
any other objects that may have entered the interior of the pipes, particularly the
spigot end and the socket including the groove for the rubber ring. End caps are
removed only just before laying and jointing
All specials like bends, tees etc. and appurtenances like sluice or butterfly valves etc.
shall be laid in synchronization with the pipes. The Contractor has to ensure that the
specials and accessories are ready in time to be installed together with the pipes. At the
end of each working day and whenever work is interrupted for any period of time, the
free ends of laid pipes shall be protected against the entry of dirt or other foreign
matter by means of approved plugs or end caps.
When pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of installed pipe shall be closed by
approved means to prevent entrance of trench water and dirt into the line.
No pipe shall be laid in wet trench conditions that preclude proper bedding, or when, in
the opinion of the Engineer in Charge, the trench conditions or the weather are
unsuitable for proper installation.
The pipe line laid should be absolutely straight unless planned otherwise. The accuracy
of alignment should be tested before starting refilling with the help of stretching a
string between two ends of the straight stretch of pipes to rectify possible small kinks
inlaying.
Stringing of pipes along the alignment
The pipes shall be laid out properly along the proposed alignment in a manner that they
do not create any significant hindrance to the public and that they are not damaged.
Stringing of the pipes end to end along the working width should be done in such a
manner that the least interference is caused in the land crossed. Gaps should be left at
intervals to permit the passing of equipment across the working area. Pipes shall be laid
out that they remain safe where placed and that no damage can occur to the pipes and

186
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

the coating until incorporated in the pipeline. If necessary, pipes shall be wedged to
prevent accidental movement. Precautions shall be made to prevent soil, mud etc.
entering the pipe.
Generally, the pipes shall be laid within two weeks from the date of their dispatch from
the manufacturer/store.
The joint gaskets shall be kept in wooden boxes or their original packing and stored in
cool conditions and not exposed to direct sunlight. Gaskets must not be deformed. They
shall be taken out only shortly before they are needed.
[Link]. LAYING AND JOINTING OF PIPES
The laying of pipes shall be as per the provisions relevant IS, however the specific
references given herein shall prevail on the provisions of the standards. Pipes should be
lowered into the trench with tackle suitable for the weight of pipes. For smaller sizes,
up to 200 mm nominal bore, the pipe may be lowered by the use of ropes but for
heavier pipes suitable mechanical equipment have to be used.
All construction debris should be cleared from the inside of the pipe either before or
just after a joint is made. This is done by passing a pull-through in the pipe, or by hand,
depending on the size of the pipe. All persons should vacate any section of trench into
which the pipe is being lowered.
On gradients of 1:15 or steeper, precautions should be taken to ensure that the spigot
of the pipe being laid does not move into or out of the socket of the laid pipe during the
jointing operations. As soon as the joint assembly has been completed, the pipe should
be held firmly while the trench is back filled over the barrel of the pipe. Suitable
transverse anchors shall be provided in sloping reaches as defined hereinafter.
The designed anchorage shall be provided to resist the thrusts developed by internal
pressure at bends, tees, etc.
Where a pipeline crosses a watercourse, the design and method of construction should
take into account the characteristics of the watercourse to ascertain the nature of bed,
scour levels, maximum velocities, high flood levels, seasonal variation, etc. which affect
the design and laying of pipeline. The pipe shall be laid accordingly with adequate
protection. The pipes in such cases shall be laid below ground with anchor blocks of
suitable size and design.
The socket and spigot ends/other ends of the pipes shall be brushed and cleaned. The
chamfered surface and the end of the spigot end has to be coated with a suitable
lubricant recommended by the manufacturer of the pipes. Oil, petroleum bound oils,
grease or other material which may damage the rubber gasket shall not be used as
lubricant. The rubber gasket shall be inserted into the cleaned groove of the socket. It
has to be checked for correct positioning.

187
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The two pipes shall be aligned properly in the pipe trench and the spigot end shall be
pushed axially into the socket either manually or with a suitable tool specially designed
for the assembly of pipes and as recommended by the manufacturer. The spigot has to
be inserted up to the insertion mark on the pipe spigot. After insertion, the correct
position of the socket has to be tested with a feeler blade.

3.9. PIPE LAYING ABOVE GROUND

Pipe to be laid above the ground shall be laid on concrete pedestal supports. Only
metallic pipes can be used in such cases. Construction of pedestals shall be as per the
design approved by Engineer in Charge. Base concrete of 100 mm M10 grade shall be
provide on the excavated foundation pit. Minimum one support shall be provided for
each pipe. The foundation of the pedestal shall be kept at a minimum depth of
0.90meters below ground level in sandy soils or soil mixed with boulders. In case the
base is rocky strata the minimum depth of foundation shall be 0.75 meters. The
construction of foundation raft and pedestal column shall be done in M25 grade of
concrete. The top of the pedestal shall be provided with a suitable haunch to provide a
suitable seat for the pipe. The top of pedestal support shall ensure that the pipeline is
laid in grade approved by Engineer in Charge. The complete pedestal shall be finished
to standard engineering practices.
Pipes shall be fixed on the support using a mild steel strap if it is not anchored at
support. The thickness of the MS strap shall be not less than 6 mm and its minimum
width shall be 25mm. The MS strap than shall be painted with an approved paint.
Supports, anchor and thrust blocks shall be constructed before commencing the pipe
laying work in any section. The construction of the blocks shall be carried out in 3
stages. In the first stage the lower part upto 150 mm below the invert of the pipeline
including concrete chairs to support it shall be constructed; in the second stage the
pipeline on this part of the block shall be laid; and lastly, the remaining block around
and over the pipeline shall be constructed.
The fixidity saddles/ concrete pedestals and ordinary saddles/ concrete pedestals shall
be cast-at least 3 weeks before the pipeline is laid on them. After all saddles/ concrete
pedestals between successive fixity points have been cast, a line plan showing the
actual position thereof shall be prepared, after taking levels and measuring distances. In
case of any errors in casting the pedestals, corrections shall be applied. The pipe laying
work shall then start from one end and shall proceed towards the other end. The
method of jointing the pipes and erecting them on previously cast R.C.C. saddles/
concrete pedestals shall be determined by the Contractor depending upon the type of
plant equipment and personnel available with them.
The pipe strakes shall be assembled in position on the saddles/ concrete pedestals
either by the cranes, portable gantries, shear legs or any other equipment approved by

188
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

the Engineer-in-Charge. During assembly, the pipeline shall be supported on wooden

sleepers and wedges, with the free end of the pipeline held in position by slings to avoid
deflection.

3.10. JOINTING OF DI PIPES

Joints between pipes and specials shall be of Tyton joint with rubber gasket or of
flanged joint as specified in Bill of Quantities. Jointing between valves and DI pipes shall
be with flanged joint only. Tailpiece with spigot/socket at one end and flange at other
end shall be used for jointing Valves to the pipeline with spigot and socket joint (tyton
joint).
3.10.1. TYTON JOINT
Tyton joint shall be with EPDM rubber gasket conforming to IS: 5382 and IS: 12820 with
ISI Mark. The groove and the socket shall be thoroughly cleaned before inserting the
rubber gasket. While inserting the gasket it shall be made sure that it faces the proper
direction and that it is correctly seated in the groove. After cleaning dirt or foreign
materials from the plain end, lubricant shall be applied in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations to facilitate sliding of plain end into the socket during
jointing of the pipes.
3.10.2. FLANGED JOINT
Flanged joint shall be with 1.5 to 3 mm thick rubber gasket in between the flanges.
Rubber gasket material shall conform to IS: 638 with ISI Mark. All fastener material viz.
Bolts, Nuts, Washers whether in contact with water or not shall be of Mild steel as
relevant.

3.11. JOINTING OF HDPE PIPES

The HDPE pipes shall be jointed with electro fusion/butt fusion welding as per IS 7634-
2012 and as per stipulation in BOQ. The integrity of fusion joint is dependent on the
cleanliness, temperature control and designated equipment that have been properly
maintained. The fusion welding must be carried out with welding equipment having
temperature and pressure display arrangement. The welding machine shall be self
supporting such as guides and clamps to suit stability of the basic machine and with
sleeve as per size requirement alongwith following accessories:
a) Non-stick coated poly tetra fluoroethylene (PTFE) heating plate with thermostat
and temperature indicator
b) Electrical Chamferring (Planing) tool
c) Electro-hydraulic power pack unit with pressure indicator, bypass arrangement
and accumulator.
The butt fusion equipment shall incorporate a facility for supporting the heating plate
and planning tool when in use. The machine should be robust enough to withstand

189
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

normal field use. The machine can be hydraulic or pneumatic with locking system to
hold the fusion force and shall be protected against exerting over pressure on the pipe.
It shall be able to maintain the required interface force on the pipe or fitingend as long
as necessary.
The pipe ends shall be dry and free of dust. The pipe shall be cut square and the face of
the pipe shall be slightly scrapped prior to welding to remove oxidized layer. These
prepared (scrapped) surfaces should not touch each other as there is risk of
contamination of the surface which may affect the weld efficiency. Any plastic shavings
in the near vicinity shall be removed without touching the prepared surface. At the time
of welding, leveling of the pipes is essential particularly in case of larger diameter pipes.
Hot (Mirror) plate (heated upto required emprature by electric coil embedded inside)
temperature should be 200-2300C and the plate surface shoul be clean. The hot plate
surface must not be touched with hand, metal implements or tools. The pipe ends
should be held in either side of the heating mirror with a steady pressure of about
0.15 ± 0.01 MPa so that a uniform bead forms around thee circumference of both
ends. When the bead height is formed as per table 1 of IS 7634, the pressure is released
but the ends of heated surface are kept in contact with mirror plate as per pressure
build up time mentioned in same table 1 of IS 7634. When thisbead of molten material
is found, the pipe ends shall removed from the heating mirror and immediately the
joint shall be made by application of steady pressure of 0.15 ± 0.01 MPa increased
gradually to avoid squeezing out too much of the melt. The joint shall be allowed to
cool for recommended time as per table 1 of IS 7634 and thereafter pressure is
gradually released ensuring cooling time. The inside and outside bead may be removed
after the weld joint cools.
The welding should not be done in bad weather such as moisture and temperature
below 50C.

3.12. STRINGING OF PIPES ALONG THE ALIGNMENT

The pipes shall be laid out properly along the proposed alignment in a manner that they
do not create any significant hindrance to the public and that they are not damaged.
Stringing of the pipes end to end along the working width should be done in such a
manner that the least interference is caused in the land crossed. Gaps should be left at
intervals to permit the passing of equipment across the working area. Pipes shall be laid
out that they remain safe where placed and that no damage can occur to the pipes and
the coating until incorporated in the pipeline. If necessary, pipes shall be wedged to
prevent accidental movement. Precautions shall be made to prevent excessive soil,
mud etc. entering the pipe.
Generally, the pipes shall be laid within two weeks from the date of their dispatch from
the manufacturer / store.

190
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

3.13. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FLOATATION

When the pipeline laid underground or above ground in a long narrow cutting gets
submerged in water collected in the trench of cutting it is subjected to an uplift
pressure due to buoyancy and is likely to float if completely or partly empty. In the
design of pipelines, provision is to be made to safeguard against floatation providing
sufficient overburden or by providing sufficient dead weight by means of blocks, etc.
Pipe shall be protected against floatation by providing anchor blocks. Factor of safety
for calculations for check against floating shall be taken as 1.5.
In the case of works extending over one or more monsoon seasons, however, special
care and precautions are necessary during the progress of work on this account. The
Contractor shall close down pipe laying operations well in time for the monsoon. The
work of providing blocks, refilling the earth to the required level, compacting the same,
etc. shall always be done as soon as the pipeline in the cutting has been laid.
The Contractor shall see that the water shall not be allowed to accumulate in open
trenches. Where work is in an incomplete stage, precautionary work, such as blank-
flanging in the open ends of the pipeline and filling the pipeline with water etc. shall be
taken up as directed by the Employer.
Such works shall be to the Contractor's account and no separate payment shall be made
for the same. The Contractor's rate for pipe laying shall be deemed to include such
precautionary measures against floatation.
Protection of the pipeline against floatation during the Contract Period shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Should any section of the pipeline float due to his
negligence, etc. the entire cost of laying it again to the correct line and level shall be to
his account.

3.14. FILL, BACKFILLING AND SITE GRADING

Trenches shall be backfilled with approved selected excavated material only after the
successful testing of the pipeline. The tamping around the pipe shall be done by hand or
other hand operated mechanical means. The water content of the soil shall be as near
the optimum moisture content as possible. Filling of the trench shall be carried out
simultaneously on both sides of the pipe in such a manner that unequal pressure does
not occur. Each layer shall be consolidated by watering, ramming, care being taken to
avoid damage to the pipeline.
General
All fill material shall be subject to the Employer’s approval. If any material is rejected by
Employer, the Contractor shall remove the same forthwith from the site. Surplus fill
material shall be deposited/disposed off as directed by Employer after the fill work is
completed.

191
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

No earth fill shall commence until surface water discharges and streams have been
properly intercepted or otherwise dealt with to the approval of the Employer.
Material
To the extent available, selected surplus soil from excavations shall be used as backfill.
Backfill material shall be free from lumps, organic or other foreign material. All lumps of
earth shall be broken or removed. Where excavated material is mostly rock, the
boulders shall be broken into pieces not larger than 150 mm size, mixed with properly
graded fine material consisting of murum or earth to fill the voids and the mixture used
for filling.
If fill material is required to be imported, the Contractor shall make arrangements to
bring such material from outside borrow pits. The material and source shall be subject
to the prior approval of the Employer. The approved borrow pit areas shall be cleared
of all bushes, roots of trees, plants, rubbish, etc. Topsoil containing foreign material
shall be removed. The materials so removed shall be disposed of as directed by
Employer. The Contractor shall provide the necessary access roads to borrow areas and
maintain the same if such roads do not exist.
Sand Filling
Where backfilling is required to be carried out with local sand it shall be clean, medium
grained and free from impurities. The filled-in-sand shall be kept flooded with water for
24 hours to ensure maximum consolidation. The surface of the consolidated sand shall
be dressed to required level or slope. Construction of floors or other structures on sand
fill shall not be started until the Employer has inspected and approved the fill.
Refilling of trenches
On completion of the pipe laying operations in any section, for a length of about 100m
and while further work is still in progress, refilling of trenches shall be started by the
Contractor with a view of restricting the length of open trenches. Pipe laying shall
closely follow the progress of Trench Excavation and the Contractor shall not permit
unreasonably excessive lengths of trench excavation to remain open while awaiting
testing of the pipeline. If the Employer considers that the Contractor is not complying
with any of the foregoing requirements, he may prohibit further trench excavation until
he is satisfied with the progress of laying and testing of pipes and refilling of trenches.
Only soft earth and murrum of good quality free from stones boulders, roots,
vegetation etc., shall be utilised after the lumps are broken for filling in around the
pipes for atleast 30cm all around for pipes. Filling shall be done in layers not exceeding
150mm and compacted to 70 to 80% of max. dry density percent of the maximum dry
density as per part VII of IS:2720. The excavated material nearest to the trench shall be
used first. Care shall be taken during backfilling, not to injure or disturb the pipes, joints
or coating. Filling shall be carried out simultaneously on both sides of the pipes so that

192
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

unequal pressure does not occur. Walking or working on the completed pipeline shall
not be allowed unless the trench has been filled to height of at least 30cm over the top
of the pipe except as may be necessary for tamping etc., during backfilling work.
The remaining portion of the trench may be filled in with a mixture of hard and soft
material free from boulders and clods of earth larger than 150mm in size if sufficient
quantity of good earth and murrum are not available. Filling in shall be done in layers
not exceeding 225mm in thickness accompanied by adequate, ramming etc., so as to be
compacted to 70 to 80% of the maximum dry density as per part VII of IS:2720. Water
contents of the soil shall be as near the optimum moisture content as possible. The
trench shall be refilled so as to build up to the original ground level, keeping due
allowance for subsequent settlement likely to take place.
The Employer shall, at all times, have powers to decide which portion of the excavated
materials shall be for filling and in which portion of the site and in what manner it shall
be so used.
If any material remains as surplus it shall be disposed of as directed by the Employer,
which includes loading, unloading, transporting and spreading as directed at approved
disposal place. If the Contractor fails to remove the earth from site within 7 days after
the period specified in a written notice, the Employer may arrange to carry out such
work at the Contractor's risk and cost or may impose such fine for such omission as he
may deem fit. Particular care shall be taken to keep the trench dry during the entire
refilling operation.
If suitable material for refilling is not available for excavation the Contractor shall bring
earth, murrum of approved quality as directed by the Employer.
No mechanical plant other than approved compacting equipment shall run over or
operate within the trench until backfilling has reached its final level or the approval of
the Employer has been obtained.
In case of excavation of trenches in rock, the filling upto a level 30 cm above the top of
the pipe shall be done with fine materials such as earth, murum, etc. The filling up to
the level of the centre line of the pipe shall be done by hand compaction in layers not
exceeding 8 cm whereas the filling above the centre line of the pipe shall be done by
hand compaction or approved means in layers not exceeding 15 cm. The filling from a
level 30 cm above the top of the pipe to the top of the trench shall be done by hand or
other approved mechanical methods with broken rock filling of size not exceeding 15
cm mixed with fine material as available to fill up the voids.
Filling of the trenches shall be carried out simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to
avoid unequal pressure on the pipe.

193
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Subsidence in filling: Should any subsidence take place either in the filling of the
trenches or near about it during the maintenance period of 12 months from the
completion of the Contract Works, the Contractor shall make good the same at his own
cost or the Employer may without notice to the Contractor, make good the same in any
way and with any material that he may think proper, at the expense of the Contractor.
The Employer may also, if he anticipates occurrence of any subsidence, employ persons
to give him timely notice of the necessity of making good the same, and the expenses
on this account shall be charged to the Contractor.

3.15. PIPE LAYING ABOVE GROUND

Before commencing the work the contractor shall submit the working drawing of every
km of pipeline laying as per the approved L-section of the pipeline for the section
concerned. He shall also study the details of the type of saddles/ concrete pedestals to
be provided before the actual work of casting is taken in hand.
Before execution the contractor shall submit detailed designs and drawings and all
supports such as portal frames, saddles, ring girders, thrust blocks anchors etc for
approval of the department.
Pipe to be laid above the ground shall be laid on concrete pedestal supports. Only
metallic pipes can be used in such cases. Construction of pedestals shall be as per the
design approved by Engineer in Charge. Base concrete of 100 mm M15 grade shall be
provided on the excavated foundation pit. Minimum one support shall be provided for
each pipe. The foundation of the pedestal shall be kept at a minimum depth of 0.75
meters below ground level in sandy soils or soil mixed with boulders. In case the base is
a rocky stratum the foundation can be placed on firm rock. The construction of
foundation raft and pedestal column shall be done in concrete mix not leaner than M-
20 grade of concrete. The top of the pedestal shall be provided with a suitable haunch
to provide a suitable seat for the pipe. The top of pedestal support shall ensure that the
pipeline is laid in grade approved by Engineer in Charge. The complete pedestal shall be
finished to standard engineering practices.
Pipes shall be fixed on the support using a mild steel strap if it is not anchored at
support. The thickness of the MS strap shall be not less than 6 mm and its minimum
width shall be 25mm. The MS strap than shall be painted with an approved paint.
Supports, anchor and thrust blocks shall be constructed before commencing the pipe
laying work in any section. The construction of the blocks shall be carried out in 3
stages. In the first stage the lower part up to 150 mm below the invert of the pipeline
including concrete chairs to support it shall be constructed; in the second stage the
pipeline on this part of the block shall be laid; and lastly, the remaining block around
and over the pipeline shall be constructed.

194
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The fixidity saddles/ concrete pedestals and ordinary saddles/ concrete pedestals shall
be cast-at least 3 weeks before the pipeline is laid on them. After all saddles/ concrete
pedestals between successive fixity points have been cast, a line plan showing the
actual position thereof shall be prepared, after taking levels and measuring distances.
In case of any errors in casting the pedestals, corrections shall be applied. The pipe
laying work shall then start from one end and shall proceed towards the other end. The
method of jointing the pipes and erecting them on previously cast R.C.C. saddles/
concrete pedestals shall be determined by the Contractor depending upon the type of
plant equipment and personnel available with them.
The pipe strakes shall be assembled in position on the saddles/ concrete pedestals
either by the cranes, portable gantries, shear legs or any other equipment approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. During assembly, the pipeline shall be supported on wooden
sleepers and wedges, with the free end of the pipeline held in position by slings to avoid
deflection.

3.16. SEQUENCE OF WORKS FOR ENSURING GOOD PIPE LAYING

1. The required fittings, valves and jointing material should be carefully worked out
in beginning. This material should be received in full first of all on site and stored
as pre-directions of manufacturer or as directions given elsewhere in this
manual on standards.
2. The pipes should be received on site only after the above fittings, valves and
material for joints have been received and all necessary preparation for laying
has been made.
3. The material received should be checked for inspection certification as per
contract and damage during transportation. All damaged should be separated
and not used.
4. The pipes received should be stored strictly as per directions of the
manufacturer or as mentioned elsewhere in this manual in this or standards.
5. The pipes and other material should be again inspected for any damage before
use in the trench.
6. The fittings and valves should be installed in sequence with the laying of pipes
without leaving any gaps.
7. It is desirable to lay the pipelines from the end from where it can be connected
to the water source to enable regular flushing of laid pipes.
8. The entry of dirt or any foreign material in the pipe should be religiously
prevented.
9. Each joint should be carefully checked for its completeness before covering up.

195
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

10. There should be a commensurate progress in trench excavation, laying and

jointing of pipes, fittings, valves etc and testing of laid pipes in sections so as to
complete testing of all pipes laid in quick follow up of completing laying and
jointing.

3.17. PROTECTION AGAINST SCOURING OF FOUNDATION:

3.17.1. PROVIDING PITCHING:
Wherever the pipeline pedestal or portal foundation are located near a nallah or are
across a nallah, the bidder shall provide a cut-off wall up to the scour depth all around
the footing/ foundation at a distance of 2 times the depth of foundations below the
existing ground level. The portion between the cut-off wall and the foundation shall be
filled with compacted soil and 30cm thick stone pitching shall be done with weight of
stone not less than 40kg. The minimum section of cut-off wall shall be of 0.3m in width
and minimum 2m in depth. The cut-off wall shall be of RR masonry in cement mortar
1:4 laid on [Link] Cement concrete mix minimum 15cm thickness.
3.17.2. PROVIDING LONGITUDINAL WALLS AND CROSS WALLS:
Wherever pipe is laid on pedestal across a nallah/drain or in ravines with drain flowing
across the pipe alignment, longitudinal check wall or curtain wall shall be provided on
both sides of the pipe foundations. The cut-off wall on the upstream side of
nallah/drain shall be taken at least up to 2m depth from the general ground level or up
to the scour depth whichever is more. The downstream side of cut off wall shall be
taken 2.5 m in depth. The area between two walls shall be filled with compacted soil
and a gentle slope shall be provided for drainage of water in case of minor drain, but a
flexible apron shall be provided for bigger nallah. The minimum width of cut off walls
shall be 0.3m. The wall shall be of RR stone masonry in cement mortar 1:4 and the
exposed top face shall be provided 25mm cement coping in M-15 grade or grade as per
IS 456 concrete. The base course shall be of [Link] mix concrete of minimum 15 cm
thickness.

3.18. ANCHORING OF THE PIPE LINE

Thrust blocks shall be provided at each bend, tee, taper, end piece to prevent undue
movements of the pipeline under pressure. They shall be constructed as per actual
design and approval of Engineer in Charge according to the highest pressure during
operation or testing of the pipes, the safe bearing pressure of the surrounding soil and
the friction coefficient of the soil. Nominal steel shall be provided as per the provisions
of CPHEEO manual and the construction of block shall be done in M25 grade of
concrete.

3.19. THRUST BLOCKS / ANCHOR BLOCK

It is proposed to provide anchorage in the form of “thrust block” at each deflection
exceeding 10 deg in MS pipes and for 22 Deg bends in case of DI / uPVC / HDPE pipes in

196
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

horizontal and for bends more than 4 deg in MS pipes and 22 deg in DI /uPVC / HDPE
pipes in vertical alignment of the pipeline as per requirement of designs, which shall
resist the unbalanced pressure at bends. Gravity type of thrust blocks shall be provided
at horizontal and vertical deflection in pipeline and shall be designed according to the
test pressure and the soil conditions at the site of the thrust block. The thrust shall be
according to the field test pressure of the pipe, acting on the outer diameter including
the compressed rubber gasket. Before designing the thrust block the Contractor, in
coordination with the Engineer-in-Charge shall assess the stability of the soil
considering erosion due to wind and water.
The thrust blocks shall be of concrete M20 grade as, cast on site with surface
reinforcement of about 5 kg/m2. The thrust block on pipe diameters less than 150 mm
could be non reinforced, subjected to approval of EIC. The calculations for the
dimensioning and the shape of the thrust blocks have to be approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
Design of thrust block shall be done in accordance to the provisions laid down in IS
5330-1984.
The thrust blocks shall be of reinforced cement concrete on site as per design and
drawings to be approved by Engineer. Typical drawings of thrust blocks are enclosed in
the volume III of the tender document. However, these drawings are for indicative
purposes only. The contractor shall submit his own designs and drawings based on the
actual site conditions for the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The thrust blocks shall be cast directly against the undisturbed soil. If this is not
possible, the backfilled soil at the contact surface shall be compacted well to full
satisfaction of Engineer so that anchor block is not displaced during operation and
testing.

3.20. BACKFILLING AROUND CHAMBERS AND THRUST BLOCKS

After the completion of chambers and thrust blocks the space between the structure
and the excavation shall be backfilled with compacted material. Such backfill shall be
placed in layers of 15 cm measured before compaction, wetted, if necessary, to
optimum moisture and compacted well as per instruction of engineer in charge

3.21. INSTALLATION OF VALVES

The installation of valves shall be made according to the instructions of the
manufacturer and the Engineer in Charge. The installation of pressure reducing valves
shall be as per manufacturer’s specifications.
Valves shall be placed on a support of concrete so that no shear stress is in the flanges.
In case of axial thrust due to closure of a valve against pressure the valve shall be

197
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

anchored in the support in a suitable manner to transfer the thrust into the floor slab of
the chamber.
Scour valves shall be installed at the locations specified by the engineer-in-charge.

3.22. TESTING OF THE PIPE LINES

3.22.1. SECTIONAL TESTS
After laying and jointing, the pipeline shall be tested for tightness of barrels and joints,
and stability of thrust blocks in sections approved by the Engineer in Charge. The length
of the sections depends on the topographical conditions. Preferably the pipeline
stretches to be tested shall be between two chambers (air valve, scour valve,
bifurcation, and other chamber).
The water required for testing shall be arranged by the contractor himself. The
Contractor shall fill the pipe and compensate the leakage during testing. The Contractor
shall provide and maintain all requisite facilities, instruments, etc. for the field testing of
the pipelines. The testing of the pipelines generally consists in three phases:
preparation, pre-test/saturation and test, immediately following the pre-test.
Generally, the following steps are required which shall be monitored and recorded in a
test protocol if required:

• Complete setting of the thrust blocks.

• Partial back filling and compaction to hold the pipes in position while leaving the
joints exposed for leakage control
• opening of all intermediate valves (if any)
• fixing the end pieces for tests and after temporarily anchoring them against the
soil (not against the preceding pipe stretch)at the lower end with a precision
pressure gauge and the connection to the pump for establishing the test
pressure at the higher end with a valve for air outlet
• If the pressure gauge cannot be installed at the lowest point of the pipeline, an
allowance in the test pressure to be read at the position of the gauge has to be
made accordingly Slowly filling the pipe from the lowest point(s).
• The water for this purpose shall be reasonably clear and free of solids and
suspended matter
• Complete removal of air through air valves along the line.
• Closing all air valves and scour valves.
• Slowly raising the pressure to the test pressure while inspecting the thrust
blocks and the temporary anchoring.
• Keeping the pipeline under pressure for the duration of the pre-test / saturation
of the lining by adding make-up water to maintain the pressure at the desired
test level. Make up water to be arranged by Contractor himself at his own cost.

198
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

• Start the test by maintaining the test pressure at the desired level by adding
more make-up water; record the water added and the pressure in intervals of 15
minutes at the beginning and 30 minutes at the end of the test period.
• Water used for testing should not be carelessly disposed off on land which
would ultimately find its way to trenches. The field testing pressures for
pipelines & duration of test shall be follows;
Sn PIPE MATERIAL TEST PRESSURE TEST DURATION
6 Hours (Pipe to be filled
1.5 Times The Design
1. HDPE Pipes for 24 hours before
Working Pressure
testing)
12 Kg/Sqcm Or 1.5 Times 6 Hours (Pipe to be filled
2. DI K-7 Pipes Working Pressure for 24 hours before
Whichever Is More testing)
18 Kg/Sqcm Or 1.5 Times 6 Hours (Pipe to be filled
3. DI K-9 Pipes Working Pressure for 24 hours before
Whichever Is More testing)

Acceptance Criteria for DI pipes shall be that the required addition of water to maintain
pressure is not more than Q = 1 litre per Km per 10 mm of pipe diameter per 30 m test
pressure for 24 Hours
The acceptance criteria for HDPE pipes shall be that the test pressure should be
maintained for test duration.

• When the field test pressure is less than 2/3 the works test pressures the period
of test should be at least 24 hours. The test pressure shall be gradually raised at
a rate of 0.1 N/mm2 per minute.
• If a drop in pressure occurs, the quantity of water added in order to re-establish
the test pressure should be carefully measured. This should not exceed 0.1 litre
/ mm of pipe diameter per km of pipeline per day for each 30 m head of
pressure applied.
• On completion of a satisfactory test any temporary anchor blocks shall be
broken out and stop ends removed. Backfilling of the pipeline trench shall be
completed.
No section of the pipe work shall be accepted by the Engineer until all requirements of
the test have been obtained.
On completion of a satisfactory test any temporary anchor blocks shall be broken out
and stop ends removed. Backfilling of the pipeline trench shall be completed.
3.22.2. FAILURE TO PASS THE TEST
All pipes or joints which are proved to be in any way defective shall be replaced or
remade and re-tested as often as may be necessary until a satisfactory test shall have

199
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

been obtained. Any work which fails or is proved by test to be unsatisfactory in any way
shall be redone by the Contractor.
3.22.3. PRE-COMMISSIONING & COMMISSIONING TESTS
After successful sectional testing & leakage test, Pre-Commissioning & commissioning
tests shall be performed when the work in the section is completed in all respect and
the gaps / interconnections are made.

3.23. SPECIFICATIONS OF MEDIUM DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (MDPE) PIPE

PE 80 PN 12.5
3.23.1. MATERIAL
[Link]. General:
1. Pipes of superior quality and of reputed make shall be used.
2. As per decision of the Technical Committee taken in its 313thmeeting held on
01.07.2002, the following is to be ensured:

• MDPE pipes shall be manufactured in accordance with ISO:4427 amended

up to date

• The raw material shall be virgin PE 80 Blue compound and comply with the
requirements of ISO/Directive of Testing Material: 9080 with minimum
required strength of 8kg/[Link].

• The raw material shall be of Food grade quality

• Pressure rating shall be 12.5 Bar

• The pipes shall bear ISO marking

• PHED may demand for manufacturer’s test reports

• The finished product may be got tested at standard test house

3. The pipes shall be manufactured from polyethylene containing only those
antioxidants UV stabilizers and pigments necessary for the manufacture of pipes
conforming to this specification and for its end use. The pipes for drinking water
shall be either black or blue or black with blue stripes.
4. Blue pipes and stripes: The use of the color blue or black with blue stripes shall
be specified in accordance with national requirements. The material for the
stripes shall be of the same type of resin as used in the base compound the pipe.
5. Dispersion of blue pigments: When determined in accordance with ISO 13949,
the dispersion of blue pigment shall be equal to or less than grade 3.
6. Thermal stability: When determined in accordance with ISO/TR 10837, the
induction time for materials PE 63, PE 80 and PE 100 shall be either at least 20
min when tested at 200° C, or an equivalent period when tested at 210° C,

200
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

provided the equivalence is supported by a clear correlation between results

obtained at 200° C or 210° C, respectively. In case of dispute, the test
temperature shall be 2000C.
7. Reworked material: The reworked material generated from a manufacture’s
own production of pipe in accordance with this specification may be used if it is
derived from the same resin as used for the relevant production.
8. Effects on Water quality of pipes intended for the conveyance of water for
human consumption
When used under conditions for which they are designed, materials in contact
with or likely to come into connect with drinking water shall not constitute a
toxic hazard shall not support microbial growth and shall not give rise to
unpleasant taste or odour, cloudiness or discoloration of the water.
The concentrations of substances, chemicals and biological agents leached from
materials in contact with drinking water, and measurement of the relevant
organoleptic / physical parameters shall not exceed the maximum
recommended by the World Health Organization in its publication “Guidelines
for drinking water quality volume 1 recommendations or as required by the ECE
council directive of 15 July 1980 on the quality of water intended for human
consumption, whichever is the more stringent in each case.
3.23.2. DESIGNATION AND CLASSIFICATION
The compound shall be designated by the material type (e.g. PE 80) conforming to the
applicable level of minimum required strength (MRS) specified in table 1, when the
lower confidence limit σCL for the compound is determined in accordance with ISO/TR
9080 and this σCL is classified in accordance with ISO 12162 to obtain the MRS.
The validity of the designation shall be certified by the compound manufacturer or, in
the case of master-batch by the pipe manufacturer.

The design stress σs of a pipe shall be obtained by applying a design coefficient of not
less than 1.25 to the M value for the material.
[Link]. Designation of material
Designation MRS at 50 years and 20° C Maximum allowable hydrostatic
of material design stress, σs
MPa MPa
PE 100 10 8
PE 80 8 6.3

The relationship between MRS and σs for various design coefficients is given in table 2.

Relationship between MRS, σs and design coefficient C at 20° C

201
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Hydrostatic design Minimum required strength of material

stress of pipe, σs MPa
10 8 6.3 4 3.2
MPa Design coefficient, C
8 1.25 - - - -
6.3 1.6 1.25 - - -
3.23.3. MELT FLOW RATE AND DENSITY
The pipe manufacture shall provide evidence of the density and the melt flow rate of
the raw compound.
When measured in accordance with ISO 1133, the melt flow rate shall conform to the
following conditions.
a) The melt flow of the compound shall not deviate by more than + 30% from the
value specified by the manufacturer.
b) The change in MFR caused by processing i.e. the difference between the
measured value for material for the pipe and the measured value for the
compound, shall not be more than 25%.
3.23.4. GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
[Link]. Dimensions of pipes: outside diameters, nominal pressure and wall
thicknesses
The dimensions of pipes shall be measured in accordance with ISO 3126.
Nominal outside diameter shall conform to ISO 161.1. The selected nominal outside
diameter and the thicknesses in accordance with the selected nominal pressure are
given in table 3 (σs = 8 MPa), and table 4 (σs = 6.3 MPa).
The tolerance on the outside diameters shall be in accordance with ISO 11922-1, as
follows:
Grade A for normal-tolerance (NT) pipes
Grade B for close-tolerance (CT) pipes

Polyethylene pipes with a design stress σs of 8 MPa

Nominal outside Pipe series
diameter S8 S 6.3 S5
Standard dimension ratio
SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11
Nominal pressure PN2 for σs = 8 MPa
PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
dn Nominal wall thickness, δn
mm

202
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

32 - - 3.0
40 - - 3.7
50 - - 4.6
63 - 4.7 5.8
75 4.5 5.6 6.8
90 5.4 6.7 8.2
110 6.6 8.1 10.0
125 7.4 9.2 11.4
140 8.3 10.3 12.7
160 9.5 11.8 14.6

Polyethylene pipes with a design stress σs of 6.3 MPa

Nominal Pipe series
outside S 10 S8 S 6.3 S5 S4
diameter Standard dimension ratio
SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11
Nominal pressure PN2 for σs = 8 MPa
PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
dn Nominal wall thickness, δn 1mm
16 2.3
20 2.3
25 2.8
32 - - 3.0 3.6
40 - - 3.7 4.5
50 - - 4.6 5.6
63 - 4.7 5.8 7.1
75 - 4.5 5.6 6.8 8.4
90 4.3 5.4 6.7 8.2 10.1
110 5.3 6.6 8.1 10.0 12.3
125 6.0 7.4 9.2 11.4 14.0
140 6.7 8.3 10.3 12.7 15.7
160 7.7 9.5 11.8 14.6 17.9

The nominal wall thicknesses in accordance with ISO 4065 (however for reasons of
jointing techniques the smallest wall thickness is limited to 2.3 mm) correspond to the
selected nominal pressure given in table 3 (σs = 8 MPa), and table 4 (σs = 6.3 MPa).
The tolerance on the minimum wall thickness permitted at any point ey min,

corresponding to the nominal wall thickness δnshall conform to ISO 119221 as follows.
Grade T for ey min, less than or equal to 16 mm

203
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Grade U for ey min, greater than 16 mm

[Link]. Ovality
The ovality of pipes at the manufacture after extrusion but prior to coiling shall conform
to ISO 11922-1, as follows
Grade K for PE 32 and PE 40
Grade N for PE 63, PE 80 and PE 100
The minimum diameter of a drum for coiled pipe shall be 18 x dn and in any case such
that kinking of the pipe is prevented.
For coiled pipes re-rounding equipment may be necessary.
[Link]. Length of pipe
The length of pipe shall be such that pieces for MDPE house connections in required
lengths could be cut without any wastages.
3.23.5. HYDROSTATIC STRENGTH
When tested in accordance with ISO 1167, the pipes shall conform to the requirement
given in table 5 below.
Hydrostatic strength of pipes

Pipe material Test stress

100 h at 20° C 165 h at 80° C 1000 h at 80° C
PE 100 12.4 5.5 5.0
PE 80 9.0 4.6 4.0
PE 63 8.0 3.5 3.2

Retest in cases of failure at 80° C

A brittle fracture in less than 165 h shall constitute a failure.
If, in the 165 h test, a test piece fails in a ductile mode in less than 165 h a retest shall
be performed at a lower stress. The new test stress, and the new minimum failure time
shall be selected from the through the stress/time points given in table 7.
3.23.6. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
[Link]. Thermal stability of pipes manufactured from PE 63, PE 80 and PE 100
When determined in accordance with ISO/TR 10837, the induction time for test
specimens taken from pipes manufactured from PE 63, PE 80 and PE 100 shall be either
at least 20 min when tested at 200° C, or an equivalent period when tested at 210° C,
provided the equivalent is supported by a clear correlation between results obtained at
200° C 210° C, respectively. The test specimens shall be taken from the inside surface of
the pipe.

204
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

[Link]. Pressure reduction factor for PE pipelines systems for use at

temperatures above 20° C
Table 6 shall be used for the derivation of reduction factors to apply to operating
pressure for elevated temperature operation of PE pipes and fittings. Since these are
related to the supply of water and other fluids which do not adversely affect the long-
term properties of the PE materials at temperatures up to 40° C. In order to determine
the category in which a material lies (i.e. type A, type B and type C).
[Link]. Pressure reduction factors at temperatures up to 40° C, applicable to a
50 year lifetime
Material Pressure reduction factors at
20° C 25° C 30° C 35° C 40° C
Type A 1 0.93 0.87 0.8 0.74
Type B 1 0.9 0.81 0.72 0.62
Type C 1 0.82 0.65 0.47 0.3
[Link]. Hydrostatic strength at 80° C – Retest requirements
PE 63 PE 80
Stress Minimum Failure Stress Minimum Failure
time time
MPa h MPa h
3.5 165 4.6 165
3.4 285 4.5 219
3.3 538 4.4 283
3.2 1000 4.3 394
4.2 533
4.1 727
4.0 1000
[Link]. Longitudinal reversion
When determined in accordance with ISO 2505-1, method A or B, using one of the
following temperatures, as cable:
110° C + 2 for PE 63, PE 80 and PE 100
or
100° C + 2° C for PE 32 and PE 40.
and the test times given in ISO 2505-2, the value of the longitudinal reversion shall be
not greater than 3%.
For pipes with an outside diameter greater than 200 mm, longitudinally cut segments
may be used.

205
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

[Link]. Weathering of non-black pipes

To determine to a effect of weathering pipes shall be exposed to outdoor conditions in
accordance with the procedure given in annex A.
After exposure to a total solar energy of at least 3.5 GJ/m2, the pipe shall conform to
the following requirements:
(a)The hydrostatic strength, when determined in accordance with 5.1 at 80° C for at
least 165 h, shall be the minimum required.
(b) The elongation at break, when determined in accordance with ISO 6259-1 and ISO
6259-3, shall not be less than 350%.
(c)The induction time, when measured in accordance with ISO/TR 10837 using a test
specimen taken from the outside surface of the pipe shall be at least 10 mm at 200° C.
3.23.7. FUSION COMPATIBILITY
Pipes manufactured from PE 63, PE 80 or PE 100 are to be joined by butt fusion or using
electro fusion fittings mixing different pipe materials, the joints shall conform to the
requirements specification in table 6 (80° C/165 h).
Compounds designated PE 63, PE 80 or PE 100 having an MFR (190° C/5 KG) within the
range 0.2 g/10 min to 0.3 g/10 min shall be considered compatible for fusion to each
other.
3.23.8. MARKING
All pipes shall be indelibly marked at maximum intervals of 1 m. The marking shall
indicate at least the following information.
 The manufacture’s name and/or trade mark.
 The dimensions (nominal outside diameter x nominal wall thickness)
 The outside –diameter tolerance (A or B);
 The designation of the pipe material (PE 100, PE 80, PE 63, PE 40 or PE 32).
 The nominal pressure (PN)
 The production period (date or code)
 The number of this International Standard)
 The word “Water” shall also be included as the pipe is intended for drinking
water.
3.23.9. PROCEDURE FOR EXPOSURE TO OUTDOOR WEATHERING
[Link]. Exposure aspects and site
Test racks and specimen fixtures shall be made from inert materials which will not
affect the test results. Wood non-corrosive aluminum alloys stainless steel or ceramics

206
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

have been found suitable brass steel or copper shall not be used in the vicinity of test
specification. The test site shall be equipped with instruments to record the solar
energy received and the ambient temperature.
The equipment shall be capable of supporting specimens of pipe such that exposed
surface of the specimens is at 45° to the horizontal, facing towards the equator,
Normally, the exposure site shall be on open ground well away from trees and
buildings. For exposure in the northern hemisphere, no obstruction, including adjacent
racks. Easterly southerly or westerly direction shall subtend a vertical angle greater than
20° or in a northerly direction greater than 45°. For exposure in the southern
hemisphere, corresponding provisions apply.
[Link]. Test specimens
The test specimens shall be approximately 1 m long. They shall be selected from the
thinnest-wall pipes within a random range of diameters. The batch of pipes from which
the specimens are selected shall conform to all the requirements of this International
Standard.
[Link]. Procedure
Mark each pipe specimens to identify it, and recode the mounting position of each.
Expose the specimens to a total solar energy of at least 3.5 GJ/m2.
The specimens are to be tested in accordance with the provisions of [Link]. Where
the specimen to be tested includes only part of the pipe cross-section e.g. a tensile
dumb-bell or part of the surface layer, it shall be taken from the weathered crown of
the exposed specimen.
3.23.10. TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR PIPELINE WORKS
Pipe trenches shall be excavated to the lines and levels as directed by the Engineer in
charge. The depth of the excavated trench shall be minimum 45 cm where there is no
road but in case service line is laid below concrete / bitumen road, minimum depth
shall be 20 cm from the top surface of road. Dismantling of concrete as well as
bitumen road shall be done using a concrete cutter machine only so as to minimize
damage to the road.
The bottom of the trench shall be trimmed and levelled to permit even bedding of the
pipes. It should be free from all extraneous matter, which may damage the pipe.
All excavated material shall be stacked in such a distance from the trench edge, so that
it will not endanger the work or workmen and it will avoid obstructing footpaths, roads
and driveway. Hydrant, surface boxes, fire or other utility controls shall be dept
unobstructed and accessible during the construction work and be kept clear or other
satisfactory provisions made for street drainage.
To protect persons from injury and damage to property, adequate barricades,

207
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

construction signs torches, red lanterns and guards, as required, shall be placed and
maintained during the progress of the work and until it is safe for traffic to use the
roadways.
The pipeline shall not be laid near sewer. Where it is unavoidable, pipeline should be
suitably protected.

208
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

CHAPTER 4.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR VALVES
4.1. GENERAL
(a) This chapter describes the minimum requirements for the provision of Sluice
Valves, Gate Valves, Check Valves and Air Valves. Prior to the procurement of
valves the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer in charge’s approval for the
materials to be used.
(b) As far as practicable all valves of the same type shall be from the same
manufacturer.
(c) General applicable Standards to be applied to the Works under this Section shall
be Indian Standards and British Standards or other approved International
Standard.
(d) Valves for pipeline installation shall comply with the relevant provisions of the
appropriate BS, IS and other international standards.
(e) A certificate from the manufacturer’s shop testing shall be provided for review
by the Engineer in charge.
(f) Before delivery to Site all working surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and if
metal protected with grease. The initial charges of oil, grease and similar
materials necessary for the correct setting to work and operation of valves and
penstocks shall be provided by the Contractor. Packing must be sufficient to
ensure complete protection of the fitting during transit and storage and all
valves are to have their openings sealed until installation.
(g) The valve stem, thrust washers, screws, nuts and all other components exposed
to the water shall be of a corrosion resistant grade of stainless steel. Valves shall
be free from sharp projections. Butterfly valves shall be provided with bypass
arrangement having rising spindle gate valves. Bypass may be integral with valve
or connected between pipes. Minimum size of by pass for valves in main is 150
mm.
(h) Valves shall be PN rating 1.0 as minimum unless elsewhere defined as per the
requirement or in the bid document. The pressure rating shall be based on
hydraulic considerations as per the sum of the hydraulic working pressure and
design surge pressure at the point of installation.
(i) INSTALLATION: All valves, gates, operators and appurtenances shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as per the
specifications laid for pipe laying, and to the locations indicated on the drawings.
The installation shall be true to alignment and rigidly supported.

209
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(j) FLANGES: Valves shall be flanged and the flange face at right angles to the valve
centerline. Backside of valve flanges shall be machined or spot faced for proper
seating of the head and nut. Flanges shall be machined on faces and edges to IS
6392 or BS 4504 for PN 10 nominal pressure rating unless otherwise required.
Flange drilling shall conform to IS 1538.
(k) Gaskets: shall be of Nitrile rubber and readymade matching with respective
flanges. Gaskets cut out from rubber sheets are not acceptable.
(l) Nuts and bolts: shall be of the best quality bright steel, machined on the shank
and under the head and nut. Nuts and bolts shall conform to IS 1363 and IS
1367, unless otherwise specified. Nuts and bolts shall be hot dip galvanized or
shall be chromium plated.
(m) As soon as installation and operating conditions permit, all valves and
appurtenances shall be given a field test to be witnessed by the Engineer in
charge to demonstrate that they meet all requirements and operating
conditions.
(n) Provision for indicator tags shall be made for identification / location of valves.
Marking shall be either cast on the bonnet or the body and shall show the
following:

• Manufacturer’s name or mark

• Year of valve casting

• Nominal Size of valve

• Designation of working pressure

• Number of turns to open, with the direction of closing clearly indicated

on the hand wheel or body as appropriate.

• Client’s Name

• Heat number of Cast (For CI Valves)

• Serial number in punch on top of flange

• Inspection mark if applicable

4.2. OPERATION
(a) All sluice valves and butterfly valves on pipeline shall be manually operated and
they shall be provided with suitable hand wheel or key. The direction of closing
shall be clearly indicated on the hand wheel or body as appropriate.

210
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(b) Manual operation of valves shall be so that the torque effort required operating
the hand wheel manually, lever or chain shall not exceed 20 kg-m applied by an
operator.
(c) Valves shall be provided with operating hand wheels, caps, extension spindles
and valve boxes as required. Extended valve spindles shall have spindle guides
and operating caps.
(d) For sluice valves up to 600 mm diameter installed in underground chamber or
otherwise not easily accessible, the Contractor shall furnish extension spindles
and/or keys, or chains with extension oil cups or such similar fittings or
appliances as may be required to permit easy access for proper operation,
lubrication etc. Valves shall be suitable for frequent operation as well as
operation after long periods of idleness in either open or closed position.
(e) Unless detailed otherwise all hand wheels shall have the words “open” and
“close” cast in English with arrows indicating the direction of rotation. All hand
wheels shall be of a solid cast type.
(f) Operation must be possible by one man against maximum design working
pressure. For butterfly valves the gearbox shall be provided with self locking
devices. A locking facility shall be provided for the BF valve in either the fully
open, fully closed or intermediate position. Gate valves and butterfly valves shall
be provided with position indicators, to show whether the valve is in the open or
close position.
(g) Scour valves shall be provided with extension spindle with supports for
operation from operating level / ground level, as required.

4.3. D.I. RESILIENT SEATED SLUICE VALVES

(a) The sluice valves shall be resilient seated, bubble-tight, straight and pocket less
body passage, inside stem screw and electrostatic epoxy powder (EP-P) coated
INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. The face to face dimensions shall conform to provisions of
IS 14846/IS 780/EN 558-1, Basic series F4/BS 5163. All tests shall be carried out
as per these standards.
(b) Valves shall be of non-rising spindle type except for the bypass valves. The
spindles shall be of such lengths that when the valves are closed the bottom
ends of the spindles engage fully in the spindle nuts. The spindle collars of thrust
plates shall be concentric and machined, suitable for the specified test pressure.
The thickness and bearing of the nut shoulders shall be adequate to resist
operating thrusts. Spindles shall be greased and supplied with a cap top. Valve
shafts shall be a one-piece unit extending completely through the valve disc, or

211
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

of the ‘stub shaft’ type, which comprise two separate shafts inserted into the
valve disc hub.
(c) The gate face rings shall be screwed into the gate or securely pegged over the
full circumference. They shall also have renewable channel and shoe linings. The
gap between the shoe and channel shall be limited to 1.5 mm. Valves of 600 mm
and above shall be provided with thrust bearing arrangement for ease of
operation.
(d) Valve of diameter 400 mm and above shall be provided with enclosed gear
arrangement for ease of operation. The operation gear of all valves shall be such
that they can be opened and closed by one man against an unbalanced head of
15% in excess of the maximum specified rating. Valve and any gearing shall be
such as to permit manual operation in a reasonable time and not exceed a
required rim pull of 200 N.
(e) Valves spindles and hand wheels shall be positioned to give good access for
operational personnel. Hand wheels shall be arranged to turn in a clockwise
direction to close the valve, the direction of rotation for opening and closing
being indicated on the hand wheels.
(f) Valves shall have two position marked at the shut end of the scale, first one
corresponding to the position of the gate tangential to the bore of the seating
and the second position below the first, corresponding to the position of the
gate as it sits on the seating after moving a further distance equal to the depth
of the seating.
(g) The valves shall be so designed that the gates may be removed without
removing the bodies from the connecting pipe work. The gate guides shall be
cast integrally with the valve bodies and be of adequate strength and of
sufficient length to guide the gates throughout their full length of travel. In the
fully open positions, the gates shall be fully withdrawn well clear of the stream
and the spindles shall not protrude into the bores of the valves.
(h) All Sluice valves shall be open end tested.
(i) The Contractor shall provide test certificates for materials, strength and leakage
in accordance with BS 5163 / IS 750.
(j) Material of construction of Sluice valves shall comply with following
requirements:

Pressure Rating As per requirement minimum PN 1.0

Body, Dome Spheroidal Graphite Iron IS 1865 Gr 400/12 or equivalent
Ductile Iron DIN 1693-GGG40 / GGG50
Wedge Of same material as body and fully vulcanized with EPDM Gr

212
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

W270
Spindle / Stem SS : AISI 316 or equivalent
Stem Nut Brass
Stem seals NBR ‘O’ rings in Bronze bush
Body, Bonnet Gasket EPDM (food grade quality)
Internal Fasteners Stainless steel SS316
Nuts, bolts & High tensile steel Hot dip galvanized for valves in chambers.
washers for pipe Stainless steel SS316 for buried valves
flanges
Coating Internal and external with powder or liquid epoxy coating with
minimum dry film thickness of 250 microns.
4.4. CI D/F SLUICE VALVES
(a) Sluice valve shall generally conform to IS 14846 and IS 780. Valves shall be
compatible for underground installation without valve chamber
(b) Material of construction shall comply with the requirements given below:

Pressure Rating As per requirement minimum PN 1.0

Body, Bonnet, Dome, Stool cover, Wedge, Grey Cast Iron (CI) IS 210 Gr FG 200
Stuffing Box, Gland Thrust Plate & Cap
Hand Wheel Grey Cast Iron (CI) IS 210 Gr FG 200
Spindle / Stem SS: IS 6603 04 Cr17 Ni 12 Mo 2 / AISI 316
Wedge nut, shoe channel, Body seat ring, IS 318: Leaded Tin Bronze LTB-2
Wedge facing ring, Bushes
Gasket Nitrile
Gland Packing Jute & Hemp
Internal Fasteners Stainless steel IS 6603
Nuts, bolts & washers for pipe flanges Stainless steel IS 6603
Stainless steel SS316 for buried valves

(c) Valve of diameter 400 mm and above shall be provided with enclosed gear
arrangement for ease of operation. The operation gear of all valves shall be such
that they can be opened and closed by one man against an unbalanced head
15% in excess of the maximum specified rating. Valve and any gearing shall be
such as to permit manual operation in a reasonable time and not exceed a
required rim pull of 200 N.
(d) All coating shall be carried out after satisfactory testing of valves. All the un-
machined ferrous surfaces of the valve (both inside and outside) shall be
thoroughly clean, dry and shall be free from rust and grease before painted with
one coat of aluminum red oxide primer confirming to IS 5660. Two coats of Black

213
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Japan confirming to Type B of IS 341 or paint confirming to IS 9862 or IS 2932

shall be applied by brush or spray for exterior application.

4.5. DI D/F RESILIENT SEATED DUAL PLATE CHECK VALVE

(a) The spring loaded dual plate valve shall be Double Flanged quick closing non
slam type generally conforming to API 594 for pressure rating as per
requirement at particular section suitable for mounting on a horizontal pipeline.
(b) Valves shall possess high speed closing characteristics and be designed for
minimum slam condition when closing.
(c) Dual plate check valves conform to API 594 and API 598. They shall have resilient
sealing. The spring action shall optimize the equal closing rates of each plate
especially when the friction coefficients are uneven due to one plate resting
upon one another. The plates shall not drag on the seat while opening. The
plates shall not vibrate under full or partial flow condition.
(d) The minimum body-wall thickness shall conform to those given in Table 1B of
API Standard 594.
(e) The face-to-face dimensions of valves (including valves with ring-joint facings)
shall conform to those mentioned in Table 2B of API Standard 594.
(f) The spring of the valves shall be of SS 316 or better grade SS to ensure long life
of valves up to at least 100000 cycles. The spring cycle test will be performed at
manufacturer’s works to confirm the quality.
(g) The valves shall be of minimum pressure Class 150 rating.
(h) The valve body shall be furnished with a clearly visible cat, forged, machined-in,
or die-stamped arrow to indicate the direction of flow through the valve.
(i) Material of construction of Dual plate check valves shall comply with following
requirements:

Pressure Rating As per requirement minimum PN 1.0

Body & Cover Spheroidal Graphite Iron IS 1865 Gr 400/12 or equivalent
Ductile Iron DIN 1693-GGG40 / GGG50
Disc / Plate Spheroidal Graphite Iron IS 1865 Gr 400/12 or CF8M
Disc Seal Ring EPDM or neoprene (Food grade quality)
Disc seal retaining SS or CS
ring
Shaft / Stop Pin SS ; AISI 304 or 410
Hinge SS. AISI 304/316
Springs SS. AISI 304/316
Bonnet Gasket EPDM

214
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Bush Brass with EPDM “O” ring seal

Nut Bolt Galvanized Steel IS 1363 & 1367
Insersion Rubber Black EPDM 6mm thick
4.6. DUAL PLATE NON RETURN VALVES
4.6.1. SCOPE
This specification covers the design requirements, features of construction,
inspection testing, painting, delivery installation and commissioning of Dual
Plate type non-return valves for vertical applications.

4.6.2. CODES AND STANDARDS

The design and manufacture of the valves shall comply with all currently
applicable status, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the
equipments will be installed. Nothing in this specification shall relieve the
vendor of this responsibility. The valve shall be confirming to API 594 and API
598.

4.6.3. DESIGN REQUIREMENT FOR NON RETURN VALVES

(a) The Non return valves shall be of dual plate type check valve and provided with
metal to metal seating for raw water and with soft seating for clear water.
(b) The valves shall be suitable for mounting on vertical pipeline. The valves shall be
designed for minimum head loss.
(c) The valves shall have flat faced flanged ends. The back side of the flanges shall
be fully or spot faced. Flange drilling shall be as per IS 1538.
(d) Hydraulic passage shall be designed to avoid cavitations.
(e) By pass arrangement shall have non slam characteristic. This is to be achieved by
suitably designed spring.
(f) Non Return Valve shall be provided with renewable body and plate.

4.6.4. CLEANING
Prior to factory inspection, all manufacturing waste such as metal chips debris
and all other foreign material shall be removed from interior of valve. All mill
scale, rust, oil, grease, chalk and all other deleterious material shall be removed
from the interior and exterior surfaces.

4.6.5. PAINTING
Valves shall first be given two coats of zinc base primer after completely
cleaning the surface and then it shall be coated with three coats of coal tar
epoxy paint. The resulting coating shall be uniform and smooth and shall adhere
perfectly to the surface.

215
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Valves used in pipes carrying water, the inside coating shall not contain any
constituent soluble in water or any ingredient which could import any taste or
odour to the water.

4.6.6. DIRECTION OF FLOW

Direction of flow shall coincide with the flow direction indicated by arrow cast
on the valve body.

4.6.7. MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION

Body C. I. IS 210 GR 260
Plate ASTM A 216 GR WCB
Seat Rings EPDM (Food grade quality)
Spring S. S. AISI 316
Body Bearings/Plate Bearings SS AISI 316
Hinge Pins S.S. AISI 431
Bolts, Studs and Nuts Carbon Steel IS : 1367 Class 4.6/4
Shell Test 9 kg/Cm2
Seat Test 6kg/Cm2
4.7. CI DOUBLE ACTING KINETIC AIR VALVE
(a) The valve shall be capable of exhausting air from pipe work automatically when
been filled. Air being released at a sufficiently higher rate to prevent the
restriction of the Inflow rate. Similarly the valve shall be capable of ventilating
pipe work automatically when being emptied. The air inflow rate being
sufficiently high to prevent the development of a vacuum in pipeline. The valve
shall automatically released air accumulating in pipe line work during normal
working condition.
(b) Air valve shall be of double orifice type with a large orifice for ventilation for
exhaust of the pipeline and small orifice for release of air under working
pressure. The valve shall be suitable for maximum working pressure in the
system. All air valve shall be provided with isolating sluice valve and flanged end
connection.
(c) Air valve shall be design to prevent premature closure prior to all air having
been discharge from the line. The orifice shall be positively sealed in the close
position but float (Ball) shall only be raised by the liquid and not by mixer of air
and liquid. The sealing shall be design to prevent the floats striking after long
period in the close position.
(d) All branched outlets including outlets for Air valves will be with compensation
pads (Dia of Main / for branch Dia ratio greater than 3. Diameter of
compensation pad will not be less than 1.75 times the O.D. of the branched
outlet. Plate thickness for pads will be same as that of the main.

216
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(e) For outlets with above ratio less than three, then the joints will be of plate
reinforcement type.
(f) The aperture of valves must be properly designed for which the contractor shall
submit design calculations for necessary approvals before the procurement of
valves.
(g) The air valve should be as per IS: 14845
(h) All branched outlets including air valve tee’s will be provided with one ½”BSP
coupling duly plugged for measurement of pressure in due course. The closing
plug will be in Stainless Steel (AISI 304 or equivalent) with Hex. Head. and will be
provided with copper washer for sealing.
(i) All flanges will be drilled as per I.S. 1538.
(j) The gaskets shall be of EPDM/nitrile rubber.

Pressure Rating As per requirement minimum PN 1.0

Body, Cover & Cowl Grey Cast Iron FG200 of IS:210
Low Pressure Ball Stainless steel float AISI 304/ IS3444
High Pressure Ball Stainless steel float AISI 304/ IS3444
Float Guide HBT1
High Pressure Orifice & Plug HTB2/ SS
Body seat ring Leaded tin bronze/ SS
Seal ring and face ring EPDM/NBR
Isolating Sluice Valve Conforming to IS 14846//as per manufacturer’s
recommendations
Spindle SS. AISI 304/316
Nut Bolt CS

(k) All exposed machined ferrous surfaces shall be painted with one coat of
aluminium red oxide primer conforming to IS 5660 and two coats of paint
conforming to IS 9862 or IS 2932( Non-Toxic- suitable for drinking water) applied
inside and outside.

4.8. TEMPER PROOF KINETIC AIR VALVES

(a) Kinetic Air valves shall be as per AWWA C 512 / IS 14845-2000 (amended upto
date).
(b) Air valves shall be of single chamber or double chamber, double orifice type and
tamper proof unless otherwise directed by the Engineer in charge. A buoyant
rigid float shall seal the large orifice and the chamber housing shall be designed
to avoid premature closing of the valve by the air whilst being discharged. Small
orifice shall discharge small air volume during operation under full internal

217
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

pressures. All air valves shall be provided with isolating sluice valve and flanged
end connection.
(c) The valve shall be capable of exhausting air from pipe work automatically when
being filled, the air being released at a sufficiently high rate to prevent the
restriction of the inflow rate. Similarly the valve shall be capable of ventilating
pipe work automatically when being emptied or under water hammer condition,
the air inflow rate being sufficiently high to prevent the development of a
vacuum in the pipelines. The valve shall also automatically release air
accumulating in pipe work during normal working conditions.
(d) The valves shall be designed to prevent premature closure prior to all air having
been discharged from the line. The orifice shall be positively sealed in the closed
position with the float only raised by the liquid and not by a mixture of air and
liquid spray. The seating shall be so designed to prevent the float sticking after a
long period in the closed position.
(e) Air valves shall thus be designed to automatically operate so that they will;
(i) positively open under internal pressure less than atmospheric pressure
to admit air in bulk during pipeline draining operation;
(ii) exhaust air in bulk and positively close as water, under low head, fills the
body of the valve during filling operation;
(iii) not blow shut under high velocity air discharge; and
(iv) exhaust accumulated air under pressure while the pipe is flowing full of
water.
(f) All air valves shall be constructed so that internal working parts which may
become necessary for repairs shall be readily accessible, removable, and
replaceable without use of special tools and removing the valve from the line.
(g) Valves with air intake or exhaust facilities shall have an integral protecting cover
top shall be supplied to prevent dirt and debris from entering the outlet of the
valve.
(h) The Contractor shall verify with the supplier of the valves that the valves have
the capacity to sustain the pipeline test pressures prior to testing. In the event
that the valves do not sustain the pressure they shall be removed and the stub
pipes from the main pipeline blanked off before pressure testing the pipeline.
(i) The Contractor shall submit air discharge chart (for out flow and inflow of air)
along with the Data Sheet.
(j) The Air valve tee shall be provided with one1/2” BSP coupling duly plugged for
measurement of pressure in due course. The closing plug shall be of Stainless

218
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

steel (AISI 304 or equivalent) with hex head and will be provided with copper
washer for sealing.
(k) The outlet of big orifice will have screen to prevent temper to float.
(l) Isolating Sluice Valve shall be DI metal seated non rising stem (Is 14846
amended up to date) PN 1.6.
(m) Material of construction of air valves shall comply with following requirements:

Pressure Rating As per requirement minimum PN 1.6

Body, High pressure cover, Low SG Iron Gr 400/12 as per IS 1865 or Ductile
pressure cover, Cowl and Joint Iron-GGG40/ GGG50 as per DIN 1693
Support ring & Cover
Float, Low pressure Ball and high Stainless steel float AISI 304
pressure ball
Seat Ring and Gasket EPDM/NBR
High pressure Orifice & HP orifice Bronze / SS
plug
Bush Bronze
Internal Fastners CS
External Fastners Galvanized Steel

(n) Valve shall be coated with Electrostatic Epoxy powder (EP-P) / Fusion bonded
epoxy (Non toxic and suitable for drinking water) with minimum thickness of 250
micron applied on body and cover inside and outside.

4.9. INSPECTION AND TESTS

(a) The material certificates, physical properties, heat treatments and shop test
certificates of valve body, disc, wedge and shaft shall be duly approved and
certified by the manufacturer and these shall be subject to review & approval by
the Engineer.
(b) During testing there shall be no visible evidence of structural damage to any of
the valve components.
(c) The following tests shall be performed by manufacturer for all the equipment as
applicable:
(i) Welding Qualifications.
(ii) Stage Inspections (in process inspection).
(iii) Ultrasonic test for forging materials.

• Shafts
• Plates of thickness 20mm and above for pressed / formed parts such

219
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

as heads, etc.
• Plates, flanges and bars of thickness / diameter 40mm and above
used for fabrication of pressure and load bearing members and
rotating parts.
(iv) Radiographic testing for all butt welded parts, as per applicable codes.
(v) Hardness tests for all Hardened surfaces.
(vi) Liquid penetrating tests or magnetic particle tests (as applicable) for all
machined surfaces of pressure parts.
(vii) Visual Inspection and Dimension Checking.
(viii) Hydrostatic / Leak testing for all pressure parts, Pneumatic Leak Test
wherever applicable.
(ix) Operation check.
(x) Overload Torque Test shall be carried out on the gear boxes of the valves.
The test shall be carried out by applying 1.5 times the rated torque.
(d) The Contractor shall maintain proper identification of all materials used, along
with reports for all internal / stage inspection work carried out, based on the
specific job requirement and or based on the datasheets / drawings /
specifications.

4.10. PAINTING
(a) All components susceptible to corrosion attack shall be coated internally and
externally. Protective coating shall always be applied to the individual
components before they are assembled, following shot blasting to give good
adhesion.
(b) The contractor shall be responsible for the cleaning, preparation for painting
and priming or otherwise protecting of all parts at the place of manufacture
prior to packing
(c) Parts may be cleaned but the surface defects may not be filled in before testing
at the manufacturer’s works. Parts subject to hydraulic test shall be tested
before any surface treatment. After test, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned
and dried out if necessary by washing with an approved dewatering fluid prior
to surface treatment. Except where the specifications provide to the contrary all
painting materials shall be applied in strict accordance with the paint
manufacturer’s instructions.

4.11. GEAR BOX FOR VALVES

Gearbox must be self-locking type, with a continuous indicator. Traveling nut and
screw type of gearboxes are not acceptable

220
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The gearbox of quadrant type or traveling nut type must conform to the provisions of
AWWA C-504. The rated torque capability of each operator shall be sufficient to seat,
unseat and rigidly hold in any intermediate position the valve disc it controls under the
operating conditions specified. Operating torque requirements must be fulfilled.
The operator must essentially be of self-locking type with or without additional spur
gear arrangement to ensure that the effort on hand wheel is limited to the pull
specified.
All valve operators shall be equipped with adjustable mechanical stop-limiting devices
to prevent over-travel of the valve disc in the open and closed positions. Either end of
the worm shaft must be provided with needle roller bearing to take on the lateral
thrust.
The housing for the gearing must be enclosed and sealed in such a way that there is no
leakage of oil / grease even after long period of un-use and there is no ingress of rain
water. Operator for valves, which are likely to be submerged in water for long period
during the rainy season, must be water tight.
The hand wheels may be provided with extension for easy grip. The hand wheels must
have a provision for locking with a chain and pad lock. All operators when fitted to the
valve shaft must ensure clock wise closing and this must be indicated on the housing. A
mechanical indicator is to be provided to show disc travel and end of travel.
Material of construction of Gear Box shall comply with following requirements:
Housing and Cover : Grey Cast iron IS 210 Gr. FG200/ Cast Steel IS 1030 Gr
230-450W/ SG Iron IS 1865 Gr 400/12
Quadrant : SG Iron IS 1865 500/7
Spur Gears : EN-8 with hardened pinions of EN-19
Worm : EN-19, hardened
Bearings : FAG/SKF/Equivalent
“O” rings : Nitrile rubber
Hand wheel : Steel / SG Iron
4.12. NUT, BOLTS, WASHERS
The jointing material such as nuts, bolts, washers, pig lead, rubber packing, etc. shall be
provided by the Contractor.
Nuts and bolts shall be of the best quality bright steel, machined on the shank and
under the head and nut. Studs, bolts and nuts shall be galvanized. Bolts shall be of
accurate length so that only one thread shall show through the nut in the fully
tightened conditions. Nuts and bolts shall conform to IS 1363 and IS 1367.
Washers, locking devices and anti-vibration arrangements shall be provided where

221
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

necessary.
Where there is a risk of corrosion, bolts, nuts and studs shall be designed so that the
maximum stress does not exceed half the yield stress of the material under any
conditions. All bolts, nuts and screws which are subject to frequent adjustment or
removal in the course of maintenance and repair shall be made of nickel bearing
stainless steel.
The Contractor shall supply all holding down, alignment leveling bolts complete with
anchorages, nuts washers and packing required to fix the plant to its foundations, bed
plates, frames and other structural parts.
The Contractor shall procure and keep at site, reasonable excess quantities to cover
wastage of those materials which will be normally subject to waste during erection,
commissioning and setting to work.
Throughout erection, the valves shall be supported properly on wooden sleepers, etc.
and shall be concreted immediately thereafter, as directed. Before the valves are
actually fixed, they shall be cleaned and greased and it should be seen that all parts are
in perfect working condition.

4.13. MS DISMANTLING JOINTS:

For ease during maintenance, dismantling joints shall be provided as required in scope
of work. Flexible MS dismantling joint shall be provided on MS pipelines and on other
mains of diameter more than 300mm. The joint must allow dismantling of the valve,
meters etc. without causing stress to the joints of the attached pipes. The minimum
clearance of the dismantling joint shall be five (5) cm. The pressure class of the
dismantling joint shall be the same as that of the pipe. Drawings of the dismantling joint
shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval. The Nuts and Bolts of the
joint shall be galvanized. The joints shall be painted/coated as per specification given
for exposed pipes.

4.14. CI DISMANTLING JOINT:

All butterfly, sluice valves, Bulk water meters or any other online valves etc. shall be
installed between flanges with a flexible dismantling joint at one side. The joint must
allow dismantling of the valve, meters etc. without causing stress to the joints of the
attached pipes. The pressure class of the dismantling joint shall be the same as that of
the pipe. CI dismantaling joints must be installed during the installation and removal of
pipe sections and valves installed with pumps. CI dismantling joint (Suitable for Sluice
valves etc.) as per IS specifications complete of the suitable sizes including all
jointing material, cost of all labour, testing and commissioning and as per technical
specifications and direction of Engineer In-Charge. Class PN 1.0/1.6 dismantling joints

222
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

shall be provided for HDPE, and DI pipelines. These joints should be capable in order to
get clearance of 30 mm in both the direction with flanges at the ends.

223
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

CHAPTER 5.
SPECIFICATIONS OF RESERVOIRS
5.1. GENERAL
This part of the specification covers the specific requirements for construction of RCC
Reservoirs (GLR, CWR and OHSR). These should be read in conjunction with the detailed
specifications given in Chapter on Civil Works. If the specifications contradict between
these two chapters, stringent shall be followed appropriately. The RCC reservoirs are to
be constructed as per the type and size detailed in the “Scope of Work” defined in this
Chapter of Bid document.

5.2. PREPARATORY WORKS

The Contractor shall provide and maintain a benchmark with a level at a location
approved by the Engineer in Charge at each reservoir construction sites. All levels shall
be deemed to refer to that benchmark. The Contractor may establish other secondary
benchmarks on the site.

5.3. SOIL & GEO TECHNICAL INVESTIGATION

SBC tests shall be got done through an approved agency wherever the strata on which
foundation is to be laid is not rocky. For foundations to be laid on sandy strata, the
structural design and reinforcement drawings shall be prepared assuming maximum
SBC of soil as 10 MT/Sqm even if the SBC testing is found to be 10 MT/Sqm or more at
foundation depth. If the SBC testing is found to be less than 10 MT/Sqm at foundation
depth, the structure shall be designed on the basis of actual SBC found on testing.
For foundations to be laid on rocky strata, (solid rocks), the SBC shall be taken as 18
MT/Sqm for design purposes. Solid rock shall mean where the SBC in general is about
40 MT/sqm or more.

5.4. CEMENT CONCRETE- GENERAL

(a) Unless otherwise called for by the Engineer-in-charge, cement shall be ordinary
Portland cement (OPC) conforming to IS 8112/ IS 12269. Sulphate resistant
Portland cement conforming to IS 12330. Cement manufactured in mini-cement
plants shall not be used. Sulphate resistant cement conforming to IS 12330
shall be used for all cement concrete works below ground level if the soil
resistivity is less than 2000 ohm-cm.
(b) All reinforcement used shall be of Thermo Mechanically Treated steel bars only
conforming to IS: 1786 latest revision with up-to-date amendments. All steel
shall be procured from main/ primary producers, who make their own ingots/
billets. No re rolled steel shall be incorporated in the work. Also, the steel shall
not be procured from the producers who make pencil ingots/ billets from scrap.
The reinforcement bars shall have ISI mark and shall be clean and free from

224
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

loose mill scales, rust and coating of oil or other coatings, which may destroy or
reduce bond. Grade of Steel shall be Fe 500.

5.5. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS:

5.5.1. DESIGN SUBMISSIONS
Complete detailed design calculations of foundations and superstructure together with
general arrangement drawings and explanatory sketches shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-charge. Separate calculations for foundations or superstructures submitted
independent of each other shall be deemed to be incomplete and will not be accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge.
The design considerations described hereunder establish the minimum basic
requirements. However, any particular structure shall be designed for the satisfactory
performance of the functions for which the same is being constructed.
The structural design of Reservoirs shall be submitted after proof checking from any
Govt. Engineering college/IIT/NIT/BITS Pillani.
The contractor shall be fully responsible for the soundness of design, construction,
structural safety and water tightness of the structure based on the specifications, sound
engineering practices and latest provisions in IS codes. The contractor shall be
responsible for the safety of structures, correctness of design and drawings, even after
the approval of the same by Engineer-in-Charge.
5.5.2. DESIGN STANDARDS
The Indian Standard and code of practice shall be adhered to for the design,
workmanship, testing of material, structure and commissioning etc. Design requirement
of RCC liquid retaining structures/ grade of concrete/ minimum cement content and
other provisions shall be governed by the provisions of IS 3370 (part 1 to 4) : 2009, IS
1893 (part 2) -2014, IS 1893 (part 1) : 2002, IS 4326 : 2013 and I.S. 13920 : 2016 for
seismic force and IS 11682 -1985 for R.C.C. Staging of overhead reservoirs and IS 456 -
2000 in their latest version. All other relevant codes that are required shall also be
followed.
5.5.3. DESIGN LOADING
The structure shall be designed to resist the worst combination of the following loads/
stresses under test and working conditions; these include dead load, live load, wind
load, seismic load, stresses due to temperature changes, shrinkage and creep in
materials, dynamic loads:
[Link]. Dead Load
This shall comprise all permanent construction including walls, floors, roofs, partitions,
stairways, fixed service equipments and other items of machinery. In estimating the
loads of process equipment all fixtures and attached piping shall be included.

225
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

[Link]. Live Load

Live loads shall be in general as per I.S. 875. However, the following minimum loads
shall be considered in the design of structures:

i) Live load on roofs : 4.00 KN/m2

ii) Live load on all other floors walkways, stairways and platforms : 2.00 KN/m2

In the absence of any suitable provisions for live loads in I.S. Codes or as given above for
any particular type of floor or structure, assumptions made must receive the approval
of the Employer prior to starting the design work. Apart from the specified live loads or
any other load due to material stored, any other equipment load or possible
overloading during maintenance or erection/ construction shall be considered and shall
be partial or full whichever causes the most critical condition.
[Link]. Wind Load
Wind loads shall be as per IS 875 Part 3.
[Link]. Earthquake Load
This shall be computed as per I.S. 1893 taking into consideration soil foundation system,
importance factor appropriate to the type of structure basic horizontal seismic
coefficient/ seismic zone factor & average acceleration coefficient.
5.5.4. DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR UNDERGROUND OR PARTLY UNDERGROUND LIQUID RETAINING
STRUCTURES
(a) Design of elements of structures in contact with water / moisture shall be
designed on un-cracked basis and using measure to control crack as specified in
IS 3370 Part 1.
(b) Capacity of tank shall be the net volume of water which it can store between the
designed full supply level and the lowest supply level (i.e. the top level of the lip
of outlet pipe)
(c) Maximum height of live storage in water reservoirs shall be 4.0 meters (except
for OHSR).
(d) Height of dome shall be 1/5th to 1/6th of span of dome.
(e) Free board depth shall be not less than 300mm and the dead storage depth not
less than 100mm.
(f) Container having diameter more than 15 meter shall be provided with annular
and dome on the roof whereas CWR shall be provided with flat slab roof only.
(g) Staging in case of overhead reservoirs is defined as the difference of levels
between the finished ground level and bottom of the water retaining structure

226
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

and top of the bottom ring beam of bottom dome; however provision for the
same in IS:11682 would also be referred to follow more stringent of the two.
(h) All underground or partly underground liquid containing structures shall be
designed for the following conditions:
(i) liquid depth up to full height of wall : no relief due to soil pressure from
outside to be considered;
(ii) structure empty (i.e. empty of liquid, any material, etc.) : earth pressure
(at rest) and surcharge pressure wherever applicable, to be considered as
per site conditions;
(iii) partition wall between dry sump and wet sump : to be designed for full
liquid depth up to full height of wall;
(iv) partition wall between two compartments: to be designed as one
compartment empty and other full;
(v) structures shall be designed for uplift in empty conditions with the water
table as per site conditions considering due seasonal variation on higher
side. The possible flooding levels due to local drainage system shall be
accounted while designing the structures.
(vi) walls shall be designed under operating conditions to resist earthquake
forces from earth pressure mobilization and dynamic water loads;
(vii) underground or partially underground structures shall be checked against
stresses developed due to any combination of full and empty
compartments with appropriate ground/ uplift pressures from below the
slab. The design shall be such that the minimum gravity weight exceeds
the uplift pressure at least by 20%.
(i) The structures are categorized as “Severe” with regard to Environmental
Exposure conditions mentioned under clause 8.2.2 of IS 456; the requirement
shall be governed suitably to the given category. Thus minimum cement
content, maximum water cement ration and minimum grade of concrete with
normal weight aggregate of 20mm nominal size shall confirm to following:

Sn Concrete Minimum Cement Maximum free Minimum Grade

Content (kg/cum) water cement ratio of Concrete
1 Plain Concrete 250 0.5 M20
2 Reinforced 320 0.45 M35
Concrete

(j) The RCC liquid retaining structure (container) shall be designed with minimum
grade of concrete M-35 whereas columns and foundation of OHSR may be
designed with minimum grade of concrete M-30.

227
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(k) OHSR shall be designed using membrane theory and then it should be checked
and corrected for continuity analysis. It implies that higher of two forces arrived
by membrane theory and continuity analysis should be used for actual structural
design.
(l) The minimum reinforcement in walls, floors and roofs in each of two directions
of right angles within each surface zone shall be as per Clause 8.1 of IS: 3370
Part 2 -2009. However; in slabs resting directly on ground with thickness up to
200mm, the calculated reinforcement shall be placed within one face as near as
possible to the upper surface consistent with nominal cover.
(m) The nominal cover of concrete for all steel, including stirrups, links, sheathing
and spacers shall be as per Table 16 of IS: 456-2000.
(n) Construction of floors and walls of Liquid Retaining structures shall be as per
Clause 11 of IS: 3370 Part 1-2009.
(o) Columns and Braces shall be joined with four haunches at their junction
(p) Foundations:
i) The minimum depth of foundations for the structures, frame foundations
and load bearing walls shall be as per IS 1904. However; in case of OHSR
the depth of foundation shall not be less than 2.0m and in case of CWR not
less than 1.0m unless it rests on solid rock. The depth may be reduced in
case of solid rock but not less than 600mm. The raft foundation of ESR’s
shall be checked not only on Cantilever theory but both in terms of radial
as well as circumferential i.e. on plate theory.
ii) Bearing capacity of soil shall be determined as per IS: 6403.
iii) Care shall be taken to avoid the foundations of adjacent buildings or
structure foundations, either existing or not within the scope of this
contract. Suitable adjustments in depth, location and sizes may have to be
made depending on site conditions. No extra claims for such adjustments
shall be accepted.
iv) A structure subjected to groundwater pressure shall be designed to resist
floatation. The dead weight of empty structure shall provide a factor of
safety of 1.2 against uplift during construction and service.
v) Lean Concrete below foundation/ floor shall be not less than 150mm thick
and not weaker than M-15. A separating layer of polyethylene sheet
minimum 125 micron thick shall be provided between floor slab and lean
concrete.

228
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

vi) Where there is level difference between the natural ground level and the
foundations of structure or floor slabs, this difference shall be filled up in
the following ways:

• In case of non-liquid retaining structures the natural top soil shall be

removed till a firm strata is reached (minimum depth of soil removed
shall be 500 mm) and the level difference shall be made up by
compacted backfill as per specifications. However the thickness of
each layer shall not exceed 150 mm. The area of backfilling for floor
slabs shall be confined to prevent soil from slipping out during
compaction.

• The natural topsoil shall be removed as described above and the

level difference shall be made up with Plain Cement Concrete not
weaker than M 10.
(q) The following minimum thicknesses and other details shall be used for
different reinforced concrete members, irrespective of design thickness:

i) Walls for liquid retaining structures : 150 mm

ii) Spherical Dome / Flat slabs for Roof of liquid retaining : 125mm
structures
iii) Bottom flat slabs/ Spherical domes for liquid retaining : 150 mm
structures
iv) Floor slabs including balcony, walkways, canopy slabs : 150 mm
v) Waist slab of Staircase : 150mm
vi) Wall of cables/ pipe trenches, underground pits etc. : 125 mm
vii) Column footings : 300 mm
viii) Parapets, Chajja : 100 mm
ix) Pre-Cast trench cover : 100 mm
x) Free Board Depth : 300 mm
xi) Dead Storage Depth : 150mm
xii) Lean concrete below foundation : 100 mm
xiii) Age Factor shall be not more than : 1
5.6. REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF RCC RESERVOIRS
5.6.1. MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
The building/construction material to be used shall be as per the specifications given in
this chapter and Chapter for Civil works. The pipes & specials to be used shall be as per
the specifications given in Chapter for Pipes. The valves and instruments shall be as per
the specifications given in this volume II containing specifications for Valves and
Instrumentation respectively.
5.6.2. JOINTS

229
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(a) Movement joints such as expansion joints, complete contraction joints, partial
contraction joints and sliding joints shall be designed to suit the structure.
However contraction joints shall be provided at specified locations spaced not
more than 7.5 m in both right angle directions for walls and rafts.
(b) No expansion joints in wall, floor & roof of water retaining structure shall be
allowed
(c) The positions of construction joints should be specified by the designer &
indicated on the drawings. If there is a need on site to revise any specified
position or to have additional joints, the proposed positions should be agreed
with the designer.
The concrete at the joint should be bounded with that subsequently placed against it,
without provision for relative movement between the two concrete should not be
allowed to run to a feather edge & vertical joints should be formed against stop edges.
5.6.3. TESTING FOR WATER TIGHTNESS
In addition to the structural test of structures, the tanks shall also be tested for water
tightness test at full supply level as described in 12 of IS 3370 (Part I).
On completion of the Service Reservoir works and before its commissioning, the
contractor shall carry out a water tightness test for the maximum water head condition
i.e. with the water standing at Full Supply Level (FSL). This test shall be carried out
preferably in dry season in accordance with the procedure given below:
The water tightness test shall be carried out when the construction of Reservoir is done
and when it is possible to fill the reservoir and ensure that uniform settlement of the
structure as a whole or as directed by the Employer. Before the filling operations are
started the reservoir shall be inspected by the Employer and the Contractor's
Representative and the condition of surfaces of walls, contraction joints shall be noted
and it shall be ensured that the jointing material filled in the joint is in position and all
openings are closed. The Contractor shall make necessary arrangement for ventilation
and lighting of the reservoir by way of floodlights, circulators etc. for carrying out
proper inspection of the surfaces and inner conditions if so desired by the Employer.
For this purpose, it shall be verified that valves provided on the various pipes connected
to the reservoir
(a) Reservoirs shall be filled gradually at the rate not exceeding 30 cm rise in water
level per hour. Records of leakages starting at different levels of water in the
reservoir, if any, shall be kept.
(b) The reservoir once filled shall be allowed to remain so for a period of seven days
before any readings of drop in water level are recorded.

230
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(c) The level of the water shall be recorded against the subsequent intervals of 24
hours over a period of seven days.
(d) Tanks having external faces exposed, the test shall be deemed to be satisfied if
the external faces show no sign of leakage and remain apparently dry over the
period of observation of seven days after allowing a seven day period for
absorption after filling. Also there shall be no indications of the leakages around
the puddle collars.
(e) In fully or party underground or tanks resting on ground, the total drop in
surface level over a period of seven days shall be taken as an indication of the
water tightness of the reservoir, which for all practical purposes shall not exceed
40 mm.
(f) If the structure does not satisfy the condition of test and the daily drop in water
level is decreasing, the period of test may be extended for a further period of
seven days and if the specified limit is then reached the structure may be
considered as satisfactory.
(g) In case the drop in level exceeds the permissible level limit and signs of leakage
with the stipulated period of test, the Contractor shall carry out such additional
works and adopt such measures as may be directed by the Employer to reduce
the leakage within the permissible limits. The entire rectification work that shall
be carried out in this connection shall be at the Contractor's cost. The water
required for subsequent testing shall be supplied to the Contractor free of cost.
Contractor shall have to make arrangement for filling emptying the reservoir at
his own cost.
(h) If the test results are unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall ascertain the cause and
make all necessary repairs and repeat the water retaining structures test
procedures, at his own cost. Should the re-test results still be unsatisfactory
after the repairs, the structure will be condemned and the Contractor will
dismantle and reconstruct the structure, to the original specification, at his own
cost.
(i) During testing and during defect liability period the impression marks created
due to seepage shall be rectified and made good.
(j) No separate payment shall be made for water tightness test and the cost
thereof shall deem to be covered in the rates quoted for the work.
5.6.4. PRECAUTIONS TO KEEP RESERVOIRS FREE FROM CONTAMINATION
As soon as possible after completion of reservoir and after all pipes have been laid the
Contractor shall remove all dirt, debris, materials, tools etc. from the reservoir and shall

231
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

wash and brush down with water the whole of the interior. He shall also if required by
the Employer incorporate a mixture of chloride of lime in the water wash required.
The greatest care shall be taken to keep the entire reservoir free from any
contamination. Strict supervision shall be maintained over the workmen entering after
first washing down. Provision shall be made to enable workmen to wash their feet or
footwear clean and sterilize them before entering.

5.7. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OF RESERVOIRS

5.7.1. PUDDLE COLLARS
Puddle collars shall be used for connecting the inlet, outlet (as per requirement), and
wash out pipes to the reservoir. All puddle shall be fixed at right angle to the RCC wall
during the casting of wall. All puddle collar shall be of DI. The minimum length shall be
at least 100 mm more than the total finished thickness of wall and size of puddles shall
be equal to the size of the respective pipe. Contractor is required to procure Puddle
collars before concreting take place. No opening for fixing of puddle collars shall be
allowed. These shall be conforming to relevant IS code.
5.7.2. STAIRCASE AND LADDERS FOR OHSR/CWR
[Link]. OHSR
RCC Stair arrangement with locking arrangement of minimum 1000 width shall be
provided along the staging column of ESR and up to Balcony. From the balcony to top
dome on outside of OHSR, MS ladder with MS cage as per standard drawing shall be
provided. A projecting RCC landing shall be provided on roof for fixing this ladder. M.S.
ladder with all its components should be suitably painted as per specifications.
To avoid unauthorized entry on OHSR, a suitably designed cage made of MS Angle Iron,
Flat and weld mesh of size 50mm x 50mm x 3.15mm shall be provided from first landing
and up to third landing. A MS Gate with locking arrangement covering full height of
cage shall be provided at third landing. Clear height of cage should be not less than
2.10m.
SS 304 ladders in all type of reservoirs from roof to inside bottom dome/ floor /
platform in the container shall be provided as per standard drawing. It shall be suitably
fixed at top and bottom.
5.7.3. CWR
MS ladder along with railing outside CWR from ground level to roof shall be provided as
per details provided on the drawing.
SS 304 ladders in all type of reservoirs from roof to inside bottom dome/ floor /
platform in the container shall be provided as per standard drawing. It shall be suitably
fixed at top and bottom.
5.7.4. RAILING

232
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Hand railing shall be provided along the top of reservoir, on the sides of the RCC
staircase, balcony, and at other suitable points for the requirement of safety of
maintenance and execution staff as per details given on standard drawing.
5.7.5. WATER LEVEL INDICATOR
Water level indicator shall be provided for each reservoir to be constructed in this
contract. Water level indicator consisting of an approved Stainless steel (SS 304) float
and GI counter weight connected to a flexible stainless steel wire 3mm thick passing
over aluminium pulley 70mm diameter. The pulleys shall be properly fixed with
structure and should have a guide so that the wire does not slip from the pulley.
The scale shall be calibrated in centimeters and should consist of Aluminum or stainless
steel sheet with thickness not less than 18 SWG fixed over wooden plank with an M.S.
angle iron frame of 50mm x 50mm x 5mm and painted with white enamel base and
engraved radium letters in black and red. The scale shall be located and fixed with RCC
vertical wall of OHSR/CWR. In addition, 75mm GI nipple shall be fixed in dome / slab to
make provision for fixing ultrasonic type water level sensor.
5.7.6. VENTILATOR
SS 304, 3mm thick sheet Ventilators shall be provided as per standard drawing
5.7.7. LIGHTENING ARRESTER
The conical cover of stainless steel of ventilator shall act as lightening arrester. It shall
be be connected with 2 GI strip 25 mm wide & 3mm thick which would be taken down
separately and connected to two separate chemical earthling system consisting of
50mm dia GI Class B pipe, 2M in length with backfill compound as per standard GA
drawing.
5.7.8. PLINTH PROTECTION
All the reservoirs (CWR/OHSR/GLR) shall be provided with adequate plinth protection
all around the structure in a width starting from edge of structure at GL and extending
at least up to 1.0m beyond the edge of outer most projection (Fall of Balcony or edge of
raft slab whichever is more in case of OHSR and Ring Beam at the top of wall in
CWR/GLR). It shall consist of 150mm thick layer of compacted sand fill and top PCC
150mm M-15. The minimum free space between plinth protection and the first bracing
of the OHSR shall be 3.00meters.
5.7.9. INTERNAL & EXTERNAL COATING
Inside surfaces of OHSR (inside surface of top dome / flat slab, edge beam and 600mm
portion of vertical wall from top) shall be painted with two coats of food grade anti-
corrosive epoxy paint. The paint shall be confirming to the standards of non toxic paint
suitable to be used in potable water supply systems. The external surface of top dome
shall be painted with two coats of anti carbonation paint. The outer surface of the tank,

233
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

column, bracing etc. shall be painted with three coats of cement paint. All metallic
surfaces shall be painted with one coat of red oxide primer and three coats of enamel
paint. The paints shall be of approved make & quality as per specifications. The
concrete surface below ground shall be painted with bitumen paint.
The top surface of slab /dome shall be painted with minimum two coats of anti
carbonation paint of approved shade and outer surface of container, cone wall,
balcony, columns and beams above ground shall be painted with minimum two coats of
cement based paint of approved shade. All mild steel railing, posts, gate, frame, MS
ladder, level gauge shall receive a coat of red oxide primer, two under coats and one
finishing coat of an approved enamel paint and of approved shades. Concrete surface
below ground level shall be provided with bitumen paint as per specifications. Painting
of outside surface of the container shall be provided with anti-carbonation paint as per
specifications. Inside surfaces of container (inside surface of top dome / flat slab, edge
beam and 600mm portion of vertical wall from top) shall be painted with two coats of
food grade epoxy paint.
5.7.10. SLOGAN AND LOGO
The contractor shall paint on the vertical wall of the tank portion by using 3 coats of
plastic emulsion paint of shade as approved by engineer in charge to form a base for
writing the slogan. The Size and shade for painting the slogan will be approved and
directed by Engineer in Charge. The display should indicate the PHED monogram, name
of WSS, name of village (location) & Capacity of SR / CWR in lac litres , the date of last
washing at height not less than 0.60m above plinth. The slogan shall be as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge.
5.7.11. PIPE CLAMP
At least two clamp on one staging shall be provided made out of 6mm thick 50mm wide
MS flat fixed on pipe & column.
5.7.12. MAN HOLE COVER
Square manhole cover 750X750 mm shall be provided. The cover shall be made of 3mm
thick Stainless Steel sheet with proper braces. The frame shall be made of Stainless
Steel sections of 25 x 5mm. The cover shall be connected to this frame by using two
nos. strung hinges made out of SS 304. Locking arrangement shall be provided.
5.7.13. TREATMENT OF JOINTS IN CONTINUOUS PORTION
Two hours after pouring the concrete, the slurry would be washed with high pressure
water jet & air jet. Before pouring the next layer of concrete the old surface shall be
brushed, painted with approved joining compound.
PVC water Stop of 150 mm width as per IS (with 300 mm overlap at the ends) shall be
provided at construction joints in the container walls of water retaining structures

234
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(cone wall and vertical wall) as per drawing and as instructed by the Engineer Incharge.
It shall be either of bar type, serrated with center bulb and end grips for use within
concrete elements.
5.7.14. RUBBER SHEETS AND NUT BOLTS
The nuts and bolts shall be of best quality carbon steel, machined on the shank and
electro-galvanized. Rubber gasket shall be as per IS 5382. Dimensions and drilling of flat
gasket will be as per IS 1538, suitable for making flanged joint.

5.8. FINAL FINISHING

The contractor will ensure that the entire structure along with all its installations is in a
finished and in new and fully operative condition when handed over. He shall have
repaired and removed all signs of damage that might have been done during the course
of installation and fixing of equipment. He shall also see that the entire exterior has
been finished properly and the entire site is cleared of all extra construction material,
debris and excavated soil. This shall have to be done to the satisfaction of the Engineer
in Charge.

235
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

CHAPTER 6.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS
6.1. CIVIL AND BUILDING WORKS
6.1.1. GENERAL
This part of the specification covers the design loads to be considered, specifications of
material and workmanship for the civil works. Material used and workmanship for the
civil works of pump house, campus development, civil works associated with pipeline
laying etc. to be done under the contract will adhere to the provisions laid down in this
chapter.
For materials used other than those specified, the material must conform to the
requirement of respective Indian Standards. The contractor shall get prior approval of
the materials proposed to be used under the contract as per the provisions of Special
Conditions of Contract, from the Engineer-in-Charge.

6.2. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS:

6.2.1. DESIGN SUBMISSIONS
The contractor shall be responsible for the safety of structures, correctness of design
and drawings, even after the approval of the same by Engineer-in-Charge.
Complete detailed design calculations of foundations and superstructure together with
general arrangement drawings and explanatory sketches shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-charge. Separate calculations for foundations or superstructures submitted
independent of each other shall be deemed to be incomplete and will not be accepted
by the Engineer-in-charge.
The design considerations described hereunder establish the minimum basic
requirements of plain and reinforced concrete structures, masonry structures and
structural steel works. However, any particular structure shall be designed for the
satisfactory performance of the functions for which the same is being constructed.
6.2.2. DESIGN STANDARDS
All designs shall be based on the latest Indian Standard (I.S.) Specifications or Codes of
Practice unless otherwise specified. The design standards adopted shall follow the best
modern engineering practice in the field based on any other international standard or
specialist literature subject to such standard reference or extract of such literature in
the English language being supplied to and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. In case
of any variation or contradiction between the provisions of the I.S. Standards or Codes
and the specifications given along with the submitted tender document, the provision
given in this specification shall be followed.
6.2.3. DESIGN LIFE
The design life of all structures and buildings shall be 60 years.

236
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

6.2.4. DESIGN LOADING

All buildings and structures shall be designed to resist the worst combination of the
following loads/ stresses under test and working conditions; these include dead load,
live load, wind load, seismic load, stresses due to temperature changes, shrinkage and
creep in materials, dynamic loads:
6.2.5. DEAD LOAD
This shall comprises all permanent construction including walls, floors, roofs, partitions,
stairways, fixed service equipments and other items of machinery. In estimating the
loads of process equipment all fixtures and attached piping shall be included.
6.2.6. LIVE LOAD
Live loads shall be in general as per I.S. 875. In the absence of any suitable provisions
for live loads in I.S. Codes for any particular type of floor or structure, assumptions
made must receive the approval of the Engineer-in-charge prior to starting the design
work. Apart from the specified live loads or any other load due to material stored, any
other equipment load or possible overloading during maintenance or erection/
construction shall be considered and shall be partial or full whichever causes the most
critical condition.
6.2.7. WIND LOAD
Wind loads shall be as per I.S. 875. Part 3
6.2.8. EARTHQUAKE LOAD
This shall be computed as per I.S. 1893 taking into consideration soil foundation system,
importance factor appropriate to the type of structure basic horizontal seismic
coefficient/ seismic zone factor & average acceleration coefficient.
6.2.9. DYNAMIC LOAD
Dynamic loads due to working of plant items such as pumps, blowers, compressors,
switch gears, travelling cranes, etc. shall be considered in the design of structures
Joints
Movement joints such as expansion joints, complete contraction joints, partial
contraction joints and sliding joints shall be designed to suit the structure. However
contraction joints shall be provided at specified locations spaced not more than 7.5 m in
both right angle directions for walls and rafts.
No expansion joints in wall, floor & roof of water retaining structure shall be allowed
The positions of construction joints should be specified by the designer & indicated on
the drawings. If there is a need on site to revise any specified position or to have
additional joints, the proposed positions should be agreed with the designer.

237
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The concrete at the joint should be bounded with that subsequently placed against it,
without provision for relative movement between the two concrete should not be
allowed to run to a feather edge & vertical joints should be formed against stop edges.
Expansion joints for non-liquid retaining structures shall be provided as per IS 3414.

6.3. FOUNDATIONS
1 The minimum depth of foundations for all structures, equipments, buildings
and frame foundations and load bearing walls shall be as per IS 1904.
2 Bearing capacity of soil shall be determined as per IS : 6403.
3 Care shall be taken to avoid the foundations of adjacent buildings or structure
foundations, either existing or not within the scope of this contract. Suitable
adjustments in depth, location and sizes may have to be made depending on
site conditions. No extra claims for such adjustments shall be accepted by the
department.
4 A structure subjected to groundwater pressure shall be designed to resist
floatation. The dead weight of empty structure shall provide a factor of safety
of 1.2 against uplift during construction and service.
5 Where there is level difference between the natural ground level and the
foundations of structure or floor slabs, this difference shall be filled up in the
following ways.
In case of non-liquid retaining structures the natural top soil shall be removed till a firm
strata is reached (minimum depth of soil removed shall be 500 mm) and the level
difference shall be made up by compacted backfill as per specifications. However the
thickness of each layer shall not exceed 150 mm. The area of backfilling for floor slabs
shall be confined to prevent soil from slipping out during compaction.

6.4. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

The following are the design requirements for all reinforced or plain concrete
structures:
1. All blinding and leveling concrete shall be as per Conceptual Bid drawing.
2. All buildings shall be provided with damp proofing for basement and floors and
water proofing for roofs.
3. Any structure or pipeline crossing below roads shall be designed for Class A of
IRC loading.
4. All pipes and conduits laid below the structural plinth and road works shall be
embedded in concrete of grade M 15 of minimum thickness 150 mm with
providing skin reinforcement.

238
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

5. Suitable admixtures may be used with the approval of engineer in charge.

6.5. MATERIALS & STANDARDS

The term “materials” shall mean all materials, goods and articles of every kind whether
raw, processed or manufactured and equipment and plant of every kind to be supplied
by the Contractor for incorporation in the Works.
Except as may be otherwise specified for particular parts of the works the provision of
clauses in “Materials and Workmanship” shall apply to materials and workmanship for
any part of the works.
All materials shall be new and of the kinds and qualities described in the Contract and
shall be at least equal to approved samples.
Materials and workmanship shall comply with the relevant Indian Standards (with
amendments) current on the date of submission of the tender.
Where the relevant standard provides for the furnishing of a certificate to the Engineer-
in-charge, at his request, stating that the materials supplied comply in all respects with
the standard, the Contractor shall obtain the certificates and forward it to the Engineer-
in-charge.
The specifications, standards and codes listed below are considered to be part of this
Bid specification. All standards, specifications, codes of practices referred to herein
shall be the latest editions including all applicable official amendments and revisions.
In case of discrepancy between two standards the provisions more stringent shall be
followed. In case of discrepancy between the Tender Specifications and the Standards
referred to herein, the stringent specifications shall govern.
Materials and workmanship shall comply with the relevant Indian Standards (with
amendments up to date).
Where the relevant standard provides for the furnishing of a certificate to the Engineer-
in-charge, at his request, stating that the materials supplied comply in all respects with
the standard, the Contractor shall obtain the certificates and forward it to the Engineer-
in-charge.
The specifications, standards and codes listed in this chapter are considered to be part
of this Bid specification. All standards, specifications, codes of practices referred to
herein shall be the latest editions including all applicable official amendments and
revisions.

6.6. EARTHWORK FOR BUILDINGS

6.6.1. GENERAL
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, plant instruments, qualified supervisory
personnel, labour, materials, any temporary works, consumables, any and everything

239
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

necessary, whether or not such items are specifically stated herein for completion of
the work in accordance with the Department’s Requirements.
The Contractor shall survey the site before excavation and set out all lines and establish
levels for various works such as grading, basement, foundations, plinth filling, roads,
drains, cable trenches, pipelines etc. Such survey shall be carried out by taking accurate
cross sections of the area perpendicular to established reference/grid lines at 8 m in
case of buildings and 30 m in case of roads and pipe lines works intervals or nearer, if
necessary, based on ground profile and thereafter properly recorded.
The excavation shall be carried out to correct lines and levels. This shall also include,
where required, proper shoring to maintain excavations and also the furnishing,
erecting and maintaining of substantial barricades around excavated areas and warning
lamps at night.
Excavated material shall be dumped in regular heaps, bunds, riprap with regular slopes
and levelling the same so as to provide natural drainage. Rock/soil excavated shall be
stacked properly as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. As a rule, all softer material
shall be laid along the centre of heaps, the harder and more weather resisting materials
forming the casing on the sides and the top. Topsoil shall be stock piled separately for
later re-use.
The area to be excavated/filled shall be cleared of fences, trees, plants, logs, stumps,
bush, vegetation, rubbish, slush, etc. and other objectionable matter. If any roots or
stumps of trees are encountered during excavation, they shall also be removed. The
material so removed shall be disposed off as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Where earthfill is intended, the area shall be stripped of all loose/ soft patches, top soil
containing objectionable matter / materials before fill commences.
6.6.2. EXCAVATION
Excavation for permanent work shall be taken out to such widths, lengths, depths and
profiles as are shown on the approved drawings or such other lines and grades as may
be agreed with the Engineer-in-charge Rough excavation shall be carried out to a depth
of 150 mm above the final level. The balance shall be excavated with special care. Soft
pockets shall be removed below the final level and extra excavation filled up with
material as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The final excavation should be carried
out just prior to laying the blinding course.
To facilitate the permanent works the Contractor may excavate, and also backfill later,
outside the lines shown on the approved drawings or as agreed with the Engineer-in-
charge. Should any excavation be taken below the specified elevations, the Contractor
shall fill it up with material as approved by EIC upto the required elevation at no cost to
the department.

240
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

All excavations shall be to the minimum dimensions required for safety and ease of
working. Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained by the Contractor
in each individual case, for the method proposed for the excavation, including
dimensions, side slopes, dewatering, disposal, etc. This approval, shall not in any way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any consequent loss or damage. The
excavation must be carried out in the most expeditious and efficient manner. Side
slopes shall be as steep as will stand safely for the actual soil conditions encountered.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent slips. Should slips occur, the slipped material
shall be removed and the slope dressed to a modified stable slope.
6.6.3. ROCK
All loose boulders, detached rocks partially and other loose material which might move
therewith not directly in the excavation but so close to the area to be excavated as to
be liable, in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge, to fall or otherwise endanger the
workmen, equipment, or the work shall be stripped off and removed from the area of
the excavation. The method used shall be such as not to render unstable or unsafe the
portion, which was originally sound and safe.
Any material not requiring removal in order to complete the permanent works, but
which, in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge, is likely to become loose or unstable later,
shall also be promptly and satisfactorily removed.
6.6.4. FILL, BACKFILLING AND SITE GRADING
All fill material shall be subject to the Engineer-in-charge’s approval. If any material is
rejected by Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor shall remove the same forthwith from
the site. Surplus fill material shall be deposited / disposed off as directed by Engineer-
in-charge after the fill work is completed.
No earth fill shall commence until surface water discharges and streams have been
properly intercepted or otherwise dealt with to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
To the extent available, selected surplus soil from excavations shall be used as backfill.
Backfill material shall be free from lumps, organic or other foreign material. All lumps
of earth shall be broken or removed unless otherwise stated. Where excavated
material is mostly rock, the boulders shall be broken into pieces not larger than 150 mm
size, mixed with properly graded fine material consisting of murrum or earth to fill the
voids and the mixture used for filling.
If fill material is required to be imported, the Contractor shall make arrangements to
bring such material from outside borrow pits. The material and source shall be subject
to the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The approved borrow pit areas shall be
cleared of all bushes, roots of trees, plants, rubbish, etc. Topsoil containing foreign
material shall be removed. The materials so removed shall be disposed of as directed

241
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

by Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall provide the necessary access roads to

borrow areas and maintain the same if such roads do not exist.
The spaces around the foundations, structures, pits, trenches, in plinth etc., shall be
cleared of all debris, and filled with earth in layers not exceeding 15 cm, each layer
being watered, rammed and properly consolidated to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-
charge. Earth shall be rammed with approved mechanical compaction machines.
Usually no manual compaction shall be allowed unless the Engineer-in-Charge is
satisfied that in some cases manual compaction by tampers cannot be avoided. The
final backfill surface shall be trimmed and leveled to a proper profile to the approval of
the Engineer-in-charge.
The filling shall be done after the concrete or masonry is fully set and done in such a
manner as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure.
Where backfilling is required to be carried out with local sand it shall be clean, medium
grained and free from impurities. The filled-in-sand shall be kept flooded with water for
24 hours to ensure maximum consolidation. The surface of the consolidated sand shall
be dressed to required level or slope. Construction of floors or other structures on sand
fill shall not be started until the Engineer-in-charge has inspected and approved the fill.
6.6.5. FILL DENSITY
Unless otherwise specified the compaction, where so called for, shall comply with
minimum 90% compaction by Standard Proctor at moisture content differing not more
than 4% from the optimum moisture content. The Contractor shall demonstrate
adequately by field and laboratory tests that the specified density has been obtained.
6.6.6. TIMBER SHORING
The provisions of relevant IS shall apply.
6.6.7. DEWATERING
The Contractor shall ensure at his cost that the excavation and the structures are free
from water during construction and shall take all necessary precautions and measures
to exclude ground/ rain water so as to enable the works to be carried out in reasonably
dry conditions in accordance with the construction programme. Sumps made for
dewatering must be kept clear of the excavations/ trenches required for further work.
The method of pumping shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge, but in any case, the
pumping arrangement shall be such that there shall be no movement of subsoil or
blowing in due to differential head of water during pumping. Pumping arrangements
shall be adequate to ensure no delays in construction. The dewatering shall be
continued for at least (7) seven days after the last pour of the concrete. The Contractor
shall, however, ensure that no damage to the structure results on stopping of
dewatering.

242
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The Contractor shall study the sub-soil conditions carefully and shall conduct any test
necessary at the site with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge to test the
permeability and drainage conditions of the sub-soil for excavation, concreting etc.,
below ground level.
The scheme for dewatering and disposal of water shall be approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. The Contractor shall suitably divert the water obtained from dewatering from
such areas of site where a build up of water in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge
obstructs the progress of the work, leads to unsanitary conditions by stagnation,
retards the speed of construction and is detrimental to the safety of men, materials,
structures and equipment.
When there is a continuous inflow of water and the quantum of water to be handled is
considered in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge, to be large, a well point system-single
stage or multistage, shall be adopted. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-
charge, details of his well point system including the stages, the spacing number and
diameter of well points, headers etc., and the number, capacity and location of pumps
for approval.
If any foundation pits are filled due to accumulation of surface flow during the progress
of work or during rainy season, or due to any other cause all pumping required for
dewatering the pits & removing silt shall be done without extra cost.
6.6.8. RAIN WATER DRAINAGE
Grading in the vicinity of excavation shall be such as to exclude rain/ surface water
draining into excavated areas. Excavation shall be kept clean of rain and such water as
the Contractor may be using for his work by suitably pumping out the same. The
scheme for pumping and discharge of such water shall be approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.

6.7. CONCRETE
6.7.1. GENERAL
The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right at all times to inspect all operations
including the sources of materials, procurement, layout and storage of materials, the
concrete batching and mixing equipment and the quality control system. Such an
inspection shall be arranged and the Engineer-in-Charge’s approval obtained, prior to
starting of concrete work. This shall, however, not relieve the Contractor of any of his
responsibilities. All materials which do not conform to the Specifications shall be
rejected.
Materials should be selected so that they can satisfy the design requirements of
strength, serviceability, safety, durability and finish with due regards to the functional
requirements and the environmental conditions to which the structure will be
subjected. Materials complying with codes/standards shall generally be used. Other

243
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

materials may be used after approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and after establishing
their performance suitability based on previous data, experience or tests.
6.7.2. MATERIALS
Cement
Unless otherwise called for by the Engineer-in-charge, cement shall be ordinary
Portland cement conforming to IS : 12269. Super Sulphated cement shall be conforming
to IS 6909 or Sulphate resistant Portland cement conforming to IS 12330. Cement
manufactured in mini-cement plants shall not be used.
Only one type of cement shall be used in any one mix. The source of supply, type or
brand of cement within the same structure or portion thereof shall not be changed
without approval from the Engineer-In-Charge.
Cement which is not used within 90 days from its date of manufacture shall be tested at
a laboratory approved by the Engineer-In-Charge and until the results of such tests are
found satisfactory, it shall not be used in any work.
Aggregates (General)
It shall comply with requirement of IS 383 and as specified in IS 456-2000. Aggregates
shall consist of naturally occurring stones (crushed or uncrushed), gravel and sand.
They shall be chemically inert, strong, hard, clean, durable against weathering, of
limited porosity, free from dust/slit/organic impurities/deleterious materials such as
iron pyrites, cod, mica, slate, clay alkali, soft fragments, sea shells and conform to IS :
383. Aggregates such as slag, crushed over burnt bricks, bloated clay aggregates,
sintered fly ash and tiles shall not be used.
Aggregates shall be washed and screened before use where necessary or if directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
Aggregates containing reactive silica shall not be used.
The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as stated on the drawings but in no case
greater than ¼ of the minimum thickness of the member.
Plums 160 mm and above of a reasonable size may be used in mass concrete fill where
directed. Plums shall not constitute more than 20% by volume of the concrete when
specifically permitted. The plums shall be distributed evenly and shall not be closer
than 160 mm from the surface. For heavily reinforced concrete members as in the case
of ribs of main beams the nominal maximum size of aggregate shall be restricted to 5
mm less than minimum clear distance between the main bars or 5 mm less than the
minimum cover to reinforcement whichever is smaller. Coarse and fine aggregates
shall preferably batched separately, specially for design mix concrete.

244
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The largest possible size, properly graded should be used in order to reduce water
demand.
Fine aggregates are divided into 4 zones. Typical good sand falls in Zone II grading,
however, finer or coarse sand may be used with suitable adjustment in the ratio of
quantities of coarse to fine aggregates.
Very fine sands as included in Zone IV grading should not be used except when the
concrete is closely controlled by design mixes.
Water
Water used for both mixing and curing shall conform to IS : 456-2000 and free from
injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, sugar, organic materials that may be
deleterious to concrete or steel. The pH value of water shall not be less than 6.
Reinforcement
All reinforcement used shall be of Thermo Mechanically Treated steel bars only
conforming to IS: 1786 latest revision with up-to-date amendments. All steel shall be
procured from main/ primary producers, who make their own ingots/ billets. No re
rolled steel shall be incorporated in the work. Also, the steel shall not be procured from
the producers who make pencil ingots/ billets from scrap. The reinforcement bars shall
have ISI mark and shall be clean and free from loose mill scales, rust and coating of oil
or other coatings, which may destroy or reduce bond.
Admixtures
Accelerating, retarding, water reducing and air entraining admixtures shall conform to
IS : 9103 and integral water proofing admixtures to IS : 2645.
Admixtures may be used in concrete as per manufacturer’s instructions only with the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. An admixture’s suitability and effectiveness shall
be verified by trial mixes with the other materials used in the works. If two or more
admixtures are to be used simultaneously in the same concrete mix, their interaction
shall be checked and trial mixes done to ensure their compatibility. There should also
be no increase in risk of corrosion of the reinforcement or other embedment.
Calcium chloride shall not be used for accelerating set of the cement for any concrete
containing reinforcement or embedded steel parts. When calcium chloride is permitted
such as in mass concrete works, it shall be dissolved in water and added to the mixing
water by an amount not exceeding 1.5 percent of the weight of the cement in each
batch of concrete. The designed concrete mix shall be corrected accordingly.
Samples and Tests
All materials used for the works shall be tested before use.

245
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Manufacturer’s test certificate shall be furnished for each batch of cement /steel and
when directed by the Engineer samples shall also be got tested by the Contractor in a
laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Sampling and testing shall be as per IS : 2386 under the supervision of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
Water to be used shall be tested to comply with requirements of IS : 456.
The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer’s test certificates and technical literature for
the admixture proposed to be used. If directed, the admixture shall be got tested at an
approved laboratory at no extra cost.
6.7.3. CONCRETE
General
Concrete grade shall be as designated on approved drawings. In concrete grade M15,
M20 etc. the number represents the specified characteristic compressive strength of
150 mm cube at 28 days, expressed in N/sq. mm as per IS : 456. Concrete in the works
shall be “DESIGN MIX CONCRETE” or “NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE”. All concrete works of
grade M5, M7.5, M10, and M15 shall be NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE. Concrete of Grade
M20 and above shall necessarily be DESIGN MIX CONCRETE.
Mix Design and Testing
For Design Mix Concrete, the mix shall be designed according to IS : 10262 and SP 23 to
provide the grade of concrete having the required workability and characteristic
strength not less than appropriate values given in IS:456. The design mix shall be
cohesive and does not segregate and should result in a dense and durable concrete and
also capable of giving the finish as specified. For liquid retaining structures, the mix shall
also result in watertight concrete. The Contractor shall exercise great care while
designing the concrete mix and executing the works to achieve the desired result.
The minimum cement content for Design Mix Concrete shall be as per IS:456.
It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to carry out the mix designs at his own
cost. He shall furnish to the Engineer-in-Charge at least 30 days before concreting
operations, a statement of proportions proposed to be used for the various concrete
mixes and the strength results obtained. The strength requirements of the concrete
mixes ascertained on 150 mm cubes as per IS : 516 shall comply with the requirements
of IS : 456.
Grades lower than M20 shall not be used for reinforced concrete (general). Grading
lower than M30 shall not be used for reinforced concrete in liquid retaining structures.
Nominal Mix Concrete

246
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Mix Designing and preliminary tests are not necessary for Nominal Mix Concrete.
However works tests shall be carried out as per IS : 456. Proportions for Nominal Mix
Concrete and w/c ratio may be adopted as per IS : 456. However it will be the
Contractor’s sole responsibility to adopt appropriate nominal mix proportions to yield
the specified strength.
Batching & Mixing of Concrete
Proportions of aggregates and cement, as decided by the concrete mix design, shall be
by weight. These proportions shall be maintained during subsequent concrete batching
by means of weigh batchers capable of controlling the weights within one percent of
the desired value.
Amount of water added shall be such as to produce dense concrete of required
consistency, specified strength and satisfactory workability and shall be so adjusted to
account for moisture content in the aggregates. Water-cement ratio specified for use
by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be maintained. Each time the work stops, the mixer
shall be cleaned out and while recommencing, the first batch shall have 10% additional
cement to allow for sticking in the drum.
Arrangement should be made by the Contractor to have the cubes tested in an
approved laboratory or in field with prior consent of the Engineer-in-Charge. Sampling
and testing of strength and workability of concrete shall be as per IS:1199, IS : 516 and
IS : 456.
Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer conforming to IS 1791. The mixing shall
be continued until there is uniform distribution of materials and the mass is uniform in
colour and consistency. If there is segregation after unloading, the concrete should be
remixed.
6.7.4. FORMWORK
Formwork shall be all inclusive and shall consist of but not be limited to shores,
bracings, sides of footings, walls, beams and columns, bottom of slabs etc. including
ties, anchors, hangers, inserts, falsework, wedges etc.
The design and engineering of the formwork as well as its construction shall the
responsibility of the Contractor. However, if so desired by the Engineer-in-Charge, the
drawings and calculations for the design of the formwork shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge for the approval.
Formwork shall be designed to fulfill the following requirements:
1. Sufficiently rigid and tight to prevent loss of grout or mortar from the concrete
at all stages and appropriate to the methods of placing and compacting.
2. Made of suitable materials.

247
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

3. Capable of providing concrete of the correct shape and surface finish within
the specified tolerance limits.
4. Capable of withstanding without deflection the worst combination of self
weight, reinforcement and concrete weight, all loads and dynamic effects
arising from construction and compacting activities, wind and weather forces.
5. Capable of easy striking out without shock, disturbance or damage to the
concrete.
6. Soffit forms capable of imparting a camber if required
7. Soffit forms and supports capable of being left in position if required
8. Capable of being cleaned and/or coated if necessary immediately prior to
casting the concrete; design temporary openings where necessary for these
purposes and to facilitate and the preparation of construction joints.
The formwork may be of timber, plywood, steel, plastic or concrete depending upon
the type of finish specified. Sliding forms and slip form may be used with the approval
of the Engineer-in-Charge. Timber for formwork shall be well seasoned, free from sap,
shakes, loose knots, worm holes, warps and other surface defects. Joints between
formwork and structures shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of slurry from
concrete, using seals if necessary.
The faces of formwork coming in contact with concrete shall be cleaned and two coats
of approved mould oil applied before fixing reinforcement. All rubbish, particularly
chippings, shavings, sawdust, wire pieces dust etc. shall be removed from the interior of
the forms before the concrete is placed. Where directed, cleaning of forms shall be
done by blasting with a jet of compressed air at no extra cost.
Forms intended for reuse shall be treated with care. Forms that have deteriorated shall
not be used. Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, nails
removed, holes suitably plugged, joints repaired and warped lumber replaced to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall equip himself with enough
shuttering to allow for wastage so as to complete the job in time.
Permanent formwork shall be checked for its durability and compatibility with adjoining
concrete before it is used in the structure. It shall be properly anchored to the
concrete.
Wire ties passing through beams, columns and walls shall not be allowed. In their
place bolts passing through sleeves shall be used. Formwork spacers left in-situ shall
not impair the desired appearance or durability of the structure by causing spalling, rust
staining or allowing the passage of moisture.

248
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

For liquid retaining structures, sleeves shall not be provided for through bolts nor shall
through bolts be removed if provided. The bolts, in the latter case, shall be cut at 25
mm depth from the surface and the hole made good by cement mortar of the same
proportion as the concrete just after striking the formwork.
Where specified all corners and angles exposed in the finished structure shall have
chamfers or fillets of 20 mm x 20 mm size.
Forms for substructure may be omitted when, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge,
the open excavation is firm enough (in hard non-porous soils) to act as a form. Such
excavations shall be larger, as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, than that required
as per drawing to compensate for irregularities in excavation.
The Contractor shall provide adequate props carried down to a firm bearing without
overloading any of the structures.
The shuttering for beams and slabs shall be so erected that the side shuttering of
beams can be removed without disturbing the bottom shuttering. If the shuttering for
a column is erected for the full height of the column, one side shall be built up in
sections as placing of concrete proceeds or windows left for placing concrete from the
side to limit the drop of concrete to 1.0 m or as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The Contractor shall temporarily and securely fix items to be cast (embedments/
inserts) in a manner that will not hinder the striking of forms or permit loss of grout.
Formwork showing excessive distortion, during any stage of construction, shall be
repositioned and strengthened. Placed concrete affected by faulty formwork, shall be
entirely removed and formwork corrected prior to placement of new concrete at
Contractor’s cost.
6.7.5. PREPARATION PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Before concrete is actually placed in position, the inside of the formwork shall be
cleaned and mould oil applied, inserts and reinforcement shall be correctly positioned
and securely held, necessary openings, pockets, etc. provided.
All arrangements- formwork, equipment and proposed procedure, shall be approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Contractor shall maintain separate Pour Card for each pour as
per the format enclosed.
6.7.6. CHECK FOR REINFORCEMENT AND CONCRETING
All reinforcement shall be checked and recorded prior to pouring of concrete by an
authorised representative of the engineer in Charge. Similarly the entire concrete
pouring work shall be done in the presence of authorised representative. The
contractor shall therefore give a notice of a minimum three days to the engineer in
Charge or his representative such that the works can be checked by him or his
authorised representative.

249
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

6.7.7. TRANSPORTING, PLACING AND COMPACTING CONCRETE

Concrete shall be transported from the mixing plant to the formwork with minimum
time lapse by methods that shall maintain the required workability and will prevent
segregation, loss of any ingredients or ingress of foreign matter or water. During hot or
cold weather, concrete shall be transported in deep containers other suitable measures
to reduce loss of water by evaporation and heat loss in cold weather may also be
adopted.
In all cases concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable directly in its final
position to avoid re-handling. To avoid segregation, concrete shall not be rehandled or
caused to flow. For locations where direct placement is not possible and in narrow
forms and Contractor shall provide suitable drops and “Elephant Trunks”. Concrete
shall not be dropped from a height of more than 1.0 m. Care shall be taken to avoid
displacement of reinforcement or formwork.
Concrete shall not be placed in flowing water. Under water, concrete shall be placed in
position by tremies or by pipeline from the mixer and shall never be allowed to fall
freely through the water.
While placing concrete the Contractor shall proceed as specified below and also ensure
the following:
1. Continuously between construction joints and pre-determined abutments.
2. Without disturbance to forms or reinforcement
3. Without disturbance to pipes, ducts, fixings and the like to be cast in; ensure
that such items are securely fixed. Ensure that concrete cannot enter open
ends of pipes and conduits etc.
4. Without dropping in a manner that could cause segregation or shock.
5. In deep pours only when the concrete and formwork designed for this purpose
and by using suitable chutes or pipes.
6. Do not place if the workability is such that full compaction cannot be achieved
7. Without disturbing the unsupported sides of excavations; prevent
contamination of concrete with earth. Provide sheeting if necessary in
supported excavations, withdraw the linings progressively as concrete is
placed.
8. If placed directly onto hardcore or any other porous material, dampen the
surface to reduce loss of water from the concrete.
9. Ensure that there is no damage or displacement to sheet membranes.
10. Record the time and location of placing structural concrete.
Concrete shall normally be compacted in its final position within thirty minutes of
leaving the mixer. Concrete shall be compacted during placing with approved vibrating
equipment without causing segregation until it forms a solid mass free from voids

250
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

thoroughly worked around reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into all corners of
the formwork. Immersion vibrators shall be inserted vertically at points not more than
450 mm apart and withdrawn slowly till air bubbles cease to come to the surface,
leaving no voids. When placing concrete in layers advancing horizontally, care shall be
taken to ensure adequate vibration, blending and melding of the concrete between
successive layers. Vibrators shall not be allowed to come in contact with
reinforcement, formwork and finished surfaces after start of initial set. Over-vibration
shall be avoided; under vibration is likewise harmful.
The vibrator should penetrate rapidly to the bottom of the layer and atleast 15 cm into
the preceding layer if there is any. It should be held generally 5 to 15 sec. until the
compaction is considered adequate and then withdrawn slowly at thereof about 8
cm/s.
Concrete may be conveyed and placed by mechanically operated equipment after
getting the complete procedure approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The slump shall
be held to the minimum necessary for conveying concrete by this method. When
concrete is to be pumped, the concrete mix shall be specially designed to suit pumping.
Care shall be taken to avoid stoppages in work once pumping has started.
Except when placing with slip forms, each placement of concrete in multiple lift work,
shall be allowed to set for at least 24 hours after the final set of concrete before the
start of subsequent placement. Placing shall stop when concrete reaches the top of the
opening in walls or bottom surface of slab, in slab and beam construction, and it shall
be resumed before concrete takes initial set but not until it has had time to settle as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Concrete shall be protected against damage until
final acceptance.
6.7.8. MASS CONCRETE WORKS
Sequence of pouring for mass concrete works shall be as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The Contractor shall exercise great care to prevent shrinkage cracks and shall
monitor the temperature of the placed concrete if directed.
6.7.9. CURING
Curing and protection shall start immediately after the compaction of the concrete to
protect it from
1. Premature drying out, particularly by solar radiation and wind;
2. leaching out by rain and flowing water;
3. rapid cooling during the first few days after placing;
4. high internal thermal gradient;
5. low temperature of frost;

251
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

6. vibration and impact which may disrupt the concrete and interfere with its
bond to the reinforcement
7. After the concrete has begun to harden i.e. 1 to 2 hr. after laying curing shall
be started.
8. All concrete, unless approved otherwise by the Engineer-in-Charge, shall be
cured by use of continuous sprays or ponded water or continuously saturated
coverings of sacking, canvas, hessain or other absorbent material for the
period of complete hydration with a minimum of 10 days. The quality of curing
water shall be the same as that used for mixing.
9. Where a curing membrane is approved to be used by the Engineer-in-Charge,
the same shall of a non-wax base and shall not impair the concrete finish in any
manner. The curing compound to be used shall be approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge before use and shall be applied with spraying equipment capable of
a smooth, even textured coat.
10. When concrete is used as subgrade for flooring, the flooring may be
commenced before the curing period of subgrade is over, but curing of
subgrade shall be continued along with the top layer of flooring for a minimum
period of 10 days.
11. Curing may also be done by covering the surface with an impermeable material
such as polyethylene, which shall be well sealed and fastened.
6.7.10. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND KEYS
The position and arrangement of construction joints shall be as indicated by the
contractor in his working drawings dually approved by the department. Concrete shall
be placed without interruption until completion of work between construction joints. If
stopping of concreting becomes unavoidable anywhere, a properly formed construction
joint shall be made with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Dowels for concrete work, not likely to be taken up in the near future, shall be coated
with cement slurry and encased in lean concrete as indicated on the drawings or as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Before resuming concreting on a surface which has hardened all laitance and loose
stone shall be thoroughly removed by wire brushing/hacking and surface washed with
high pressure water jet and treated with thin layer of cement slurry for vertical joints
and horizontal layers.
When concreting is to be resumed on a surface, which has not fully hardened, all
laitance shall be removed by wire brushing, the surface wetted, free water removed
and a coat of cement slurry applied. On this, a layer of concrete not exceeding 150 mm
thickness shall be placed and well rammed against the old work. Thereafter work shall
proceed in the normal way.

252
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

For horizontal joints, the surface shall be covered with a layer of mortar about 10-15
mm thick composed of cement and sand in the concrete mix. This cement slurry or
mortar shall be freshly mixed and applied immediately before placing concrete.
6.7.11. FOUNDATION BEDDING
All earth surfaces upon which or against which concrete is to be placed, shall be well
compacted and free from standing water, mud or debris. Soft or spongy areas shall be
cleaned out and filled with either soil-cement mixture, lean concrete or clean sand
compacted as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The surfaces of absorptive soils
shall be moistened.
Concrete shall not be deposited on large sloping rock surfaces. The rock shall be cut to
form rough steps or benches by picking, barring or wedging. The rock surface shall be
kept wet for 2 to 4 hours before concreting.
Excavation, in clay or other soils that are likely to be affected by exposure to
atmosphere, shall be concreted as soon as they are dry. Alternatively, unless otherwise
mentioned the bottom of the excavation shall be protected immediately by 8 cm thick
layer of cement concrete not leaner than M10 or in order to obtain a dry hard bottom,
the last stretch of excavation of about 10 cm shall be removed just before concreting.
6.7.12. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF UNSATISFACTORY CONCRETE
Immediately after the shuttering is removed, all defective areas such as honey-combed
surfaces, rough patches, holes left by form bolts etc, shall be inspected by the Engineer-
in-Charge who may permit patching of the defective areas or reject the concrete work.
All through holes for shuttering shall be filled for full depth and neatly plugged flush
with surface.
Rejected concrete shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional
cost to the Employer.
For patching of defective areas all loose materials shall be removed and the surface
shall be prepared as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Bonding between hardened and fresh concrete shall be done either by placing cement
mortar or by applying epoxy. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the method
of repairs to be adopted shall be final and binding on the Contractor. The surface shall
be saturated with water for 24 hours before patching is done with cement sand mortar.
The use of epoxy for bonding fresh concrete shall be carried out as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
6.7.13. HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
Concreting during hot weather shall be carried out as per IS 7861 (Part I).

253
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Adequate provision shall be made to lower concrete temperatures, which shall not
exceed 40 deg C at time of placement of fresh concrete.
Where directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall spray non-wax based
curing compound on unformed concrete surfaces at no extra costs.
6.7.14. COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
Concreting during cold weather shall be carried out as per IS: 7861(Part II).
The ambient temperature during placement and upto final set shall not fall below 5
deg. C. Approved antifreeze/accelerating additives shall be used where directed.
For major and large scale concreting works the temperature of concrete at times of
mixing and placing, the thermal conductivity of the formwork and its insulation and
stripping period shall be closely monitored.
6.7.15. WORKMANSHIP
Waterstops shall be cleaned before placing them in position. Oil or grease shall be
removed thoroughly using water and suitable detergents.
Waterstops shall be procured in long lengths as manufactured to avoid joints as far as
possible. Standard L or T type of intersection pieces shall be procured for use
depending on their requirement. Any non-standard junctions shall be made by cutting
the pieces to profile for jointing. Lapping of waterstops shall not be permitted. All
jointing shall be of fusion-welded type as per manufacturer’s instructions.
Waterstops shall be placed at the correct location/level and suitably supported at
intervals with the reinforcement to ensure that it does not deviate from its intended
position during concreting and vibrating. Care shall also be taken to ensure that no
honeycombing occurs because of the serrations/ end grips, by placing concrete with
smaller size aggregates in this region. Projecting portions of the waterstops embedded
in concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mortar/concrete coating before resuming
further concreting operations. The projecting waterstops shall also be suitably
supported at intervals with the reinforcement to maintain its intended position during
concreting so as to ensure that it does not bend leading to formation of pockets. In
addition, smaller size aggregates shall be used for concreting in this region also.

6.8. STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK

6.8.1. FABRICATION
As much fabrication work as is reasonably practicable work shall be completed in shops,
where steel work is fabricated.
All workmanship and finish shall be of the best quality and shall conform to the best
approved method of fabrication. All materials shall be finished straight and shall be
machined/ground smooth true and square where so specified. All holes and edges shall
be free of burrs. Shearing and chipping shall be neatly and accurately done and all

254
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

portions of work exposed to view shall be neatly finished. Tolerances for fabrication of
steel structures conform IS 7215. Tolerances for erection of steel structures shall
conform to IS 12843.
The contractor shall prepare all fabrication working and erection drawings for the entire
work. The drawings shall preferably be of one standard size and the details shown there
in shall be clear and legible.
All fabrication drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge for approval.
Fabrication shall be started by the contractor only after Engineer-In-Charge’s approval
of fabrication drawings. Approval by the Engineer-In-Charge of any of the drawing shall
not relieve the contractor from the responsibility for correctness of engineering and
design of connections, workmanship, fit of parts, details, material, errors or omissions
or any and all work shown thereon.
6.8.2. WELDING
Welding shall be in accordance with IS 816, IS 819, IS 1024, IS 1261, IS 1323 and IS 9595
as appropriate.
Welding procedure shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval. Welding
shall be entrusted to qualified and experienced welders who shall be tested periodically
and graded as per IS 817, IS :7310 (Part 1) and IS :7318 (Part 1).
For welding any particular type of joints, welders shall give evidence acceptable to
Engineer-In-Charge of having satisfactorily completed appropriate tests as per IS 817
Part 1, IS 1393, IS 7307, IS 7310 Part 1 and IS 7318 Part 1 as appropriate.
No welding shall be done on base metal at a temperature below -5 Deg. C. Base metal
shall be preheated to the temperature as per relevant IS codes.
Electrodes other than low-hydrogen electrodes shall not be permitted for thicknesses
of 32 mm and above.
All welds shall be inspected for flaws
The correction of defective welds shall be carried out in a manner approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge without damaging the parent metal.
6.8.3. PAINTING
All fabricated steel material, except those galvanised shall receive protective paint
coating as prescribed in IS 1477 Parts 1 & 2.
All surfaces to be painted, oiled or otherwise treated shall be dry thoroughly cleaned to
remove all loose scale and loose rust.
Shop contact surfaces need not be painted unless otherwise specified.

255
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Surfaces not in contact but inaccessible after shop assembly shall receive full specified
protective treatment before assembly. This does not apply to interior of hollow
seatings.
Chequered plates shall be painted after the details of painting are approved by the
Engineer-In-Charge.
In case of surfaces to be welded, steel shall not be painted within a suitable distance of
any edges to be welded if paint would be harmful to the welder or impair the quality of
welds.
Welds and adjacent parent metal shall not be painted prior to slugging, inspection and
approved. Parts to be encased on concrete shall not be painted or oiled.

6.9. CIVIL WORKS DETAILS

6.9.1. UNCOURSED RANDOM RUBBLE MASONRY, IN FOUNDATION PLINTH AND SUPERSTRUCTURE
Stones for the works shall be of the specified variety which are hard, durable, fine
grained and uniform in colour (for superstructure work) free from defects like cracks,
sand holes, patterns of soft / loose materials veins, other defects. Quality and work
shall conform to the requirements specified in IS: 1597 (Part-I). the percentage of
water absorption shall not exceed 5 percent as per test conducted in accordance with IS
: 1124. The Contractor shall supply sample stones to the Engineer-in-Charge for
approval. Stones shall be laid with its grains horizontal so that the load transmitted is
always perpendicular to the natural bed. Cement-stand mortar for stone masonry
works shall be as per IS 2250.
Type of scaffolding to be used shall be as specified in the section of brick masonry.
6.9.2. DAMP - PROOF COURSE
All the walls in a building shall be provided with damp-proof course covering plinth to
prevent water from rising up the wall. The damp-proof course shall run without a break
throughout the length of the wall, even under the door or other opening. Damp-proof
course shall consist of minimum 100mm thick cement concrete of M-20 mix with
nominal reinforcement and approved water-proofing compound admixture conforming
to IS:2645 in proportion as directed by the manufacturer. Concrete shall be with 10mm
down graded coarse aggregates.
The surface of brick work/stone masonry work shall be levelled and prepared before
laying the cement concrete. Side shuttering shall be properly fixed to ensure that slurry
does not leak through and is also not disturbed during compaction. The upper and side
surface shall be made rough to afford key to the masonry above and to the plaster.
Damp-proof course shall be cured properly for at least seven days after which it shall be
allowed to dry for taking up further work.
6.9.3. STEEL DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS

256
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Hot rolled steel sections for the fabrication of steel doors, windows and ventilators shall
conform to IS : 7452 which are suitable for single glazing.
Pressed steel door frames for steel flush doors shall be out of 1.25mm thick mild steel
sheets of profiles as per IS : 4351.
Transparent sheet glass shall conform to the requirements of IS : 2835. Wired and
figured glass shall be as per IS : 5437.
Builder’s hardware of fittings and fixtures shall be of the best quality from the approved
manufacturers.
Hot rolled sections shall confirm to IS 7452 Fire check doors shall conform to IS 3614
Part 1 & 2. Steel windows for industrial buildings shall confirm to IS 1361.
Pressed steel door frames shall be provided with fixing lugs at each jamb, hinges, lock
strike plate, mortar guards, angle threshold, shock-absorbers of rubber or similar
materials as per the requirements of IS : 4351. Pressed steel door frames shall be fixed
as built-in as the masonry work proceeds. After placing it plumb at the specified
location, masonry walls shall be built up solid on either side and each course grouted
with mortar to ensure solid contract with the door frame, without leaving any voids.
Temporary struts across the width shall be fixed, during erection to prevent bow/sag of
the frame.
Door shutters of flush welded construction of section size 105 x 60 mm shall be 45mm
thick fabricated with two outer skills of 1.25mm thick steel sheets, 1mm thick steel
sheet stiffeners and steel channel on all four edges. Double shutters shall have meeting
stile edge bevelled or rebated. Provision of glazed panel, louvres shall be made as per
the items of works and/or Drawing prepared by the Contractor. Shutters shall be
suitably reinforced for lock and other surface hardware and to prevent sagging/twisting
including hold fast of 15 x 3 mm MS oxidised fittings such as butt hinges, sliding bolts,
handles tower bolts etc. complete in all respect including applying priming coat of
approved steel primer. Single sheet steel door shutters shall be fabricated out of
1.25mm thick steel sheets, mild steel angles and stiffeners as per the Drawings
prepared by the Contractor.
MS sheet single leaf door shutter of 20 SWG in angle iron frame of 35x35x5 mm shall be
suitably diagonally braced with 25x3 mm flat iron above and below lock of size 50x5
mm shall be provided only for Toilets.
Doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed into the prepared opening. they shall not
be “build-in” as the masonry work proceeds, to avoid distortion and damage of the
units. The dimensions of the masonry opening shall have 10mm clearance around the
overall dimensions of the frame for this purpose. Any support of scaffolding members
on the frames/glazing bars is prohibited.

257
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Glazing of the units shall be either with flat transparent glass or wired / figured glass of
the thickness as specified in the items of works prepared by the Contractor. All glass
panels shall have properly squared corner and straight edges. Glazing shall be provided
on the outside of the frames.
Fixing of the glazing shall be either with spring glazing clips and putty conforming to IS :
419 or with metal beads. Pre-formed PVC or rubber gaskets shall be provided for fixing
the beads with the concealed screws. The type of fixing the glazing shall be as indicated
in the items of work and/or in Drawings prepared by the Contractor.
Steel doors, windows and ventilators shall be provided with finish of either painting as
specified or shall be hot dip galvanised with thickness of the zinc coating as stipulated
all as described in the respective items of works prepared by the Contractor.
The material of the Builders hardware of fittings and fixtures of chromium plated steel,
cast brass, brass copper oxidised or anodised aluminium shall be as specified in the
items of works prepared by the Contractor. The number, size and type of fittings and
fixture shall be as in the Drawing / items of works prepared by the Contractor.
Installation of the units with fixing lugs, screw, mastic caulking compound at the
specified locations shall generally conform to the requirements of IS : 1081 . necessary
holes etc required for fixing shall be made by the Contractor and made good after
installation. workmanship expected is of a high order for efficient and smooth
operation of the units.
6.9.4. ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS, VENTILATORS & PARTITIONS
Aluminium alloy used in the manufacturer of extruded sections of the fabrication of
doors, windows, ventilators shall conform to designation HE9-WP of IS : 733.
Transparent sheet glass shall conform to the requirements of IS : 2835. Wired and
figured glass be as per IS : 5437.
Installation of single Unit
Units shall be fixed into prepared openings. They shall not be ‘built-in’ as the walls go
up as this practice often results in brickwork being brought right up to the frame with
no clearance allowed and usually distorts the units and increases the likely hood of
damage being done to the unit during subsequent building work. Placing of scaffolding
on frames or glazing bass shall on no account be done.
The size of the opening shall be checked and cleaned of all obstructions. Suitable
markings may be done to fix the unit in the proper position, including the fixing hole
positions. In case of masonry, holes for fixing lugs shall be cut 5 cm2 and 5 cm to10cm
deep or to fix raw plugs.
The units shall be checked to ensure that they are square and working satisfactory
before fixing. The units shall then be put in position and the lugs screwed on tight.

258
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

When fixing to flush surrounds without rendering, 3mm gap shall be pointed with
mastic on the outside before the internal plaster and rendering; the plaster and
rendering shall be applied to the surrounds after the lugs have firmly set. When fixing
to rebated surrounds without rendering, the frame shall be bedded in mastic. When
fixing to rebated surrounds with rendering, after bedding in mastic, plaster shall be
applied from outside.
In concrete, dressed stone and marble surrounds, the units shall be fixed with legs.
Wood surrounds are generally rebated and mastic be applied to the sill of the opening
and units placed on it, and screwed on to the opening. In case of steel opening, special
clips may be used to fix the unit.
In case of aluminium frames, the surfaces shall be anchored in direct contact with the
surrounds and shall be protected with two coats of alkali-resistant paints, to avoid
chemical attack from the materials of surround.
Installation of Composite Units
Composite units shall follow the procedures described earlier and in addition shall
conform to the following.
Mullions and transome of composite units shall be bedded in mastic to ensure weather
tightness. Mastic shall be applied to channels of the outside frame sections before
assembly.
If there is a cross joint of mullion and transome, the shorter coupling unit shall run
through unbroken.
Mullion normally project 2.5cm at head and sill into the surround; transomes also
project 2.5cm into surround where appropriate they shall be cut.
Builder’s hardware of fittings & fixtures shall be of the best quality from approved
manufacturers.
All aluminium doors, windows, ventilators and partitions shall be of the type and size as specified. The
doors, windows, ventilators shall conform to the requirements of IS : 1948. Aluminium windows shall
conform to IS : 1949; if so specified.

All aluminium units shall be supplied with anodized finish, the minimum anodic film
thickness shall be 0.015mm.
Doors windows and ventilators shall be of an approved manufacture. Fabrication of the
units shall be with the extruded sections, cut to correct lengths, mitred and welded at
the corners to a true right angle conforming to the requirements of IS : 1948. tolerance
in overall dimensions shall be within + 1.5 mm. The frames and shutters shall be free
from warp or buckle and shall be square and truly plane. Punching of holes, slots and
other provisions to install fittings or fixtures later shall be made at the correct locations,
as per the requirements.

259
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Aluminium swing type doors, aluminium sliding windows, partitions shall be as

specified.
IS:1948 and IS :1949 referred to incorporates the sizes, shapes, thickness and weight
per running metre of extruded sections for the various components of the units.
however, new sizes, shapes, thickness with modifications to suit snap-fit glazing clips
etc. are being continuously being added by various leading manufacturers of extruded
sections, which are available in the market. as such, the sections of the various
components of the unit proposed by the Contractor, will be reviewed by the Employer
and will be accepted only if they are equal to or marginally more than that given in the
codes/ad specified.
The framework of partitions with mullions and transomes shall be with anodised
aluminium box sections. Anodised aluminium box sections shall be in-filled with timber
of class 3 (silver oak or any other equivalent) as per IS : 4021. The outer frame shall be
of size 101.6 x 44.45 x 3.11mm rectangular tubular section and the shutter shall be
made out of specially extruded tubular section of size for sill member shall be 99.2 x
44.45 x 3.18mm including glazing of 5.5 mm thick plain glass PVC/Neoprene weather
stripping screwless aluminium bidding fixer such as lock, handle, tower bolt and self
closing device of approved make. Panels of double / single glazing/plywood shall be
fixed as per details indicated in the Drawing to be prepared by the Contractor.
Partitions shall be fixed rigidly between the floor and the structural columns/beams
including provision of necessary shims for wedging etc. Finished work shall be of rigid
construction, erected truly plumb to the lines and levels, at locations as per the
construction Drawings to be prepared by the contractor.
Specific provisions as stipulated for steel doors, windows, ventilators under clause 8.7.8
shall also be applicable for this item work. glazing beads shall be of the snap-fit type
suitable for the thickness of glazing proposed as indicated in the items of works
prepared by the contractor. a layer of clear transparent lacquer shall be applied on
aluminium sections to protect them from damage during installation. This lacquer
coating shall be removed after the installation is completed.
6.9.5. KOTA STONE SLAB WORK
The slabs shall be of approved selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous
in texture, free from cracks, decay, weathering and flaws. The percentage of water
absorption shall not exceed 5 percent as per test conducted in accordance with IS:
1124.
The slabs shall be machine cut to the required thickness. Tolerance in thickness for
dimensions of tile more than 100 mm shall be ± 5 mm. This shall be ± 2 mm on
dimensions less than 100 mm.

260
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Slabs shall be supplied to the specified size with machine cut edges to the full depth. All
angles and edges of the slabs shall be true and square, free from any chipping giving a
plane surface. Slabs shall have the top surface machine polished (first grinding) before
being brought to site. The slabs shall be washed clean before laying.
The type, size, thickness and colour/shade etc., of the slabs for flooring/dado/skirting
shall be as specified in the respective items of works prepared by the Contractor and
approved by Employer.
6.9.6. CEMENT PLASTERING WORK
The proportions of the cement mortar for plastering shall be 1:4 (one part of cement to
four parts of sand). Cement and sand shall be mixed thoroughly in dry condition and
then just enough water added to obtain a workable consistency. The quality of water
and cement shall be as per relevant IS standards. The quality and grading of sand for
plastering shall conform to IS : 1542. The mixing shall be done thoroughly in a
mechanical mixer unless hand mixing is specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-
Charge. If so desired by the Engineer-in-Charge sand shall be screened and washed to
meet the Specifications. The mortar thus mixed shall be used as soon as possible
preferably within 30 minutes from the time water is added to cement. In case the
mortar has stiffened due to evaporation of water this may be re-tempered by adding
water as required to restore consistency but this will be permitted only upto 30 minutes
from the time of initial mixing of water to cement. Any mortar which is partially set
shall be rejected and removed forthwith from the site. Droppings of plaster shall not be
re-used under any circumstances.
Preparation of surfaces and application of plaster finishes shall generally conform to the
requirements specified in IS : 1661 and IS : 2402.
Plastering operations shall not be commenced until installation of all fittings and
fixtures such as door/ window panels, pipes, conduits etc. are completed.
All joints in masonry shall be raked as the work proceeds to a depth of 10 mm / 20mm
for brick/ stone masonry respectively with a tool made for the purpose when the
mortar is still green. The masonry surface to be rendered shall be washed with clean
water to remove all dirt, loose materials, etc., Concrete surfaces to be rendered shall be
roughened suitably by hacking or bush hammering for proper adhesion of plaster and
the surface shall be evenly wetted to provide the correct suction. The masonry surfaces
should not be too wet only damp at the time of plastering. The dampness shall be
uniform to get uniform bond between the plaster and the masonry surface.
6.9.7. CEMENT POINTING
The cement mortar for pointing shall be in the proportion of 1:3 (one part of cement to
three parts of fine sand). Sand shall conform to IS : 1542 and shall be free from clay,
shale, loam, alkali and organic matter and shall be of sound, hard, clean and durable

261
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

particles. Sand shall be approved by Engineer-in-Charge and if so directed it shall be

washed/ screened to meet specification requirements.
Workmanship
Where pointing of joints in masonry work is specified, the joints shall be raked at least
15 mm/ 20 mm deep in brick/ stone masonry respectively as the work proceeds when
the mortar is still green.
Any dust/ dirt in the raked joints shall be brushed out clean and the joints shall be
washed with water. The joints shall be damp at the time of pointing. Mortar shall be
filled into joints and well pressed with special steel trowels. The joint shall not be
disturbed after it has once begun to set. The joints of the pointed work shall be neat.
The lines shall be regular and uniform in breadth and the joints shall be raised, flat, sunk
or ‘V’ as may be specified in the respective items of work. No false joints shall be
allowed.
The work shall be kept moist for at-least 7 days after the pointing is completed.
Wherever coloured pointing has to be done, the colouring pigment of the colour
required shall be added to cement in such proportions as recommended by the
manufacturer and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.9.8. PAINTING OF CONCRETE, MASONRY & PLASTERED SURFACES
Oil bound distemper shall conform to IS : 428. The primer shall be alkali resistant
primer of the same manufacture as that of the distemper.
Lead free acid, alkali and chlorine resisting paint shall conform to IS: 9862.
Colour wash shall be made by addition of a suitable quantity of mineral pigment, not
affected by lime, to the prepared white wash to obtain the shade/ tint as approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
All the materials shall be of the best quality from an approved manufacturer.
Contractor shall obtain prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for the brand of
manufacture and the colour/ shade. All materials shall be brought to the site of works
in sealed containers.
Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the readiness
of the surfaces to receive the specified finish, before commencing the work on painting.
Painting of new surfaces shall be deferred as much as possible to allow for thorough
drying of the sub-strata.
The surfaces to be treated shall be prepared by thoroughly brushing them free from
dirt, mortar droppings and any loose foreign materials. Surfaces shall be free from oil,
grease and efflorescence. Efflorescence shall be removed only by dry brushing of the

262
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

growth. Cracks shall be filled with Gypsum. Workmanship of painting shall generally
conform to IS : 2395.
Cement Paint
The prepared surfaces shall be wetted to control surface suction and to provide
moisture to aid in proper curing of the pain. Cement paint shall be applied with a
brush with stiff bristles. The primer coat shall be a thinned coat of cement paint. The
quantity of thinner shall be as per manufacturer’s instructions. The coats shall be
vigorously scrubbed to work the paint into any voids for providing continuous paint film
free form pinholes for effective water proofing in addition to decoration. Cement paint
shall be brushed in uniform thickness and the covering capacity for two coats on
plastered surfaces shall be 3 to 4 kg/ sq.m. A minimum of 3 coats of the same colour
shall be applied. Atleast 24 hours shall be left after the first coat to become sufficiently
hard before the second coat is applied. The painted surfaces shall be thoroughly cured
by sprinkling with water using a fog spray at least 2 to 3 times a day. Curing shall
commence after about 12 hours when the paint hardens. Curing shall be continued for
atleast 2 days after the application of final coat. The operations for brushing each coat
shall be as detailed above.
Oil bound Distemper
The prepared surfaces shall be dry and provided with one coat of alkali resistant primer
by brushing. The surface shall be finished uniformly without leaving any brush marks
and allowed to dry for atleast 48 hours. A minimum of two coats of oil bound
distemper shall be applied, unless otherwise specified. The first coat shall be of a
lighter tint. Atleast 24 hours shall be left after the first coat to become completely dry
before the application of the second coat. Broad, stiff, double bristled distemper
brushed shall be used for the work. The operations for brushing each coat shall be as
detailed above.
Acid, Alkali Resisting Paint
A minimum of 2 coats of acid/ alkali resisting paint shall be applied over the prepared
dry surfaces by brushing. Primer coat shall be as per manufacturer’s instructions.
Acrylic Emulsion Paint
Acrylic emulsion paint shall be applied in the same way as for plastic emulsion paint. A
minimum of 2 finishing coats over one coat of primer shall be provided unless
otherwise specified.
6.9.9. LIGHTING SYSTEM
Scope
This part of specifications covers supply and installation of all equipment necessary for
a complete lighting and receptacle systems at Pump Houses and surrounding area. The

263
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

type of lighting fixtures and receptacles, illumination level and approximate quantity
required shall be detailed by the contractor before execution of works.
General Requirements
The Lighting system shall include Lighting fixtures complete with Lamps and accessories.
Lighting system equipments are:
i) Light control switches, receptacle units with control switch units, lighting wires,
conduits and other similar items necessary to complete lighting system
ii) Lighting fixture supports, street lighting poles and flood light towers
iii) Lighting main distribution board, lighting panels.
iv) Multi core cables for street, boundary and flood lighting
v) Provision of automatic on-off road switches through solar system
Levels of Illumination
The design, manufacture and performance of equipment shall conform to the latest
Indian standard.
Lighting system shall be designed considering following Lux levels.
pump room area 250 Lux
Area in front of building 50 Lux
Surrounding areas 10 Lux
In order to have higher illumination for maintenance and repairs in the pump room
area outlets of 16 A SPN shall be provided for the connection of portable lamps. 16 A
SPN switch with socket shall be provided in every bay of the pump house on the suction
and delivery sidewalls. The flexible lighting fixture shall be suitable for GLS lamps.
[Link]. Lighting System Equipment
Main Distribution Boards and Lighting Panels Constructional Features
(i) Boards and panels shall be sheet steel enclosed and shall be fully dust and
vermin proof, providing a degree protection of IP 52. Outdoor panels shall in
addition be completely weatherproof with a sloping canopy for protection rain
and providing a degree of protection of IP 54. The sheet used for frame,
enclosures, doors, covers and partitions shall be cold rolled 2 mm thick.
(ii) All boards and panels shall be provided with hinged doors for access to
equipment. Doors shall be gasketted all round with neoprene gaskets. For the
main floor mounted distribution boards with the switch fuse units arranged in
tier formation, the hinged door of each unit shall be interlocked so as to
prevent opening of the door when the switch is ON and to prevent closing of
the switch with the door not fully closed. However, a device for bypassing the
interlock shall be provided to enable the operation of the switch with the door

264
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

open, when necessary, for examination \ maintenance. For wall mounting

1phase ways lighting panels when provided with MCBs, a hinged, latched front
door shall be provided with key-locking facility and a slotted Bakelite sheet
shall be provided inside. Only the MCBs operating knobs or the fuse cap covers
shall project out of the Bakelite sheet slots for safe operation and neat
appearance. Incomer to lighting panels shall be provided with TPN MCB with
ELCB.
(iii) All accessible live connections \ metals shall be shrouded and it shall be
possible to change individual fuses, switches, MCBs form the front of the
boards \ panels without danger of contact with live metal.
(iv) For floor mounting type distribution boards, adequately sized mounting
channels shall be supplied and for wall / column / structure mounting type
panels suitable mounting straps shall be provided.
(v) Adequate interior cabling space and suitable removable cable entry plates shall
be provided for top/ bottom entry of cables through glands and or conduits as
required. Necessary number of glands to suit the specified cable size shall be
provided. Cable glands shall be screwed on type and made of brass.
(vi) Two earthing terminals shall be provided to suit the earthing conductor.
(vii) All sheet steel parts shall undergo rust-proofing process which should include
degreasing, de-scaling and a recognised phosphating process. The steel works
shall then be painted with two coats of Zinc – chormate primmer and two
coats of final stove-enamelled finish paint of specified colour.
Bus bars
(i) Busbars shall be copper conductor of hard drawn (HD) and high conductivity.
Busbars shall be fully insulated by encapsulation in epoxy resin with moulded
caps protecting all joints of heat shrinkable PVC sleeves and tapes.
(ii) Busbars shall be provided with at least the minimum clearances in air as per
applicable standards for 500V, 3 phase system.
(iii) Busbars shall be adequately sized for the continuous current rating such that
the maximum temperature of the busbars, busbar risers / droppers and
contacts does not exceed 85 C under site reference temperature.
(iv) The busbars, busbars connections and busbar supports shall have sufficient
strength to withstand thermal and electro-mechanical stresses of the fuse /
MCBs let through / cut-off current associated with the specified short-circuit
level of the system.

265
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(v) Busbar supports shall be made from suitable insulating material such as Hylam
sheets, glass reinforced moulded plastic materials, permali wood or cast resin.
Separate supports shall be provided for each phase of the busbars. If a
common support is provided for all three phases, anti-tracking barriers shall be
incorporated.
(vi) The neutral bus of the main 3 phase 4 wire distribution board shall be rated
not less than 50% of the phase busbars. The neutral bus of the 1 phase ways
lighting panel shall be rated same as the phase busbars. The neutral bus should
have sufficient terminals and detachable links for full number of single-phase
outgoing lighting circuits.
Switches / Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)
(i) Switches / MCBs shall be hand operated, air break, quick make, quick break
type conforming to applicable standards.
(ii) The switch shall be protected by fuses and the MCB shall be provided with
overload / short-circuit protective device for protection under overload and
short-circuit conditions. The minimum breaking capacity of MCBs shall be 6 kA
r.m.s. at 415 V/220 VD.C.
(iii) Switch shall have provision for locking in both fully open and closed position.
MCBs shall be provided with locking facility.
(iv) The connections between switch and fuse shall be insulated and all live
connections shall be shrouded.
Fuses
(i) Fuses generally shall be of the HRC cartridge fuse-link type having a certified
rupturing capacity of 80 kA at 440 V. Fuses upto 63A for distribution system of
medium short circuit levels may be of HRC cartridge screw-cap, D type, having
a certified rupturing capacity of not less than 46kA at 440 V and 16kA at 250 V
D.C.
(ii) Fuses shall be provided with visible indication to show that they have
operated.
(iii) Cartridge fuses shall preferably be mounted in moulded in moulded plastic
carriers. If fuse-carriers are not provided, insulated fuses pulling handle shall
be provided for each size of fuse for each switchboard.
Indicating Lamps
Indicating lamps shall be of the filament type and low watt consumption. Lamps shall
be provided with series resistors.
Internal Wiring

266
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(i) Panels/ boards shall be supplied completely wired, ready for the external
connections at the terminal blocks. Wiring shall be carried out with 650 / 1100
V grade, PVC insulated, stranded aluminum / copper conductors of adequate
sizes shall be used to suit the rated circuit current.
(ii) Engraved identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring diagram
shall be fitted at both ends of each wire.
(iii) Engraved identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring diagram
shall be fitted at both ends of each wire.
(iv) All wiring shall be terminated on terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall be on
piece rated 500 V, of reputed make, preferably stud type for higher current
ratings such that wires are connected by cable-lugs and complete with nuts
and washers. Terminals shall be adequately rated for the circuit current, the
minimum rating shall be 20A.
(v) Terminal for circuit with voltage exceeding 125 V shall be shrouded.
(vi) Terminal shall be numbered and provided with identification strip for
identification of the circuit.
(vii) Terminals blocks for C.T. secondary lead wires shall be provided with shorting
and disconnecting / earthing facilities.
Receptacle Units
(i) Receptacle units shall consist of socket outlet with associated switch and plug.
The socket outlet and switch or MCB shall be flush mounted within galvanised
18 gauge steel enclosure with insulation cover. The box may be recessed into
mounted on a wall as per requirement of project layout.
(ii) The receptacle units shall be suitable for 240 V, 1 Ph-N, 50 Hz/415 V, 3 Ph – N,
50 Hz supply as required.
(iii) Single phase receptacles shall be associated with a switch / MCB of same
current rating and receptacle shall become live only when the associated
switch / MCB is in “ON” position.
(iv) Three phase receptacles shall be associated with a TPN switch housed in the
same enclosures. The receptacle shall become live only when the associated
switch is in “ON” position.
(v) The plugs shall be provided with cord grips to prevent strain and damage to
conductors / wires at connection and entry points.
Lighting Wires

267
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(i) The wires for wiring in lighting system shall be 250 /440 V, 1/ / C, PVC
insulated, unarmoured with stranded copper conductors and shall be laid in
recessed conduit unless otherwise specified.
(ii) The minimum area of conductors shall be 1.5 sq. mm for receptacles rated 15
A and 5 A Receptacles and 2.5 sq. mm for receptacles rated 15 A and above.
(iii) The wires shall be coded white for phase / positive of D.C. and black for neutral
/ negative of D.C.
(iv) Conduits: Rigid steel / non-metallic conduits and their associated fittings as
required shall conform to applicable standards. The minimum size of conduit
shall be 20 mm for surface installation and 25 mm for concealed installation.
Steel conduits shall be seamed by welding and hot dip gavanised. They shall be
supplied in standard lengths of 5 m. Supply of conduits shall include all
associated fitting like couplers, bends and tees as required for lighting system
installation work.
(v) Junction Boxes
Junction boxes with terminals shall be supplied for branching and terminating
lighting cables when required for outdoor areas, 3 phase receptacles etc.
The Junction Boxes shall be dust and vermin proof and shall be fabricated from
14 gauge sheet steel and shall be complete with removable cover plate with
gaskets, two earthing terminals each with nut, bolt and washer. Boxes shall be
additionally weather proof.
The boxes shall have provision for wall, column, pole or structure mounting
and shall be provided with cable / conduit entry knock outs, terminal blocks,
HRC fuses as required.
The terminal blocks, with specified number of terminals, shall be mounted
securely on brackets welded to the back sheet of the box. The terminals shall
be 600 V, grade one piece construction complete with terminals, insulation
barriers, galvanised nuts, bolts and washers and provided with identification
strips of PVC. The terminals shall be made of copper alloy and shall be of box
clamp type.
The boxes shall be painted with on shop coat of red oxide zinc chromate
primmer followed by a finishing coat of paint.
Earthing
(i) Each luminaire shall be provided with an earthing terminal suitable for
connection to the earthing conductor of 12 SWG GI wire.

268
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(ii) Where separate control gear box is provided for housing the accessories the
same shall be provided with an earthing terminal suitable for connecting
earthing conductor of 12 SWG GI wire.
(iii) All metal or metal enclosed parts of the luminaire/control gear box shall be
bonded and connected to the earthing terminal so as to ensure satisfactory
earthing continuity.
It shall be possible to replace the lamp from the canopy without opening the front
glass.

269
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

CHAPTER 7.
SPECIFICATIONS OF PUMP HOUSE AND PUMPING MACHINERY
7.1. GENERAL
The technical specifications for the Mechanical, Electro-Mechanical and electrical
material and equipment(s) are detailed below.
All valves, pipes and specials used in the pumping stations shall conform to the
specifications laid down in Chapter for specifications for valves and Chapter for
specifications for pipeline work of this volume of tender document. The design criteria,
material specifications, workmanship and testing of materials used for all civil works
shall confirm to provisions laid down in Chapter for specifications for civil works. Pre
dispatch inspection, pre commissioning tests, commissioning and trial runs shall be as
detailed in respective chapters of this volume.

7.2. STANDARDS
Except as otherwise specified in these technical specification, the Indian Standards and
Codes of Practice shall be adhered to for the design, manufacturing, inspection and
factory testing, handling, installation and site testing of all material and equipment used
for the work, or where a IS standard does not exist, to an approved national or
international standard. Only equipment supplied by reputed manufacturers and
approved by the Department will be accepted.

7.3. MECHANICAL PLANT & EQUIPMENT

7.3.1. GENERAL
It is not the intent to specify herein all the details pertaining to the design, drawing,
selection of equipment/materials, procurement, manufacture, installation, testing &
commissioning, however, the same shall be of high engineering standard and shall
comply with all currently applicable standards, regulations & safety codes.

7.4. PUMPS AND MOTORS FOR PUMP HOUSE

7.4.1. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (APPLICABLE TO BOTH CENTRIFUGAL COUPLED PUMP SETS AND
CENTRIFUGAL MONOBLOCK PUMP SETS)
1. The bidder shall select suitable pumps for operation of water pumping main in
the specified operating range. All the pumps for the particular pressure main
shall be of similar characteristics.
2. The bidder may opt for twin speed pumps, combination of fixed speed pumps
and operation of pump for varying pumping hours to achieve the required
flow within the flow range.
3. For each main minimum 2 pumps each (1working, 1 stand by) shall be
provided under this contract.

270
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

4. The pumps shall be capable of developing the required total head at rated
capacity for continuous operation. The Bidder shall match the performance
curves of pumps to the operating range requirements, and the pumps shall
operate satisfactorily within the operating range with respect to the
NPSH/positive head available at the lowest permissible suction water level.
The pump shall have a stable head curve, i.e. the total head-capacity curve
shall be continuously rising towards the shut off. The shut off head shall be at
least 10% more than maximum pumping head in the operating range. The
operation efficiency shall be as close to maximum efficiency as possible during
entire range of operation.
5. The duty point of the selected pump shall be as referred in Scope of Work.
Overall minimum guaranteed efficiency of pumping system (combined
efficiency) at duty point shall not be less than that specified in Figures given in
the respective IS Code of Horizontal pumps sets/ Monoblocks. The bidder, as
per the characteristic curve of the selected pump shall give the flow at duty
point. The bidder shall specify the pump performance. The pump
characteristics should be selected on the basis of layout of pumping station,
suction manifold and clear water reservoirs to ensure that the requirements
are met.
6. The power characteristic shall be non-overloading and preferably flat for flows
higher than the best efficiency flow (BEP).
7. The required pump NPSH at duty point shall be at least 0.5 meters less than
the minimum available NPSH. Accordingly the sump level of the intake
structure shall be provided.
8. Pumps must be suitable for operating alone or in parallel over the entire
operating range. The pumps shall operate satisfactorily at any point between
the maximum and minimum system resistance or at the end of pump
performance curve with respect to the NPSH available at the lowest
permissible sump water level.
9. The pumps shall be capable of reverse rotation up to 125% rated full speed of
the drive motor, due to backflow of water, without damage or loosening of
threaded components.
10. The specifications for flanges shall be as mentioned in the Chapter for
"Specifications of pipeline work".
11. Spare parts considered for O&M period, with the pump shall be identical to
respective pump components and shall be from original manufacturer.
12. Pumps shall run smooth without undue noise or vibration. Noise levels and

271
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

velocity of vibrations shall be within acceptable limits. Noise level shall be

limited to 85 dba at a distance of 2 m. Velocity of vibrations in shaft shall be
within 4.5 mm/s or as per relevant Hydraulic Institutes Standards and IS.
13. Unless otherwise specified drive unit power rating shall be the maximum of
the following requirements:
a) Power requirement with following margin over the pump shaft input
power required for the duty point flow and head:
Uo to 1.5 KW KW : 50%
1.5-3.7 KW : 40%
3.7-7.5 KW : 30%
7.5-15 KW : 20%
Above15 KW : 15%
b) Maximum shaft input power required within the “Range of Operation” as
per the upper and lower system resistance curves.
c) The range of operation shall be +10% to -25% of duty point head for
coupled pump set and + 10% to - 20% for Monoblock Pumps.
14. The bidder shall confirm that the pumps shall not be of a new design and a
pump of at least the same size and same have been supplied and tested
satisfactorily for at least two locations.
7.4.2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
1. Type of water pumps: Centrifugal Horizontal pumps with suitable drive
2. Type of Drive : 415V (TEFC) Squirrel cage induction motors
[Link]. Codes and standards
The design, manufacture and performance of the pumps specified herein shall comply
with the requirements of the applicable Codes and Standards, as follows, but not
limited to:
Sn Standard Title
1 IS 6595 (Part II) Horizontal centrifugal pumps for clear, cold and fresh water
2 IS 9137 Code for Acceptance Tests for Centrifugal, Mixed flow and
Axial pumps.
3 IS 13537 Technical specification for centrifugal pumps - Class 2
4 ISO 5199 Standards of the Hydraulic Institute of USA.
5 ISO 2373 Balancing of impeller.
6 IS 5120 Performance test of pumps
7 IS 11732 Mechanical Balancing
[Link]. Features of construction
Impeller

272
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

The impeller shall be an enclosed impeller, made in one piece and securely keyed on
the shaft. The installation will include means to prevent loosening of the impeller
during operation, including rotating in the reverse direction. The impeller shall be
statically and dynamically balanced to prevent vibration, as per ISO 2373.
Casing Ring
The pump shall be provided with a renewable type casing ring, to offer wearing
resistance. Hardness of the casing ring shall be 50 BHN (Brinell Hardness Number Units),
lower than the impeller.
Shaft
Single integral shaft, shall be designed to withstand the torque loads throughout the
whole range of operating conditions, for the selected particular impeller diameter as
well as all the impeller diameters covered between minimum and maximum impeller
diameters when coupled to the motor shaft through flexible coupling. The shaft design
should also include the possibility of running the pump with an electric motor of higher
power rating meant for future expansion with increased impeller diameters.
Shaft Sleeves
Replaceable shaft sleeves shall be provided to protect the shaft where it passes through
stuffing boxes. The end of the shaft sleeve assembly shall extend through the packing
gland. Shaft sleeves shall be securely locked or keyed to the shaft to prevent loosening.
Shaft and shaft sleeve assembly shall ensure concentric rotation.
Stuffing Boxes
Stuffing boxes at driving end and non-driving end shall be of such design that they can
be re-packed, without removing any part, other than the gland and lantern ring. An
axially split gland should be used to facilitate changing the gland packing. Sufficient
space shall be available for maintenance purposes.
Air Release Valves
Pump shall be provided with arrangement of valve to vent air which may get
accumulated in the pump.
Sealing
Self sealing water connections should be provided.
Flanges
Flanges shall be machined flat, with flange faces vertical and at right angles to the pump
mounting surface. Cast iron flange drilling and thickness shall conform to IS 1538, (part
IV and VI) for ID up to 1500mm and to IS 6392 for ID greater than 1500mm.
Bearings

273
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Bearings shall be either grease or oil lubricated and should absorb the radial and axial
thrusts, under all operating conditions. Anti-friction bearing shall be of standard type
and shall be selected to give 20,000 hours continuous operation at rated operating
conditions. The rise in bearing oil/grease temperature with continuous running of the
pump shall be within the allowable limits which shall not exceed 20°C for grease and
30°C for oil lubricated bearings above ambient temperature. Cooling arrangements
shall be provided if required. Bush bearings will not be acceptable.
Base plate
The common base plate for pump and motor shall be fabricated from mild steel
sections and have sufficient rigidity to resist vibration and distortion. Suitable holes
shall be provided for grouting and they shall be so located that the base will be able to
be grouted in place, without disturbing the pump and motor. All pumps and motors
shall be properly and accurately aligned, bolted and doweled to the base plate.
Adequate space shall be provided between pump drain connections and base plate for
installation of minimum 20 mm diameter drain pipe. Foundation bolts shall be
complete with nuts and flat and shake proof washers.
Coupling
A flexible pin bush type coupling shall be provided, duly bored and keyed to the pump
and motor shafts.
The coupling and the pump shafts have to be designed so that the breaking load of the
coupling system is slightly below that of the shaft.
Accessories
All specified accessories and any other standard accessories required for correct and
safe operation of the pump shall be furnished with the pumps. All incidental piping
(including valves) required for sealing, lubrication and cooling of stuffing box packing
and/or pump bearing shall be furnished by the Bidder.
A mild steel fabricated coupling guard shall be provided to provide a safeguard against
the open rotating parts of the pump and motor. Eye bolts (as many as required for
safety), shall be provided for ease of lifting and installation.
[Link]. Technical particulars
Features & Material of Construction

Casing Horizontal casing

Drive Direct
Flange Drilling IS 1538
Prime mover Electric Motor (Refer Electrical section)
Casing Cast Iron IS: 210 – Gr. FG 260

274
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Impeller SS (CF8M)
Shaft SS (AISI 410)
Shaft Sleeve SS (AISI 410)
Casing rings SS (CF8M, CA15)
Glands Bronze grade LTB2 of IS 318
Gland Packing Graphite Asbestos
Lantern Rings CI
Gaskets Manufacturers Standard durable.
Fasteners (Bolts) Forged Steel for Pressure Parts and Carbon Steel for
Non-Pressure Parts.
Drive data

1 Motor 415V motor, (TEFC) Squirrel cage induction motors For details
refer to Motor Specifications
[Link]. Accessories and services required to be supplied by the Bidder with
pump.
The bidder is supposed to provide at least the following accessories

• Base Plate

• Foundation Bolts

• Coupling

• Coupling guard
[Link]. Drawings and information to be provided
During detailed engineering the Bidder shall submit the following:

• General arrangement, cross-sectional and dimensional drawings/data pertaining to

selected model.

• Complete detailed drawing of the base plate

• Complete performance curve with

(a) H - Q curves for complete range of impellers between minimum and
maximum size of impellers and efficiency curves super imposed on them,
highlighting selected impeller diameter.
(b) Shaft Power - Q curves for complete range of impellers.
(c) Efficiency -Q curve for Maximum impeller diameter and selected impeller
diameter.

• Test reports, performance curves and other particulars, as required by the applicable
clauses of this specification.

275
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Instruction Manuals:

• Instruction manual for Erection

• Instruction for pre-commissioning check up, operation, abnormal conditions,

maintenance and repair

• Write up on Controls and interlocks provided

• Recommended inspection points and periods of inspection

• Schedule of preventive maintenance

• Ordering information for all replaceable parts

• Recommendations for types of lubricants, lubricating points, frequency of lubrication

and lubricant changing schedule.
[Link]. Marking
Each pump shall be marked with the following:

• The manufacturer’s brand name or recognized trademark / logo;

• Type, size and Serial number of pump;
• Speed;
• Head, Volume rate of flow and efficiency at specific duty point;
• Head range for overloading requirements
• Recommended prime mover rating;
• Arrow to indicate direction of rotation;
7.4.3. LT MOTORS
[Link]. Codes Standards
No. Standard Description
1. IS 325 Squirrel cage induction motors
2. IS 4691 Type of enclosures
3. IS 6362 Method of cooling
4. IS 4029 Testing of induction motors
5 IS 12075 Mechanical vibrations of rotating electrical machines
6 IS 12065 Permissible limits of noise level
7 IS 12615 Energy Efficient Induction Motors
[Link]. Other considerations
Bidder shall select the motor as per the required performance of the pumps and
ascertain the required rating of the motor. Bidder shall also verify the starting
characteristic and acceleration time for motor selection.
The number of permissible restarts (hot & cold) per hour for each motor shall be
informed by the Bidder after obtaining the same from the motor manufacturer.
If cable termination box provided with the motor is inadequate to accept required no.

276
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

of cables, then the Bidder shall provide an adopter box for the same. The cable
termination box location shall be as per the layout drawings
[Link]. Technical parameters
1 Tentative motor details As per System Requirement
2 Type of motors Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) Squirrel cage
induction motors energy efficiency class IE-3; suitable
for coupling with pump sets
3 Protection Class min. IP 55
4 Motor duty Continuous, S1
5 Supply voltage & Voltage: 415 V +10% to -15%
frequency conditions Frequency: 50 Hz +3% to -5%
Combined variation: + 10% to -15%
6 Insulation class Class ‘F’ but temperature limit to Class ‘B’
7 Frame Size Frame size should be selected keeping in view supply
voltage and frequency conditions/hot and cold starts.
8 Syn. speed As per driven equipment Max. 1500/2900RPM
9 Starting Method a) Direct on line (DOL) for small motors up to 5.5 kW
b) Star Delta for motors above 5.5 kW up to 37 KW
c) Softr Starter for motors above 37 kW. But the
motor should be designed for continuous
operation in DOL mode. Motor may be started on
DOL mode.
10 Starting Current Starting current for the motor in DOL mode, should
not be more than 600 % of the full load current.
11 Cable termination Cable termination box protection class IP 52.
details
12 Earthing conductor GI strip as per the sizes specified
13 Performance details Efficiency at full load - 90 % min.
14 Painting details Enamel paint of shade 631 as per IS 5.

Note: Motors of Less than 2 kW shall be as per Manufacturers specifications

[Link]. Drawings and information to be provided
During detailed engineering the Bidder shall submit the following:

• GA drawing of the each motor showing dimensional details and terminal box
details
• Motor selection details
• Motor Characteristics
• Instruction manual for installation, operation and maintenance for motors
7.4.4. SPECIFICATIONS OF MONO BLOCK PUMP SETS

277
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

These specification cover supply of ISI marked Electric Motor Driven Horizontal
Centrifugal pumping Sets of Monoblock type suitable for operation on 3 Phase, 50 HZ,
A.C. Supply 415 Volts for pumping clear cold fresh water generally conforming to IS:
9079 (amended or revised up to date) except for the provisions / specifications
mentioned herein. Various duty conditions, for which the Pumping Sets is required, are
given in Scope of Work.
The electric motor should be totally enclosed fan cooled. A.C. induction motor of
squirrel cage type with synchronous speed of 1500 RPM or 3000 RPM should be
designed manufactured & tested generally as per IS : 7538 and provision / specifications
mentioned herein for driving the pumping sets.
Monoblock pump set shall be capable to operate in the following range of voltage and
supply frequency.:
a) Voltage +6 percent to –15 percent of rated voltage
b) Frequency +3 percent to -3 percent of rated frequency
c) Any combination of (i) and (ii)
[Link]. Type / Material of Construction
PUMP
a) Casing: Gray Cast Iron of Grade FG 200 as per IS:210-1993 (amended or revised
up to date)
b) Casing ring and impeller ring (if provided): casting grade FG 200 of IS: 210 or
bronze grade of IS: 318 (amended up to date).
c) Impeller: Bronze grade of IS: 318 (amended up to date). The impeller should be
dynamically balance & eyed to the shaft passage provided through hubs, to
give hydraulic balance and also to relieve stuffing box of any untoward loads.
As an alternative providing of radial rings of appropriate size on the back of
impeller for hydraulic balancing is also acceptable.
d) Shaft Sleeve (if provided) - Bronze grade LTB-2 of IS: 318 or stainless steel
grades X 04 Cr. 12, X 12 Cr. 12 or X 20 Cr 13 of IS 6603 or IS 6911.
e) Stuffing box shall be water sealed or mechanically sealed.
f) Gland - Gray Cast Iron of Grade FG 200 as per IS: 210-1993 or Bronze grade
LTB-2 of IS: 318.
g) Bush: Bronze grade2,3 or 4 of IS 318 or nitrile cutless rubber
h) Water Thrower- Rubber (Optional).
i) The direction of rotation shall be clearly and securely marked by incorporating
an arrow on the pump set (The direction of rotation of pump set is designated

278
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

clockwise or anticlockwise as observed when looking at the pump shaft from

the driving end)
j) For duty head up to and equal to 60 meters the pump set shall be single stage
only and for duty head above 60 meters the Nos. of stages shall not be more
than two.
k) Pump casing shall be of robust construction and shall be tested to withstand
1.5 times the maximum discharge pressure for 2 minutes.
l) The shaft shall be of adequate size to transmit the required power.
MOTOR
a) AC 3 phase 50 HZ induction motor suitable for operation at rated voltage of
415 Volt without getting over loaded, in the entire head range of operation of
pump having winding insulated Class F materials and impregnated to exclude
moisture suitable for tropical service conditions. The temperature rise
measured by resistance method) shall be in accordance with the IS: 7538-1996
as per Clause 23.1.2. The temperature of cooling medium shall be assumed as
45° C. The temperature rise shall not exceed the specified temperature rise
limit by more than 10° C, when motor is continuously operated at 85% of rated
load as per clause 23.2.1 of IS:7538-1996.
Motor shall be capable of delivering rated output with:
(i) The terminal voltage differing from its rated voltage by not more than +
6% to- 15% or
(ii) The frequency differing from its rated value by not more than +3% to-
3% or
(iii) Any combination of (i) and (ii)
b) Rotor: Squirrel Cage type.
c) Shaft: Class 3A of IS 1875
d) Enclosure: TEFC enclosure.
e) Performance: As per IS: 7538-1996 (amended or revised up to date).
PERFORMANCE

a) Pump shall be suitable for use up to suction lift as specified in Clause 9.2 of IS:
9079-2002. The offers not in consonance with this manometric suction lift are
liable to be rejected. The cavitations test shall be conducted as per IS.
b) The output motor rating shall be as per clause 14 of IS 9079:2002.
c) The prime mover shall be suitable for entire working range of pump and shall
not get overloaded.

279
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

(The overloading of the prime mover shall be that condition when the current
drawn by the prime mover exceeds the maximum permissible current limit
specified in table 6 of IS :9079:2002)
d) Tests for Electrical Performance: The monoblocks shall be tested by the
manufacturer as per Clause 11 of IS : 9079. All expenses and arrangements
thereto shall be borne and arranged by them. All the Routine tests shall be
carried out for each moonset. However, wherever there is variation of
specification from IS code the specification mentioned herein shall prevail and
any subsequent fall out due to variation in specification beyond IS code shall
also be applicable. Type test certificate of motors for moonset are also
required to be submitted to inspection authority for review.
[Link]. Drawings and information to be provided
During detailed engineering the Bidder shall submit the following:
a) General arrangement, cross-sectional and dimensional drawings/data
pertaining to selected model.
b) Complete performance curve with

• Discharge vs Head

• Discharge vs Motor input

• Dischagre vs pump efficiency

• Discharge vs overall efficiency

c) Test reports, performance curves and other particulars, as required by the
applicable clauses of this specification.
[Link]. Marking
Each monoblock pump shall be marked with the following parameters as per IS 9079
Clause 16, which shall be declared by the manufacturer:
a) Type, size and [Link]. of monoset pump;
b) Numbers of poles, total head, volume rate of flow at the guaranteed duty
point;
c) Operating head range;
d) Overall efficiency at guaranteed duty point;
e) Motor rating (kW);
f) Class of insulation of motor
g) Rated frequency (Hz);
h) Number of phases;

280
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

i) Rated voltage and winding connection;

j) Maximum current (amperes) at maximum load and
k) Manufacturer’s name or trade-mark.
l) BIS Certification mark

7.5. DELIVERY & SUCTION PIPES – DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

The suction and delivery pipes for centrifugal pumps shall be sized to limit the velocity
of flow in respective pipes, below 1.8 m/sec. The velocity in the suction pipe shall not
exceed 1.5 m/s. The velocity in delivery pipe/ manifold shall not exceed 1.8 m/s. The
velocity in suction header shall not exceed 1.0 m/s. However; it shall be not less than
those given in the BOQ/ Scope of work.
7.5.1. SPECIFICATIONS OF VALVES
The construction features and other specifications of valves shall be as defined in
chapter for specifications for valves.
The pressure rating of valves must at least be equal to the maximum expected pressure
at the point of installation with minimum PN1.6.
The size of valves must not be less than the size of the respective main (suction,
delivery) pipes.
7.5.2. PIPE FITTINGS
Pipe fittings of size 50 NB and below shall be forged conforming to IS-1239 Part-II.
Fittings above 50 NB up to 200 NB shall be welded/seamless conforming to ASTM A-234
Gr. WP and dimensional standard ANSI B.16.9. Fittings and specials of size 250 NB and
above can be fabricated from MS pipes fabricated as per specifications.
7.5.3. DUCTILE IRON PUDDLE COLLARS
The puddle collars embedded in the wall of size less than 600mm will be of Ductile Iron.
7.5.4. DISMANTLING JOINTS
All butterfly, sluice, scour valves, Flow meters or any other online valves etc. shall be
installed between flanges with a flexible dismantling joint at one side. The dismantling
joints on suction and delivery pipes within the Pump House Campus shall be of Bellow
type. The joint must allow dismantling of the valve, meters etc. without causing stress
to the joints of the attached pipes. The minimum clearance of the dismantling joint
shall be five (5) cm. The pressure class of the dismantling joint shall be the same as that
of the pipe. Drawings of the dismantling joint shall be submitted to the Employer for
approval. The Nuts and Bolts of the joint shall be galvanised. The joints shall be
painted/coated as per specification given for exposed pipes.
General Specifications for the Bellow type dismantling joints shall be as below.

281
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

a) Internal Sleeve : SS 409

b) Bellow : SS 304
c) Limit Rod : CS IS 1367 Gr 4.0, GI (electroplated)
d) Pressure Class : PN 1.0 (Working Pressure)
7.5.5. TESTING AND INSPECTION
The entire piping with valves and fittings will be site tested for pressure of 1.5 times the
design pressure. Duration of testing shall be a minimum of 30 minutes. In case the
piping is to be in a network, isolated portions with overlapping areas shall be tested. No
pressure drop or leakage shall be evident

7.6. MISCELLANEOUS
7.6.1. NUTS, BOLTS, STUDS AND WASHERS
Nuts and bolts shall be of the best quality bright steel, machined on the shank and
under the head and nut. Studs, bolts and nuts shall be galvanized. Bolts shall be of
accurate length so that only one thread shall show through the nut in the fully
tightened conditions. Nuts and bolts shall conform to IS 1363 and IS 1367.
Washers, locking devices and anti-vibration arrangements shall be provided where
necessary.
Where there is a risk of corrosion, bolts, nuts and studs shall be designed so that the
maximum stress does not exceed half the yield stress of the material under any
conditions. All bolts, nuts and screws which are subject to frequent adjustment or
removal in the course of maintenance and repair shall be made of nickel bearing
stainless steel.
The Bidder shall supply all holding down, alignment levelling bolts complete with
anchorages, nuts washers and packing required to fix the plant to its foundations, bed
plates, frames and other structural parts.
The Bidder shall procure and keep at site, reasonable excess quantities to cover
wastage of those materials which will be normally subject to waste during erection,
commissioning and setting to work.
7.6.2. GASKETS
Gaskets shall be of Nitrile rubber and ready made machined cut gaskets for respective
flange shall be used. Gaskets cut out from rubber sheet are not acceptable.
7.6.3. SUPPORT FOR PIPE WORK & VALVES
All necessary supports, saddles, fixing bolts & foundation bolts shall be supplied to
support the pipe work. Valves and other devices mounted in the pipe work shall be
supported independent of the pipes to which they connect. Wherever necessary RCC
supports shall also be provided

282
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

7.6.4. GALVANIZING
Wherever galvanizing has been specified the hot dip process shall be used. The
galvanized coating shall be of uniform thickness. Weight of zinc coatings for various
applications shall not be less than those indicated below:
(a) Fabricated steel

Thickness less than 2 mm but not less than 1.2 mm 340 gm/m2
Thickness 2 mm and above 460 gm/m2.

(b) Fasteners

Up to nominal size M10 270

Over M10 300

Galvanizing shall be carried out after all drilling; punching, cutting bending and welding
operations have been carried out. Burrs shall be removed before galvanizing. Any site
modification of galvanized parts should be covered well by zinc primer and aluminum
Paint.
7.6.5. PAINTING
Painting of exposed ferrous surface of all items of plant shall be carried out by the
Bidder in accordance with provision in the Chapter 6 for “Specifications for Civil Works”.
Immediately on arrival at the site all items of plant shall be examined for condition of
the primer coat/finish paint applied at the Manufacturer's works and unsatisfactory
portions shall be cleaned down to the bare metal, all rust being removed, and the
surface made good with similar primer/paint.
After erection, such items which are not finish painted shall be finish painted, items
finish painted at the Manufacturer's works shall be touched up for any damaged paint
work.
No painting shall be carried out unless the item has been inspected and accepted by
Engineer in Charge or the person authorized by him. Shades of finish painting of
equipment shall be approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
7.6.6. LUBRICATION
A complete schedule of recommended oils and other lubricants shall be furnished by
the Bidder, in the operation and maintenance manuals. The number of types of
lubricants shall be kept to a minimum. In case of grease lubricated bearings for electric
motors, a lithium base grease is preferred.
The Bidder shall indicate the brand name of indigenously available equivalent lubricants
with complete duty specification, to enable the department to arrange procurement in
future. The Bidder shall furnish the schedule of quantities for each fill, frequency of
filling and annual requirement.

283
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Where lubrication is effected by means of grease, preference shall be given to a

pressure system which does not require frequent adjustment or recharging. Frequent,
for this purpose means more than once in a month.
Where more than one type of special grease is required, a grease gun for each special
type shall be supplied.
All lubricant systems shall be designed so as not to cause a fire or pollution hazard.
The contractor shall supply flushing oil for such lubrication system when an item of
plant is ready for preliminary running.

7.7. ERECTION
7.7.1. GENERAL
The contractor's staff shall include at least one competent erection engineer who
should be at least a graduate, to supervise the erection of the works using sufficient
skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour and to ensure completion of the Works on
time. The contractor shall not remove any representatives, erectors or skilled labour
from the site without the prior approval of the Engineer in Charge
The contractor's erection staff shall arrive on the site on dates to be agreed by the
Engineer in Charge who will give to the contractor advance notice in writing of the
dates on which they will be required. Before they proceed to the site, however, the
contractor shall first satisfy himself, as necessary, that sufficient material of his supply
has arrived on site so that there will be no delay on this account.
The contractor shall be responsible for setting up and erecting the equipment to the
line and level required.
7.7.2. LEVELING AND GROUTING OF MACHINERY
The pumps and motors shall be properly and accurately leveled and aligned on the
concrete plinth by means of tapered metal wedges and metal packing pieces before any
grout is poured. After correct alignment and leveling the foundation bolts shall be
nipped up to hold the machine firmly in position and it shall be the Bidder's
responsibility to check that the position is maintained after the grout has been poured
but before it sets. The grout which will contain an approved expanding agent will be
mixed and poured by the Bidder. ACC shrinkomph, grout mixer or equivalent as
approved by Engineer in Charge, is to be used for grouting.
The horizontality of base plate top shall be within 0.05 mm/metre. The base plate top
surface and pump motor box are to be blue matched to get a contact area of at least
80%.
After the grouting mixture has set, the foundation bolts shall be pulled up hard and the
alignment and level rechecked. The Engineer in Charge shall be informed at all times of
the progress of this work and when any checks on alignment and level are to be carried

284
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

out so that he may witness the checks if he so requires. The approval of the Engineer in
Charge or his intimation that the alignment or level of the machines is to his satisfaction
shall in no way relieve the Contract of his obligation under contract to properly install
and align the machines and Pipe work and shall in no way prejudice the Engineer in
Charge's rights to order rectification of any installation work later found to be
improperly carried out.
7.7.3. NAME PLATES
Each main and auxiliary item to the Plant shall have permanently attached to it, in a
conspicuous position, a name plate and rating plate, each of weather-resistance and
fire-resistance material. Upon these shall be engraved or stamped the manufacturer's
name, type and serial number of Plant, details of the loading and duty at which
designed to operate.
Details of proposed inscriptions shall be submitted to the Engineer in Charge for
approval before any labels are manufactured.
7.8. SPECIFICATIONS OF G.I. DOUBLE FLANGED PIPES FOR SOLAR
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS / CWR VERTICAL PIPES
7.8.1. SCOPE
The scope includes manufacture and supply of Galvanized Mild Steel Tubes & Sockets
(Medium Class) to be used for water wells conforming to IS : 1239 (Amended up to
date) in nominal bore of pipes of 50-80 mm medium class. The pipes should be ISI
marked. The pipes are to be used for riser pipes for water wells to be constructed in
state of Rajasthan.

7.8.2. MATERIAL
a) General requirements relating to supply of Mild Steel Tubes shall conform to
IS: 1387-1967. The welded tubes shall be manufactured from hot rolled steel
skelp/strip conforming to IS : 10748-1995 (Amended upto date)
b) The tubes shall be Electric Resistance Welded (ERW). The height of the internal
weld fin shall not be greater than 60% of the specified wall thickness.
c) The chemical composition of the steel shall comply with Table 1 of IS:1239
(Part-1) - 2004 in ladle sample analysis. The maximum permissible variations in
case of product analysis ___ the maximum limits specified in table 1 shall be as
given in table 2 of IS 1239 (Part-1) - 2004. The analysis shall be carried out as
per IS: 228.

7.8.3. HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST

Hydraulic test shall be carried out at a pressure of 5 Mpa. Maintained for at least 3
seconds and shall not show any leakage in the pipes

7.8.4. DIMENSIONS AND MASSES

285
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Dimensions and masses of Steel Tubes shall be as follows:

Nominal Outside Diameter Thick Mass of screwed &
Bore Maximum Minimum ness socketed type
(MM) (mm) (mm) (mm) Kg/m.
50 60.8 59.7 3.6 5.03
65 76.6 75.3 3.6 6.54
80 89.5 88.0 4.0 8.53
7.8.5. LENGTH OF PIPE
The GI pipes shall be supplied in 6m length.

7.8.6. JOINTS
a) All screwed tubes shall be supplied with pipe threads confirming to IS : 654 -
1999. Gauging in accordance with IS : 8999 - 1979 shall be considered as an
adequate test for conformity of threads of IS:554 - 1999.
b) Tubes shall be supplied screwed with tapper threads.

7.8.7. TOLERANCES
The tolerance shall be permitted as per clause 9 and 11 of IS : 1239 (Part-1)

7.8.8. TESTS
a) Hydraulic test for leak tightness as an in-process test at manufacturer’s work
shall be carried out on each tube. This is a compulsory test.
b) Other tests on finished tubes shall be carried out as per clause 14 of IS:1239
(Part-1)

7.8.9. WORKMANSHIP
All pipes shall be clearly finished and reasonably free from injurious defects. The ends
shall be cleanly cut and reasonably square with axis of pipe. The tubes shall be
reasonably straight.

7.8.10. GALVANIZING
Tubes and sockets are required to be galvanized. The zinc coating on the tubes and
sockets shall be in accordance with IS-4736. Tubes, which are to be screwed, shall be
galvanized before screwing. For transportation all tubes shall be packed in accordance
with IS : 4740 – 1979.

7.8.11. SAMPLING AND CRITERIA FOR CONFORMITY

This shall be as per clause 16 of IS : 1239 (Part-1)

7.8.12. MARKING
Each tube shall be marked as per clause 17 of IS:1239 (Part-1) with following minimum
requirements:

286
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

a) Manufacturer’s trade mark.

b) IS No viz. IS 1239 (Part-I)
c) Class of Tube “M”
d) Blue colour band.
e) BIS certification mark
f) Inspection mark if any

7.8.13. FLANGES :
Mild steel galvanized and forged neck flanges with parrelled threaded duly drilled of
following dimension confirming to BS-10 as per table - D suitable for use with G.I. pipes
fitting without raised jointing faced. The flanges should be proper galvanised (Bombay
Polish galvanised flanges) will be accepted

Nominal Outer dia in Hole dia out side No. of Thickness

Bore inch in mm holes of flanges
50mm 6” 12mm 4 7.5mm
65mm 6 ½” 16mm 4 8mm
80 mm 7 ½” 16mm 4 10mm

7.9. PUMPING STATION ELECTRICAL WORKS

7.10. POWER SUPPLY INFORMATION
The proposed power supplies are as follows:

415V AC Voltage variation +10 to -15% Three Phase and neutral, 50 Hz,
System Freq. Variation +3 to -5% effectively earthed system, SC. rating of
50 kA
240V AC Voltage variation + 10% to -15 % Single phase and neutral, 50 Hz,
System Freq. Variation + 3% to - 5% effectively earthed system

The ambient temperature for design of the electrical equipment shall be 50° C.

7.11. FAULT LEVELS

The fault levels of the proposed units in the pump house shall be as per IS 2026 as
follows:
415 V system: 20 MVA

7.12. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

The electrical installations proposed under the contract are for the project requirement.
Wherever found necessary, the installations shall be done considering the likely
extension of the system/system component for integration with the future extensions.
The power is available within head works. The contractor’s scope shall start from the

287
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

installed transformer within head works.

7.13. METAL ENCLOSED LT SWITCHGEAR

7.13.1. STANDARDS
No. Standard Description
IS 4237 Switchgear general requirements.
IS 5578 Guide for making of insulated conductors
IS 8623 Factory built assemblies of Sw Gr & Cont. Gr (for voltages < 650 V).
IS 2147 Degree of protection of enclosure for LV switchgear and control
gear.
IS 1248 Electrical Indicating Instruments.
IS 722 Integrating AC electric meters.
IS 2705 Current transformers.
IS 3156 Voltage transformers.
IS 10118 Installation and maintenance of switchgear.
IS 11353 Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of
conductor and equipment terminals.
IS 13947 Specification for low voltage switchgear and control gear

The LT Control Panel specifications shall be as specified in Bill of Quantities.

7.13.2. DETAILED SPECIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL ITEMS:

[Link]. STARTERS
Push button operated air break starter fully automatic suitable for starting
squirrel cage induction motor working on 3 phase 415 Volts (+10% to –15%) 50
c/s A.C. supply each starter shall comprising as per IS:8444 (amended upto date)
(a) Over Current Device :
1 No. Electronic Motor Protection Relay (EMPR) with differential system for
phase reversal/failure, unbalanced voltage, load protections, dry run etc. with
record of tripping history.
(b) Control Assembly
• It shall confirm to IS: 2959-1975 and shall comprise of 3 triple pole
contractors of specified capacity one for main, one for the star position
and one for delta position. Each contractor shall be provide with 1 No. And
NC auxiliary uNIB.
• Vacuum impregnated machine wound and backed coil with inter layer
paper insulation/epoxy cost suitable for tropical conditions. The coil
should be safe from mechanical damage in case of accidental mishandling
and should have high resistance to moisture and suitable for operation of
415 (+10% to – 15%) volt supply.

288
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

• Contractors should be of suitable silver alloy to ensure long life and the
contact system should be double break and designed to keep bounce to
the minimum. Provision for mechanically interlocking the contractors
should be available.
• The manner of removal of fixed and moving contacts should be easy. The
thermal connections preferable should be require disconnection during
contact replacement.
• The coil should be easily accessible and the coil replacement as well as the
contactor assembly should be simple without likely to pull out. Screws
should be provided with retaining arrangement.
(c) Timer
The change over from star to delta position shall be automatic and sharp
through thermal/pneumatic/electronic timer (adjustable approximately from 5
to 20 seconds or 2 to 12 seconds)
(d) Start and stop Push Button :
Shrouded and mounted on the cover.
[Link]. PAINTING
All steel work should undergo a process of degreasing pickling in acid and cold
rising. Body of feeder pillar panel should be powder coated and thickness of
coating should be minimum 75 microns.
[Link]. WIRING
The panel should be completely factory wired for the connection to the
equipment at site, wiring should be made in such a way that it is easily
accessible for observations repair work without disturbing other components
Contactor should be PVC insulated confirming to IS 694.
7.13.3. DRAWING AND DOCUMENTS REQUIRED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT
a) GA drawing of each panel with foundation details
b) Single line diagram for each panels
c) Schematic diagrams for various modules
d) Instruction manuals - installation, operation and maintenance of switchgear
7.13.4. INSPECTION AND TESTS
All routine tests shall be carried out on assembled switchboard/ panel at
manufacturer’s works and manufacturer’s test certificate shall be provided. All type test
certificate (not older than 3 years) conducted on similar panels to be forwarded.
Manufacturer test certificates shall be provided for all electrical equipments and meters
used in the LT Switchboard.

289
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

7.14. OTHER LT CABLES

Power cable shall be of Cu conductors upto 6 sqmm and Al conductor for above,
whereas control and lighting cables shall be of Cu conductor. The minimum size of Al
conductor cable shall be 10 sqmm and Cu conductor cable of 2.5 sqmm. The control
cables may be as low as 1.5 sqmm.
Power cable sizing shall be based on the various de-rating factors recommended by
cable manufacturer, rated current, temperature rise of conductor and voltage drop.
Control cables of CTs shall be based on the VA burden of CT and relays, meters.
7.14.1. TECHNICAL PARAMETERS
Type Multi-stranded aluminium/copper conductor,
armoured LV Cables
Rated voltage U/Uo (Um) 0.65/1.1
Type of insulation PVC up to 2.5sqmm
XLPE above 2.5sqmm
Inner sheath Extruded
Outer sheath Extruded
Conductor & insulation screening -
Material for armour Galvenized steel (Aluminium for single core
cables)
Cable selection Cable shall be selected considering following
points
Continuous Current rating of the load
De-rating due to grouping of cables.
Voltage drop up to 3% in cable due to cable
resistance
De-rating factor due to ambient temperature.
De-rating due to depth in case of buried cables
Spare cores for control cables Up to 4 cores - nil
5 cores to 9 cores - 1 core
10 cores to 20 cores - 2 core
21 cores to 30 cores - 3 core
More than 30 cores - 4 core
7.14.2. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF LV CABLES:
All cables shall be subjected to routine tests in accordance with relevant Indian
Standard specifications. Test certificates shall be provided against each drum and/ or
cable length. The tests carried out at manufacturer’s premises shall include but not
necessarily limited to following:

• High voltage DC insulation pressure test between cores, each core to earth,
metal sheath or armour as applicable
• Insulation resistance test
• Core continuity and identification
• Conductor resistance test

290
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

• Elongation test
• Smoke density test
• HCl gas generation test
• Anti rodent test (Presence of lead)
In addition type test certificates of cables shal be provided for review.
7.14.3. DRAWING AND DOCUMENTS REQUIRED
• Cable catalogue
7.15. SPECIFICATIONS OF SUBMERSIBLE CABLE
7.15.1. GENERAL
These specification cover the supply of three core flexible flat PVC insulated and
PVC sheathed cable for use with the submersible pumping sets inside/outside
the water for working voltage upto and including 1100 volts and current rating
as per relevant IS Code. These cables are to be used as weather proof cables
having bunched plain high conductivity copper conductor confirming to IS:8130-
1984 (amendment upto date) and insulated and sheathed with PVC compound
confirming to IS:5831-1984 (amendment upto date)

7.15.2. DESCRIPUTION OF MATERIAL

[Link]. COPPER CONDUCTOR
The bunched copper conductor shall be composed of plain annealed high
conductivity copper wires complying with class 6 of copper conductor as per IS
8130-1984 (amended upto date) The maximum diameter of wires and
corresponding minimum number of wires in a strand and maximum allowable
resistance shall be as follows:

S. Size of Nom. dia & Corresponding wires in a Max. resistance of

No. cable in core conductor at 20
SQ MM Max. diain mm Minimum No of degree centigrade
wires in a core (Ohms/km.)
1. 4.0 0.31 53 4.95
2. 6.0 0.31 80 3.30
3. 10.0 0.41 76 1.91
4. 16.0 0.41 122 1.21
Note: the cross sectional area of every core should be same as per prescribed
size of cable (when calculated on the basis of dia of each wire & number of wires
in a core)
[Link]. INSULATION & SHEATH
The insulation shall be of PVC compound confirming to the requirement type ‘A’
of IS:5831-1984 (Specification for PVC insulation and sheath of electric cable)
(amended upto date). The sheath shall be of PVC compound conforming to the
requirement of type ST-I of IS:5831-1984 (amended upto date)Cores shall be

291
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

identified by different coloring of PVC insulation Colour of Cores shall be

identified by Red yellow and Blue and the colour of sheath shall be Black only.
Three cores shall be laid side by side . Average thickness of installation shall not
be less than then nominal value (ti) mentioned below and the smallest of
measured values of thickness of insulation shall not tall below the nominal value
it mentioned below by more than 0.1 mm + 0.1 ti)
The sheath, where applicable shall be applied by extrusion. It shall be applied
over the laid up cores. It shall be so applied that it fits closely on the laid up
cores and it shall be possible to remove it without damage to the insulation. The
thickness of sheath determined by taking the average of a number of
measurements shall not be less than the nominal value (ts), specified below and
smallest of the measured values shall not fall below the nominal
value(te)specified below by more than 0.2mm+0.2ts

S. No. Size of cable Nominal thickness Nominal thickness

([Link]) of insulation (mm ) of sheath tc (mm)
1 4.0 0.8 1.1
2 6.0 0.8 1.1
3 10.0 1.0 1.2
4 16.0 1.0 1.3

7.16. CABLING SYSTEM

7.16.1. INSTALLATION
All apparatus, connections and cable work shall be designed and arranged to minimize
risk of fire and any damage which might be caused in the event of a fire.
The cables shall be laid in trenches, trays or conduits or buried in ground. Cable routings
shall be checked at site to avoid interference with structures, piping and ducting. All
cables shall be carefully measured and cut to the required length, leaving sufficient
length for final connections to the equipment on both ends. Depth of buried cable shall
be minimum 750mm for LV cables and 1000mm for HV cables.
The Bidder shall ascertain the exact requirement of cable, for a particular feeder, by
measuring at site along the actual finalized route.
Cables shall be laid in complete uncut lengths from one item of equipment to another.
The Contractor shall provide all the necessary material and accessories required for
installation and termination of the cables which shall include but not limited to items
such as glands, lugs, termination accessories, hardware, consumables, saddles /
spacers, GI conduits / pipes, cable identification tags, protective bricks, civil material
etc.

292
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

All cables shall be identified close to their termination point by cable numbers. Cable
numbers will be punched on aluminum straps, (2 mm thick), securely fastened to the
cable and wrapped around it.
Underground cables shall be provided with cable markers. These cable marker posts
shall be located at every 50 metres and every corner or change of direction.
All temporary ends of cables shall be protected against dust and moisture to prevent
damage to the insulation. While laying cables, the ends shall be taped with PVC tape.
Cables shall be handled carefully during installation to prevent mechanical injury to the
cables. Ends of cables leaving trenches shall be coiled and provided with protective
cover until the final termination to the equipment is completed.
All wall openings shall be effectively sealed after installation of cables.
For all outdoor buried cables a 3 metre diameter loop shall be provided at both ends
before termination.
Submersible cables shall be properly clamped with the pipe/ rope during lowering.
7.16.2. TERMINATION
All HT cables shall be terminated with HT cable termination kit of indoor or outdoor
type depending on the application.
All XLPE insulated cables shall be terminated using HT termination kit only
All PVC cables shall be terminated at the equipment/panel by means of double
compression type brass glands and tinned copper lugs.
All LT cable glands shall be made out of brass and shall be of double compression type.
All LT cable lugs shall be of tinned copper, crimping type.
Submersible cables shall be jointed with suitable submersible cable jointing kit duly
approved from Employer.
Power cable cores shall be identified with red, yellow and blue PVC tapes.
In case of control cables, all cores shall be identified at both ends by their terminal
numbers by means of PVC ferrules. Wire numbers shall be as per inter-connection
diagrams, to be furnished to the Bidder.
The cable shall be taken through an adequate size gland inside the panel or any other
electrical equipment.
Cable leads shall be terminated at the equipment terminals by means of crimped type
solderless connectors.

293
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Crimping shall be done by hand crimping/hydraulically-operated tool and conducting

jelly shall be applied on the conductor. Insulation of the leads should be removed
immediately before the crimping.
7.16.3. TESTING OF CABLES
Before energizing, the insulation resistance shall be measured from phase to phase and
phase to ground.

7.17. EARTHING SYSTEM

7.17.1. GENERAL
All the material required for the earthing system shall be supplied and installed by the
Bidder. The hot dip GI strip of 50 x 6 mm size shall be used.
All the material required for making earthing stations, such as electrode, charcoal, salt
etc. shall be supplied by the Bidder. Excavation and refilling for laying of earth strip and
for earth pit shall also be in Bidders scope.

• The entire earthing system shall fully comply with Indian electricity act and
rules. The Bidder shall carry out all changes desired by the electrical inspector,
in order to make the installation conform to I.E. Rules.
• Earthing shall be done as per IS:3043 with G.I. Earth plate of size 600mm x
600mm x 6.0mm by embodying 3 to 4 mtr below the ground level with 20 mm
dia. G.I. 'B' class watering Pipe including all accessories like nut, bolts, reducer
,nipple, wire meshed funnel, and C.C. finished chamber covered with hinged
type with locking arrangement C.I. Cover, C.I. Frame of size 300mm x 300mm
complete with alternate layers of salt and coke/charcoal, testing of earth
resistance as required.
• The earthing strips of LAs shall be directly connected to earth pit whereas
earthing strips of other equipments can be connected to a common earth strip.
• A disconnecting facility shall be provided for individual earth pit to check earth
resistance.
• All electrical equipment above 230 V shall be earthed at two points and
equipment 230 V and below shall be earthed at one point.
• Conductor size for connections to various equipment shall be as per the table
as follows:
Equipment Conductor Size
Motors Up to 11 kW 8 SWG GI wire
11 kW up to 22 kW 4 SWG GI wire
22 kW up to 37.5 kW 25 x 3 mm GI flat
37.5 kW to 90 kW 25 x 6 mm GI flat
90 kW to 200 kW 40 x 6 mm GI flat
Above 200 kW 50 x 10 mm GI flat
Street light pole & its junction box 8 SWG GI wire

294
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Lighting / Local Motor Control Panel 25 x 3 mm GI flat

Indoor fixtures 14 SWG GI wire
• All paint, scale etc. shall be removed before earthing connections are made.
• Anchor bolts or fixing bolts shall not be used for earthing connections.
7.18. PRESSURE GAUGES
7.18.1. SCOPE:
The Pressure Gauge shall conform to IS 3624 : 1987 dial type indicating pressure gauge.
The elastic pressure responsive element shall be Bourdon Tube.
The gauge shall be pressure gauge to measure and indicate pressure greater than
atmospheric using atmospheric pressure as the datum point.
7.18.2. NOMENCLATURE:
The gauge shall be direct mounting type.
7.18.3. TERMINOLOGY:
7.18.4. SERVICE CLASSIFICATION:
The gauge shall be designed to measure and indicate the hydrostatic head of a liquid.
The dial shall be graduated in uNIBs of head height such as meters of water.
7.18.5. PRESSURE ELEMENT:
The gauge shall have Bourdon tube as pressure sensing element in the form of a curved
tube, which changes its curvature with changes in internal pressures.
7.18.6. METHOD OF MOUNTING:
The gauge shall be of direct mountings type in which it is mounted and supported by its
screwed connection. The screwed connection shall be at the bottom of the periphery of
the case.
7.18.7. COMPONENTS:
Baffle Wall
The baffle wall shall be provided as a barrier in between sensing element and dial so
that in pipe event of leakage or burst in the pressure responsive element, the blast
would be dissipated away from the front.
Bezel ring:
Bezel ring shall be provided and fitted. It shall be removable from the case.
Blow-out device:
A safety device shall incorporated in the case to permit the rapid and safe dissipation of
internal pressure in the event of a leakage or burst in the pressure sensing element.
Case:

295
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

This is an outer casing which contains the pressure responsive element and the
movement.
The gauge shall also have connecting link, connection, dial, element anchorage,
movement, pointer, Pointer stop, removable back plate, scale, shank, window, zero
adjustments etc.
Over range Protection:
A device shall be provided to protect the measuring element is the event of over
pressure and also to prevent disengagement of the movement gearing. This may be in
the form of internal stops.
Nominal diameter of gauge:
The gauge shall have 100 mm diameter dial and concentric scale.
Range of gauge:
The gauge shall have a range which shows the tube well pressure to about half of the
range.
7.18.8. MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION:
The material of construction shall be as per IS 3624:1987 suitable for measuring and
indicating water pressure in horizontal pipes.
7.18.9. DIMENSIONS FOR THE SHANK AND SCREWED CONNECTION:
As per IS : 3624 , 1987. The diameter shall be 3/8”.
7.18.10. SPECIFICATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES
1.0 Manufacturing Standard IS 3624 : 1987
2.0 Type Industrial, Weather Proof, Bourdon
3.0 Accuracy +1%
4.0 Pressure range 0 to 10 Kg / cm2 (as per site requirement)
5.0 Numbers 50 Nos (1 on each tube well)
6.0 Dial Size 100 mm
7.0 Case Die Cast Aluminum
8.0 Dial Display Background-White, Pressure Rate Marking-Black
9.0 Bourdon Material SS304
10.0 System SS304
11.0 Connection 10 mm (NPT)
12. Accessories Nipple, 10 mm 3 way gauge cock

296
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

CHAPTER 8.
PRE DISPATCH INSPECTION
8.1. PRE-DISPATCH INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
The contractor shall submit a Quality Assurance Programme (QAP) for each item for
approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Actual manufacturing shall start only after approval of
QAP.
It is proposed to get the equipment and material listed in the table below, inspected
prior to dispatch for work site through third party/project consultants/departmental
engineer(s).

S. No. Equipment/Material
1. DI / HDPE Pipes
2. All type of Valves
3. All pumps and motors above 15 KW
4. All kinds of Panels
5. All kinds of Flow meters

The Contractor shall notify Engineer-in-Charge at least 2 weeks in advance for carrying
out the Pre-Dispatch inspection, and tests before the dispatch of materials. Failure to
Pre-Dispatch inspection/tests, the contractor shall be liable for all costs incurred against
such dispatches. No material scheduled or notified for pre-dispatch shall be accepted
until inspection have been successfully carried at manufacturers or other selected
premises and the inspection report has been approved by Engineer-in-Charge and he
has given consent for dispatch of material.
In addition to the pre-dispatch inspections, the Engineer-in-Charge may ask for
additional certificates from manufacturer to satisfy with the quality of material used
and for the compliance to respective standards.
For all materials and equipments not listed above, the contractor shall produce
manufacturers test certificates for material, performance, efficiencies, workmanship
and standard compliance etc. as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, to satisfy with the
quality of the material to be received.
The Engineer-in-Charge may also ask for Pre-Dispatch inspections for any other item(s)
not shown in the list of items requiring pre-dispatch inspection, for which the
contractor shall make necessary arrangements, without any additional costs to the
Department.

8.2. TESTING AND INSPECTION OF DI / HDPE PIPES

The pipes will only be dispatched after necessary certification by the Department's
representative or third party is obtained regarding satisfactory completion of

297
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

inspection. The Engineer-in-Charge may also ask for repetition of some tests, even after
successful testing by the Department's representative/ representative of third party
inspection agency in his presence or in front of a third party authorized by the
Department. The contractor in such cases will co-operate and provide all necessary
facilities for re-testing, without any additional costs to the Department.
Testing of pipes shall govern with respective IS code.

8.3. INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR SLUICE VALVES

During testing there shall be no visible evidence of structural damage to any of the
valve component. Following tests shall be carried out.
a) Seat leakage test at rated pressure
b) Hydrostatic test at 1.5 times the rated pressure
c) Valve operation with and without actuator
d) For effort Required in manual operation of valve
e) Other tests specified in IS 14846 or Contract specifications
f) General construction features of gearbox as per requirement given in relevant
Chapter.
8.4. INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR DUAL PLATE CHECK VALVES
During testing there shall be no visible evidence of structural damage to any of the
valve component.
a) Shell Test at the pressure given in Table 2 of API 598
b) High Pressure Test at the pressure given in Table 2 of API 598
c) Other tests specified in API 598
d) Spring cycle test for any one size with or without valve out of the sizes offered
by respective manufacturer proposed by the contractor.
8.5. INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR AIR VALVES
During testing there shall be no visible evidence of structural damage to any of the
valve component.
a) Seat leakage test at rated pressure
b) Operation
c) All requirements as per relevant standard
d) Test report from FCRI for air intake/ discharge capacity
8.6. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF PUMPS
The performance and hydraulic tests of the pumps shall be made with their respective
duty motors. The testing shall be carried out as per relevant IS Code. Motors will be

298
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

inspected along with pumps at Pump manufacturer works and not inspected
separately.

8.7. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF LT PANELS

All routine tests on 0.44 KV panel
All type test certificate conducted on similar panels to be forwarded.

8.8. MANUFACTURE’S CERTIFICATIONS

In addition to the items listed above, the Department may ask for relevant certificates
of the manufacturer for any item supplied in the contract.

299
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

CHAPTER 9.
TESTING – COMMISSIONING AND TRIAL RUN
9.1. INSPECTION AND TEST AFTER ERECTION
In addition to the progressive supervision and inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge the
Contractor shall offer for inspection to Engineer in Charge, the complete, erected
System of the Project or its Parts on which tests are to be carried out. After such
inspection by Engineer in Charge, each equipment/subsystem shall be tested by the
Contractor in accordance with the applicable standards in the presence of Engineer in
Charge.
It is not the intent to specify herein all details about the commissioning activities.
However the commissioning checks in brief are given as guidance. The pre-
commissioning test results shall be documented for record purposes and compared
with the shop test certificates.

9.2. TEST INSTRUMENTATION

All required test instrumentation, for the performance and efficiency tests, shall be
supplied by the Contractor and shall be retained by him upon satisfactory conclusion of
all such tests at the site. All costs associated with the supply, calibration, installation
and return of the test instrumentation shall be included in the contract price. The test
instrumentation for the performance tests shall be in accordance with the code. All test
instrumentation shall be as per Indian Standards as approved by the Engineer in
Charge. All calibration procedures and standards shall be subject to the Engineer in
Charge's approval. Batch calibration will not be accepted.

9.3. PIPE LINE

The sectional testing of MS/DI/HDPE pipeline shall be done as per provisions laid in the
Chapter of Specifications for Pipeline work along with the laying of pipelines. The tested
pipeline will be joined by gap pieces to complete the total physical completion of works.
The laid pipeline will be joined with respective manifold through valves. Just before the
commissioning the complete transmission main will be checked for:
a) All the valves in the system will be inspected for proper lubrication, manual
and/or electrical operation.
b) All air valves shall be inspected for proper fitting and operation of isolating
valves.
c) All flange joints will be checked for tightness of all bolts, clamps, etc.
d) The entire transmission shall be checked for proper soil cover.
e) The structures will be checked for any constructional defects.

300
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

f) The valve chambers and their surroundings will be checked for its cleanliness.

9.4. PUMPS AND MOTORS

The erection, piping and wiring of each item shall be checked as per approved drawings,
vendors drawings, wiring schematics and cable terminations. If any minor modifications
are noted, they shall be incorporated in the appropriate “as built” drawings.
Pre-commissioning Checks
a) Check name plate details
b) Check tightness of all bolts, clamps, etc.
c) Check alignment of the pump and motor
d) Inspect the bearings visually and check that adequate lubrication has been
applied.
e) Confirm that the shaft is free and it is possible to easily rotate the shaft by
hand.
f) Check that the pump glands have been filled and tightened adequately.
g) Ensure that the driver run tests have been successfully completed and the
direction of rotation of the driver is proper.
Pump Commissioning Checks
a) Couple the pump with the drive.
b) Open the suction valve of the pump slowly and allow the pump to slowly
prime. Keep the vent valve/cock open, until all air has been completely
expelled and the pump is flooded with water. If required the discharge valve of
the pump may be slightly opened and then closed subsequently.
c) After ensuring that the pump has been primed satisfactorily, the discharge
valve is closed and the suction valve is open, start the pump momentarily and
stop it.
d) Check if the pump is making any abnormal sound and that acceleration and
deceleration of the shaft is smooth.
e) If found normal, the pump can be put on an eight hour trial run. For the trial
run make necessary arrangements for the discharge of the pump. During this
trial run, note down regular observations regarding the discharge pressure,
bearing temperature and bearing vibrations.
f) Check the alignment of the pump and motor.

9.5. VALVES OF ALL KIND

Pre-commissioning Checks

301
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

a) Check dimensional details and alignment

b) Check tightness of all bolts, joints, etc.
c) Check manual operation; in case of motor driven valves check electrical
operation
d) Check for duration of full closure and opening cycles
Commissioning Checks
a) Check operation in the starting and stop routine of the related pumps
b) Check for operation from control panel
c) Check for leakage of shaft glands, joints

9.6. ELECTRICAL
The contractor shall arrange to carry out All tests are as per IS Specification to the
satisfaction of the EIC. The contractor will ensure that all works connected with the line
and electrical plant have been completed correctly as per Indian Electricity Rules and
procedure. Any extra cost involved due to incompleteness of work or bad workmanship
found but subsequently, shall be set right forthwith by the contractor at his cost.

9.6.1. Test On Motors

Pre-Commissioning Tests
a) Check that motor name plate details are as per the approved vendor drawings
and factory test reports
b) Check tightness of all bolts, clamps etc.
c) Check that earthing connections have been properly connected.
d) Check that bearings are in a good condition and are properly lubricated.
e) Open the terminal box and check that the connecting terminals are secure and
the clearance between the terminals is adequate.
Commissioning Tests
a) Insulation resistance test of motor windings and cables.
b) Continuity check for power and control cables.
c) Winding resistance measurement in case of motors rated 55 kW and above.
d) Control, interlock and protection schemes.
e) Operation and setting of timer, in case of Star Delta starters.
f) Phase sequence and rotation.
g) No load trial run for observation of vibrations, temperature of bearings etc.

302
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

h) On load operation, starting and running load current (also observe vibrations &
temperature).
i) Operation of timer in case of star delta starters

9.6.2. Tests on control Panels & Switchboards

Pre- Commissioning Checks:
a) Check nameplate details of every associated equipment according to
specification.
b) Check for physical damage.
c) Check for tightness of all bolts, clamps and connecting terminals.
d) Check earthing.
e) Switch developments.
f) Each wire shall be traced by continuity tests and it should be made sure that
the wiring is as per relevant drawings. All interconnections between panels /
equipment shall be similarly checked.
g) All the wires should be meggered to earth
Commissioning Tests:
a) Checks on relays.
b) Checks on motors.
c) Setting of relays, other alarms, tripping devices and interlocks as per scheme.
d) Phase angle checks, measurement of magnitude and phase angle of current
transformer secondary currents and potential transformer secondary voltage.
e) Functional checking of all power and control circuits e.g. closing, tripping,
control, interlock, supervision and alarm circuits including proper functioning
of the component equipment.

9.6.3. Test of Relays:

Pre- Commissioning Checks:
a) Check nameplate details according to specification.
b) Check for any physical damage.
c) Check internal wiring.
d) Megger all terminals to body.
e) Megger AC to DC terminals.
Commissioning Checks :

303
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

a) Check operating characteristics over the entire range by secondary injection.

b) Check minimum pick up voltage.
c) Check operation of electrical / mechanical targets.
d) Relay settings.

9.6.4. Tests for Meters:

Pre- Commissioning Checks:
a) Check nameplate details according to specification.
b) Check for any physical damage.
Commissioning Checks :
a) Check calibration.
b) Megger all insulated portions.
c) Check CT and VT connection with particular reference to their polarities for
relevant meters.

9.6.5. Tests for Circuit Breakers:

Pre- Commissioning Checks:
a) Check nameplate details according to specification.
b) Check for any physical damage.
c) Check for tightness of all bolts, clamps and connecting terminals.
d) Check oil level, air pressure and leakage (wherever applicable).
e) Check earth connections.
f) Check all moving parts are properly lubricated.
g) Check heaters provide.
h) Check CB truck movement, alignment of male and female connections, fixed
type and drawout type control terminals etc
i) Earthing connection of each pole in case of outdoor CB panel & scraping earth
of CB trolley in case of indoor switchgear
j) Operating mechanism kiosk for wiring correctness and functional operation.
k) Check insulation resistance between phases and also between phase to earth
when CB is closed. Insulation resistance checking between two ends of each
pole when CB is open. Insulation measurement of control wiring.
l) Check alignment of breaker trucks for free movement, check operation of
shutters.

304
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Commissioning Test:
a) Check control wiring for correctness of connections, continuity and IR values.
b) Manual operation of breaker.
c) Power closing / operating manually and electrically.
d) Breaker tripping and closing time.
e) Trip free and anti pumping operation.
f) IR Values, resistance and minimum pick up voltage.
g) Contact resistance.
h) Simultaneous closing and mechanical interlocks provided.
i) Check electrical and mechanical interlocks provided.
j) Checks on spring charging motor, correct operation of limit switch and time of
charging,
k) All functional tests.

9.6.6. Test for Cables:

Pre- Commissioning Checks:
a) Check nameplate details according to specification.
b) Check for any physical damage.
c) Megger test between each core and armour / sheet.
d) Continuity check.
e) Connections.
Tests on Cables after Installation
a) Physical checking of cable laying and termination arrangement, including
checking of phase to phase and phase to earth clearances, cable tag number as
per cable schedule etc.
b) Disconnect the cable at both ends and measure the insulation resistance,
continuity of conductor.
c) Check site results against shop test results.
d) On receipt at site all LT power cables and LT cables shall be checked for
quantity and size of cables, the continuity test between two ends of the drum
wound cable and insulation resistance shall be measured before accepting the
material. These test results shall be documented for record purposes and
compared with the pre-commissioning results.

305
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

e) Witnessed high voltage pressure tests shall not be carried out on PVC/SWAPVC
control cables, but it shall remain the responsibility of the Contractor to test
the insulation of these cables both between cores and between cores and
earth during installation with a ‘Megger’ 500 volt hand generator. The
Contractor shall test all cables after installation to ensure correct phasing out
of cores, continuity of cores sheath and armour over the whole length of the
cable.

9.6.7. Tests For Electrical Installations:

Pre- Commissioning Checks:
a) Check all closing, tripping, supervision and interlock of control devices.
b) Check operation of all alarm circuits.
c) Earthing:
d) Measure resistance of each earth electrode by isolating the same from station
grid as well as from other earth electrodes.
e) Check continuity of grid conductors and wires.
Commissioning Test:
a) Cable Testing: All cables as per rating of motor installed to be high voltage
tested.
b) In addition to above, any other tests specified by manufacturer shall be carried
out as per manufacturer’s instruction.

9.6.8. Earthing System Tests

The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer that the resistance of the electrodes
to earth and the earth conductor continuity is in accordance with the Specification. The
tests shall be made on completion of the installation.
The test shall be performed from each major item of plant, by using an ‘Earth Megger’
and auxiliary return conductor.

9.6.9. Electrical Installation - General

[Link]. Functional Checking
a) Check all operations e.g. open/close/forward/reverse/start/stop etc. as per
block logic diagram.
b) Check all indication circuits.
c) Check all alarm circuits.
d) Check all protective devices and their settings, by primary or secondary
injection method.

306
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

[Link]. Earthing System

a) Measure earth resistance of individual earth pit when isolated from other
electrodes/grid.
b) Check continuity of grid conductor and earth leads.
c) Make soil resistivity test.
d) Check the entire earth grid resistance with multiple earth electrodes.
e) Check for method of connections for buried grid conductor, earth electrodes
with grid, earthing conductor at grid and earthing conductor at equipment end.
f) Check tightness of all bolts, wherever bolt type fasteners are used.
[Link]. Relays
a) Check for relay Tag No., make, type and supply details etc.
b) Check relay circuit connections, CT core used, CT ratio and other parameters,
ferrules for panel wiring etc.
c) Primary or secondary current injection testing of relays for their operation such
as indication/alarm/ control etc. (In case of Voltage element of relays, supply
the circuit by proper voltage.)
d) Insulation resistance.
e) Tightness of all bolts, terminations etc.
[Link]. Meters
a) Check for Tag No., make, type, dial range, ferrules for panel wiring and supply
details etc.
b) Check wiring circuit.
c) Tightness of all bolts, terminations etc.
d) Insulation resistance.
[Link]. Lighting System
a) Check main circuit connections from Power Distribution Board to local lighting
panels. Also for distribution on emergency or non-emergency bus as per
approved design drawings.
b) Check operation of Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker, located at local lighting
panel (LP).
c) Check all single phase outgoing circuits from lighting panel to lighting circuits,
receptacle circuits etc., for proper wiring and earthing connections.
d) Check all receptacles are properly connected to their control switch and are

307
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

properly earthed.
e) Insulation resistance test on wiring of each individual circuit.

9.6.10. Testing of cables

Before energizing, the insulation resistance shall be measured from phase to phase and
phase to ground.

9.6.11. Loop Checking

After completion of installation and termination, loop checking shall be done by the
Contractor in the presence of the Engineer in Charge or his representative. Standard
equipment and instruments, such as continuity tester, multi-meter etc. shall be
arranged by the Contractor and one such set of checking equipment shall be kept spare
at the site office. Contractor to arrange for standard set of tools and tool-kit bag at the
time of loop checking. Loop checking reports shall be made for each individual loop
checking and submitted to the Engineer in Charge and any changes shall be recorded on
reference drawings.

9.6.12. Lighting installation Testing

Lighting installation shall be tested as per the instructions of the Engineer in Charge and
shall include but not be limited to the following:
a) Measure the insulation resistance of each circuit without the lamps being in
place. It should be not less than 1 M ohms to earth.
b) Current and voltage of all the phases shall be measured at the lighting panel
busbars with all the circuits switched on with lamps. If required, load shall be
re-balanced on the three phases.
c) Check the earth continuity for all socket outlets. A fixed relative position of the
phase and neutral connections inside the socket shall be established for all
sockets.
d) After inserting all the lamps and switching on all circuits, minimum and
maximum illumination level shall be measured in the area with an approved
industrial lightmeter. Contractor shall supply an approved luxmeter for testing
at no extra cost.

9.7. TESTS FOR WATER TIGHTNESS OF WATER-RETAINING STRUCTURES

Water retaining structures for water supply purposes shall satisfy the following tests for
water tightness, before external finishes are applied (if any). The water for testing shall
fill the first 1.25 meters and may be filled as quickly as supply permits. Between this
and top water level, the rate of filling shall not exceed a steady rate of 300 mm per 24
hours unless otherwise directed. After filling to top water level no further water shall
be introduced for 7 days and the structure shall satisfy the test if at the end of this week

308
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

no leakage is apparent and the water level does not drop more than 3 mm during the
last 48 hours, due allowance being made for evaporation losses. Throughout the 48-
hour period the water level shall be recorded every 4 hours by means of two hook and
vernier gauges approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and site as directed by him. In
addition to the foregoing visible leakages will not be accepted.
Following satisfactory completion of the tests the Contractor shall empty the structures
and dispose of satisfactorily the contents. He shall clean and disinfect the structures
and any equipment therein of all deposits left by the testing.

9.8. DOCUMENTATION
Set of documents shall be prepared and maintained by the Contractor and one set of
the latest revised documents shall always be kept at site. The following documents shall
be prepared by the Contractor:

• Data sheets for instrument specification and selection

• Instrument Schedule
• Instrumentation schedule
• Instrumentation cable schedule
• Loop drawings for instruments in the field and control panel
• Instrument test and calibration report
• Instrument installation drawings
• As built drawings and G.A. Drawings for equipment and instrument installation
The Contractor shall keep on site, two sets of the latest revised Operation, Maintenance
and Calibration manuals for all field instruments and sub systems, annunciation system,
data loggers, indicating controllers and PLC system etc.

9.9. PERFORMANCE TESTS AT SITE

9.9.1. Execution of the tests
As soon as possible after the equipment has been installed and after physical
completion of the work, performance tests shall be carried out as per relevant test
requirements and mutually agreed/specified Codes and Standards. These tests may
repeat the tests carried out at the manufacturer's works and/or his sub-vendor/sub-
contractor's works and any other tests the Engineer in Charge may require in order to
determinate that the equipment and works are in accordance with the specifications
and guarantees.
Performance tests for individual items of Equipment, shall be conducted on all
equipment supplied by the Contractor.
A program for conducting the performance tests shall be submitted to the Engineer in
Charge, for approval, at least fourteen days before the commencement of the tests.
If the Contractor so desires, the equipment may be run for a reasonable time,

309
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

immediately before the performance test is conducted. A request for this run, stating
duration and operating point must be made, in writing to the Engineer in Charge at
least three days before the performance test.
During the period of any test, the conditions shall be held as steady as possible,
compatible with safe and effective operation.
The power consumption of all continuously running auxiliary equipment shall also be
measured and recorded during the performance tests.
After the results of the performance tests have been submitted to and approved by the
Engineer in Charge, a summary of the test readings and the performance calculations
shall be incorporated in the final version of the Operating and Maintenance Instruction
Manuals.

9.9.2. Rejection of the system or system components

If the performance tests indicate the computed values of performance parameters have
deviated from the guaranteed values and the Contractor is unable, within 21 days or
such extension of time as may be allowed by the Engineer in Charge, to remedy such
deficiency, then the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to reject the component or
the system.

9.10. COMMISSIONING
After successful checks and after erection and pre-commissioning tests, the entire
system shall be commissioned by the Contractor.
During commissioning, the Contractor shall supply all material and labour to supervise,
operate, keep in operation, adjust, test, service, repair and do all things necessary to
keep the System running to the satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge.
If any test results/operations show noticeable variation from the Specification
requirements for the System or any particular item of the System, the Contractor shall
immediately take steps to rectify the deficiency without any extra cost to Department.
Any repairs or replacement required during this period shall be done by the Contractor
at his own cost.
The operation of the system solely for the purpose of maintaining partial supply by or
on behalf of the Department shall not be taken as evidence that any work has fulfilled
the commissioning tests, or has been taken over unless the Engineer in Charge
specifically states so in writing.

9.11. SYSTEM COMMISSIONING

The Contractor shall be responsible for trial runs, testing and commissioning of the
entire system under design and operating conditions or under conditions which the
Engineer in Charge may define and which in no case shall exceed the design and

310
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

operational conditions. The System commissioning shall commence after the work has
been physically completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge. The design and
operation conditions are as follows:
a) Design capacity of the pumps
b) Starting of pumps against closed/ open valves
c) Stopping of pumps after closure/ opening of delivery header valves
d) Power cut and sudden stop of all pumps under design flow conditions
e) Closing of the line valves against full static pressure
f) Operation of all valves (manual and motorised/ manual)
g) Operation of all air valves
h) Operation of level switches
i) Operation through switchgear
j) Operation of all measuring instruments
The timing of the commissioning tests will depend on the availability of power.
The Contractor shall prepare the entire system for the execution of the tests complete
with all required taps, branches with blank flanges, etc. All these provisions have to be
of a durable nature so that the tests can be repeated even after several years. He has to
provide all the equipment for the execution of the tests and for the measuring and
recording of:
a) pressure at various points within the pump station and the pipeline, precision
1m (0.1 bar)
b) overall energy efficiency of the pumping system at the prescribed flow rates
c) performance of the non-return valves
d) voltages, currents obtained in various circuits/ prime movers/variable
frequency drives
e) other tests required for the verification of the performance data of the pump
station system in conjunction with the pipeline system
f) Loss of water in mains
The Contractor may engage an institution for the execution of the required tests and
their monitoring at his own cost. The institution has to be approved by the Engineer in
Charge.
The system shall be treated as commissioned only when the entire system has been
successfully operated over a period of time as follows:

311
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

• uninterrupted, continuous running for 8 hours per day for three days, at design
flow/ flow notified by Engineer-in-Charge. or
Any repairs or replacement required during this period shall be done by the Contractor
at his own cost.
The operation of the system solely for the purpose of maintaining partial supply by or
on behalf of the Department shall not be taken as evidence that any work has fulfilled
the commissioning tests, or has been taken over unless the Engineer in Charge
specifically states so in writing.

9.12. TRIAL RUNS

The Contractor shall run and maintain the System for 30 days at a stretch, or any other
stipulated periods and conditions prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge, from the date
of commissioning. During the trial run all components of the system must function in a
synchronized manner so as to give all desired outputs at efficiencies guaranteed or as
stipulated in the specifications, failing which the Engineer-in-Charge may extend the
period of trial run, till a date the entire system functions to the complete satisfaction of
Engineer-in-Charge.
Standard test reports shall be compiled at all stages of installation, pre-commissioning
and commissioning. Any modifications or changes shall be incorporated and marked on
the respective reference drawings and the Engineer in Charge shall be advised.
The necessary protocol must be maintained for record purposes, jointly with Engineer
in Charge and/or the authorized Representative of the Department.

312
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

CHAPTER 10.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
10.1. GENERAL
This section of specifications applies to the specifications of materials used for
operation and maintenance, the workmanship, period for routine maintenance,
maintenance of records, and responsibilities during the defect liability period and
operation and maintenance period.
The contractor shall operate and maintain the system from as per the limits specified in
the scope of work which includes various pipelines laid under the Contract (except in-
village infrastructure which will be operated & maintained by VWSC) including all
equipments, instruments and appurtenances (the facility) for the entire period specified
in the Contract. Maintaining the flow meter and its batteries installed including
recording of its readings shall also be the part of this O&M contract. The contractor
shall maintain skilled staff and sufficient inventory of spares and material from the day
one of O&M as specified in this Document and as per good engineering practice to
ensure elimination partial / complete breakdown periods and minimization of repair /
replacement periods.

10.2. SPECIFICATIONS
The specification of materials used for repairs shall be the same as used in the original
work during execution. If not used during execution, specifications for such materials,
which were not used during construction shall be got approved by the department,
prior to commencement of operation and maintenance period and must be
incorporated in the O&M manual. Without being limited by this clause, during O&M
period, the contractor shall use appropriate material for repairs even if the material
required for such repair is not approved earlier, and no delay in repairs shall be
subjected to such limitation. But subsequent to such use of material, the contractor
shall submit proposals for the approval of the specifications of such material. The
submissions and approval of material shall be done in accordance to clause 10 of
special conditions of contract. The approved material, will subsequently form a part of
the O&M manual.

10.3. EXPERIENCE AND QUALIFICATION OF STAFF

For all operation and maintenance works, the contractor shall provide skilled staff, who
has adequate qualifications and sufficient experience of similar works. The minimum
qualifications and experience required for minimum staff to be deployed by the
contractor for carrying out the O&M functions are mentioned in the scope of work.

10.4. LUBRICATION

313
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

A complete schedule of recommended oils and other lubricants shall be furnished by

the Contractor, in the operation and maintenance manuals. The number of types of
lubricants shall be kept to a minimum. In case of grease lubricated bearings for electric
motors, lithium base grease is preferred.
The Contractor shall indicate the brand name of indigenously available equivalent
lubricants with complete duty specification, in the O&M manual. The Contractor shall
also furnish the schedule of quantities for each fill, frequency of filling and annual
requirement in O&M manual.
Where lubrication is effected by means of grease, preference shall be given to a
pressure system, which does not require frequent adjustment or recharging. Frequent,
for this purpose means more than once in a month.
Where more than one type of special grease is required, a grease gun for each special
type shall be used.
All lubricant systems shall be designed so as not to cause a fire or pollution hazard.
The Contractor shall supply flushing oil for such lubrication system when an item of
plant is ready for preliminary running.

10.5. SPARE PARTS

All spare parts used for the equipment in the maintenance of the system must be from
the manufacturer of the equipment or if the equipment itself has been made with parts
of other manufacturer the parts must be of the same type & make as used in the
equipment shall only be supplied and installed.
All spare parts shall be packed for long storage under the climatic conditions prevailing
at the site. Each spare part shall be labeled on the outside of its packing with its
description, number and purpose and, if more than one spare is packed in a single case,
a general description of the case contents shall be shown on the outside and a packing
list [Link] used spare part shall be replenished within minimum possible time
and this time shall be decided with EIC.

10.6. PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS DURING O&M

The workmanship observed for all repairs and maintenance work must be in
accordance to “Good Engineering Practices”.

10.7. PIPELINE
The specials, pipe sections used must have thickness as per design requirement at the
point of installation and shall be coated internally and externally if specified. The rubber
gaskets/rings, nut & bolts etc. to be used shall be as per relevant specifications.
After each repair the damaged coating of pipes must be repaired and if in trench
conditions, the trench must be filled with approved soil so as to provide requisite cover.

314
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

Stretches along pipe alignments as already specified in pipe specification, fixity /thrust
blocks where cover is washed out or removed due to other reasons must be
rehabilitated so that the required cover is always maintained.
All cracks in pipe supporting structures, valve chambers and their edges must be racked,
filled and made good with cement sand mortar 1:2. Damaged outer coating / inner
lining shall be repaired as per specifications. The contractor to ensure daily patrolling of
pipe line with maintenance of log sheet for record of lekage detected and removed ,and
recording of flow data from each flowmeter at suitable interval as decided by EIC. These
data shall be made available to all control rooms daily by the incharge patrolling,
stationed at every head work.

10.8. VALVE CHAMBERS

The contractor shall carry out the ordinary repair and maintain cleaniness of Valve
chambers etc. during the O & M period as mentioned in the scope of work/ conditions
of Contract.

10.9. PUMPING STATION / ESR /VTC

The O&M activities to be carried out at each pumping station shall include but not
limited to items: -

• Maintaining everyday observations including meter readings of all meters

installed at pumping stations / ESRs / VTCs.
• Routine maintenance, lubrication etc. of the pumps and motors as per
recommendation of the manufacturers.
• Routine maintenance of the entire control system and instruments as per
recommendation of the manufacturer.
• Replacement of damaged control, communication and power supply cables.
• Repair/replacement of all instruments such as flow meters, pressure gauges,
float levels, along with all other equipments. The down time of any individual
instrument as referred above shall not exceed 12 hours.
• Repair/replacement of damaged electrical equipments/parts for proper
functioning of electrical system.
• Replacement of bearings, neck rings, and impeller rings; shafts,
sleeves/bushes, damaged impellers etc. and other damaged parts so that the
operation of pumps ensures the guaranteed efficiencies with desired noise and
vibration levels.
• Breakdown maintenance of all electrical, mechanical & instrumentation
equipment etc.

315
CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

• To keep the surrounding areas of the pumping stations free from shrubs, grass
and other vegetations.
• Be responsible for maintaining the required Power Factor at all the pumping
stations. Additional capacitor banks shall be added wherever required due to
de-rating or otherwise. Contractor shall be liable for recovery of power factor
surcharge billed by JVVNL for his failure to maintain power factor. No claim
against incentive given by JVVNL for maintaining PF above 0.95 shall be
admissible to contractor.
• Easing of doors and windows, monsoon repairs to roofs, attention to drains,
rainwater spouts attention to plinth protection.
• External white or color wash, external or internal painting, internal
distempering, within the campus.
• The frequency of repairs must not be more than as specified below:
S. Nature of Repair Frequency of
No. Repair
1) External finishing (cement based paint), Internal finishing In the 5th & 10th
(distemper) of pump houses after attending minor repairs years of O&M
such as damage to plaster, pointing, floor, Painting of
woodwork & steel works including shutters etc.
2) External finishing (distemper) after attending minor In the 5th & 10th
repairs of all ESRs years of O&M
[Link] WORKS
The Contractor shall maintain:
1. Frequency of spares used in maintenance of pump motors, valves (air-valve,
sluice valves and butterfly valves), and other equipments/ accessories and
protection against corrosion must be recorded for updating the contents of
manual.
2. Record of trouble shooting points and details of events causing troubles (break
down’s) during maintenance of pipelines, measuring equipment(s), and
accessories therein must be maintained and used for updating the contents of
manual.
3. The record of Inventory used must be maintained and the relevant portion of
O&M manual must be updated to list out the requirement of Inventory for
maintaining the system for entire O&M periods.

316
 CEP PHED JODHPUR TENDER DOCUMENT FOR NIT NO. 19/2021-22
VOL-II SCOPE & SPECIFICATIONS PFBS PART-4A UNDER JJM

BOOKMARK
NN NIT no 19/2021-22
DT Date of NIT 14.12.2021
A1 Authority Chief Engineer
A2 Place Jodhpur
EC Estimated cost Rs. 188.44 Cr
EP Period of completion 21 months
DLP Defect Liability 12 months
Period
OMP O&M period 10 years (After completion of 12 Months Defect Liability Period) up
to VTC).
W work Execution of work of Pokaran Falsoond Balotra Siwana Water
Supply Project Part-4A Cluster Distribution, internal village pipe
distribution and Geo-Tagging along with construction of CWR and
Pumping Stations and providing FHTCs in 180 villages of District
Barmer etc. complete job including one year defect liability Period
followed by Operation and Maintenance for 10 years of facilities
executed up to Village Transfer Chambers under Jal Jeevan
Mission.
C1 Type of Contract Single responsibility Contract
C2 Type of Premium Percentage premium
VT Validity of tenders 90 days
H Cover page heading Execution of work of Pokaran Falsoond Balotra Siwana
Water Supply Project Part-4A Cluster Distribution,
internal village pipe distribution and Geo-Tagging along
with construction of CWR and Pumping Stations and
providing FHTCs in 180 villages of District Barmer etc.
complete job including one year defect liability Period
followed by Operation and Maintenance for 10 years of
facilities executed up to Village Transfer Chambers
under Jal Jeevan Mission.
CP Cover page Chief Engineer Project
Public Health Engineering Department,
Jodhpur (Rajasthan)
Tel: 0291-2651700 Email: rj_cejod@[Link]
SEAL CHIEF ENGINEER PROJECT
PHED JODHPUR

317